THE ANDHRA PRADESH

BUILDING RULES 2017

GO.Ms.No.119 of MAUD Dept Dt: 28-03-2017
Updated till 30-01-2024 incorporating Amendments issued vide
1. G.O.Ms.No.401 of MAUD Dept Dt.15-11-2017;
2. G.O.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept Dt.09-07-2018;
3. G.O.Ms.No.180 of MAUD Dept Dt.01-10-2020;
4. G.O.Ms.No.175 of MAUD Dept Dt.10-11-2022;
5. G.O.Ms.No.145 of MAUD Dept Dt: 23-11-2023

Directorate of Town and Country Planning,

Municipal Administration & Urban Development Department
Government of Andhra Pradesh
 AP Building Rules 2017

This page is intentionally left blank

 AP Building Rules 2017 Page i

INDEX

RULE. TITLE PAGE NO

CHAPTER I : JURISDICTION, APPLICABILITY (ADMINISTRATION) ...................................................... 1

1. SHORT TITLE, APPLICABILITY AND COMMENCEMENT ........................................................1
CHAPTER – II : DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................. 2
2. DEFINITIONS .......................................................................................................................... 2
CHAPTER – III : STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS ................................................... 26
3. PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 26
CHAPTER – IV : GENERAL SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES .................................................. 49
4. Standard space requirements of various parts of a building of all types including high
rise buildings: ................................................................................................................................... 49
5. Splay at road junctions, including ‘Y’ junctions: .................................................................. 51
6. Requirements of Parts of Buildings ..................................................................................... 51
CHAPTER – V : PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY OF BUILDINGS........................................... 68
7. Structural Design and Safety ...............................................................................................68
8. Buildings with Soft Storey ................................................................................................... 70
9. Structural requirements of low income housing................................................................. 71
10. Seismic strengthening/retrofitting ...................................................................................... 71
11. Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)................................................................................ 71
12. Review of Structural Design ................................................................................................ 72
13. Certification regarding structural safety in design and constructional safety ................. 73
14. Quality Control, Construction Practices and Safety ........................................................... 73
15. Inspection ............................................................................................................................. 73
16. Issue of Occupancy Certificate ............................................................................................ 74
17. Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas [Wherever applicable] ................... 75
18. Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests ........................... 75
19. Maintenance of Buildings .................................................................................................... 76
20. Building Services .................................................................................................................. 76
CHAPTER – VI : FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS........................................... 77
21. Applicability .......................................................................................................................... 77
22. Procedure for Clearance from Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999 ............................ 77
23. Procedure for obtaining the Occupancy Certificate .......................................................... 78
24. Renewal of Fire Clearance ................................................................................................... 78
25. Fee ........................................................................................................................................ 78
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page ii

26. Fire Consultant ..................................................................................................................... 78

27. Terminology ......................................................................................................................... 78
28. General ................................................................................................................................. 78
29. Fire Escapes or External Stairs ............................................................................................ 79
30. Provision of Lifts ..................................................................................................................80
31. Basement.............................................................................................................................. 81
32. Provision of Helipad ............................................................................................................. 81
33. Service Ducts/Refuge Chute ................................................................................................ 82
34. Electrical Services................................................................................................................. 82
35. Staircase and Corridor Lights .............................................................................................. 83
36. Air-Conditioning ................................................................................................................... 83
37. Boiler Room .......................................................................................................................... 85
38. Alternate Source of Electric Supply ....................................................................................86
39. Safety Measures in Electric Sub-Station .............................................................................86
40. Fire Protection Requirements .............................................................................................88
41. Static Water Storage Tank...................................................................................................89
42. Automatic Sprinklers ...........................................................................................................90
43. Fixed Carbon Di-Oxide/Foam/DCO Water Spray Extinguishing System ............................90
44. Fire Alarm System ................................................................................................................90
45. Control Room ....................................................................................................................... 91
46. Fire Drills and Fire Orders .................................................................................................... 91
47. Material Used for Construction of Building ........................................................................ 92
48. LPG ........................................................................................................................................ 92
49. House Keeping ..................................................................................................................... 92
50. Fire Prevention ..................................................................................................................... 93
51. Occupancy Restrictions ....................................................................................................... 95
CHAPTER–VII : SPECIAL REQUIREMENT FOR OCCUPANCY/LAND DEVELOPMENT AND OTHER... 95
52. Category of the Building and Minimum Size of Plot .......................................................... 95
53. Requirement of Approach Road for Building Sites/Plots .................................................. 97
54. Restrictions of Building Activity ..........................................................................................99
55. Special requirements for Occupancy/Land Development ............................................... 105
56. Compliance with Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC)
(see Annexure):...............................................................................................................................107
CHAPTER – VIII : DEVELOPMENT CODES ......................................................................................... 108
57. Permissible Setbacks & Height for All Types of Non-High Rise Buildings ....................... 108
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page iii

58. Row Type Housing / Row Type Shopping Precincts ......................................................... 113
59. Cluster Housing ................................................................................................................... 113
60. Buildings with Central Courtyard for Commercial Use ..................................................... 114
61. Group Development Schemes ........................................................................................... 114
CHAPTER - IX : PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT .......................................................... 116
62. High Rise Buildings/Complexes .......................................................................................... 116
63. Application .......................................................................................................................... 116
64. Location and Plot Area ....................................................................................................... 117
65. Means of access .................................................................................................................. 117
66. All round Open Spaces /Set Backs...................................................................................... 117
67. Parking Requirements ........................................................................................................ 119
68. Building components .......................................................................................................... 119
69. Building Services ................................................................................................................. 124
70. Special type of High rise buildings .....................................................................................126
CHAPTER-X-1 : CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES, HERITAGE BUILDINGS, HERITAGE
PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS ................................................................................... 127
71. Applicability and General .................................................................................................... 127
72. Definitions ...........................................................................................................................128
73. Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings ..........................................................128
74. Restrictions on development / re-development / repairs etc. ..........................................128
75. Penalties ..............................................................................................................................129
76. Preparation of list of heritage sites including heritage buildings, heritage precincts
and listed natural feature areas .....................................................................................................129
77. Alteration/modification/relaxation in development norms ............................................ 130
78. Heritage precincts / Natural feature areas ....................................................................... 130
79. Road widening ................................................................................................................... 130
80. Incentive uses for heritage buildings ................................................................................. 131
81. Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony ................................................................ 131
82. Restrictive covenants ......................................................................................................... 131
83. Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts ............................................................... 131
84. Opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee ........................................................... 133
85. Approval to preserve the beauty of the area ....................................................................134
86. Signs and outdoor display structures/including street furniture on heritage sites ........134
87. Composition of Heritage Conservation Committee..........................................................134
88. The terms of reference of the Committee ........................................................................134
89. Implications of listing as heritage buildings ...................................................................... 135
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page iv

90. Ownership not affected ..................................................................................................... 135

CHAPTER–X-2 : PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN...................... 135
91. Applicability and General .................................................................................................... 135
92. Definitions .......................................................................................................................... 136
93. Site Development ............................................................................................................... 137
94. Buildings ............................................................................................................................. 139
95. Designing for Children ........................................................................................................ 151
96. Additional Information ....................................................................................................... 151
CHAPTER-X-3 : PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND REGULATION OF MULTIPLEX COMPLEXES
............................................................................................................................................................. 151
97. Definitions: .......................................................................................................................... 151
98. Applicability of Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and Rules made there
under: 152
99. Redevelopment of existing cinema halls into Multiplex Complex:.................................. 152
100. Site Requirements for Multiplex Complexes: ................................................................... 152
101. Location Criteria: ................................................................................................................. 152
102. Documents to be submitted: ............................................................................................. 153
103. Building Requirements: ...................................................................................................... 153
104. Construction requirements: ...............................................................................................154
105. Parts of the Building requirements .................................................................................... 157
106. Seating arrangements in theatres: ................................................................................... 158
107. Parking requirements ........................................................................................................ 158
108. Landscaping and greenery: ............................................................................................... 159
109. City/Area Level Impact Fee Payable: ................................................................................. 159
110. Building Permission to be obtained before commencement of construction: .............. 159
111. Occupancy Certificate to be obtained: ............................................................................. 160
112. Maintenance & Management: .......................................................................................... 160
CHAPTER-X-4 : PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND REGULATION OF HIGH-RISE HOSPITAL
BUILDINGS (ABOVE 30M HEIGHT).................................................................................................... 160
113. This Chapter sets out the standard Fire Prevention and Safety Measures for High–rise
Hospital Buildings. ......................................................................................................................... 160
114. DEFINITIONS ...................................................................................................................... 160
115. HEIGHT AND OPEN SPACES................................................................................................ 161
116. FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 161
117. SPECIAL HAZARDS ..............................................................................................................170
118. INTERIOR FINISHES ............................................................................................................ 171
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page v

119. MEANS OF EGRESS ............................................................................................................. 172

120. EMERGENCY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS............................................................................ 184
121. ELEVATORS ........................................................................................................................ 186
122. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ............................................................................................. 186
123. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS ...........................................................................187
124. EMERGENCY VOICE ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ............................................. 189
125. ATRIUM REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................. 190
126. EGRESS TRAVEL ..................................................................................................................192
127. RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT ...............................................................................................192
128. BASEMENT PROTECTION ...................................................................................................192
129. SMOKE COMPARTMENTATION ........................................................................................ 193
130. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 195
131. DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND FURNISHINGS................................................................. 196
132. AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM ............................................................................................. 196
133. REFUGE FLOOR/AREA........................................................................................................ 196
134. OTHER REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................................................197
135. MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF GENERAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES ................197
136. FIRE MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................... 199
137. OTHER STIPULATIONS....................................................................................................... 200
138. PLANNING AND EXECUTION ..............................................................................................201
CHAPTER-X-5 : GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS........................................ 202
139. Green Buildings .................................................................................................................. 202
140. Applicability and Provisions:.............................................................................................. 203
141. Provisions for Sanction of Building Application: .............................................................. 206
142. Provisions for City and Site level greening: ...................................................................... 206
143. Sustainable Waste Management: ..................................................................................... 207
144. Sustainability of Building Materials: .................................................................................. 207
145. Incentives for the Green Buildings: ................................................................................... 208
146. Procedure for obtaining the incentives: ........................................................................... 208
CHAPTER-XI-1 : RAIN WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURES .............................................................. 209
147. GENERAL: ........................................................................................................................... 209
148. NEED: .................................................................................................................................. 209
149. ADVANTAGES: .................................................................................................................... 209
150. METHODS: ...........................................................................................................................210
151. TECHNIQUES: ......................................................................................................................210
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page vi

152. Procedure for Obtaining Building Permission for all commercial, public buildings and
new buildings on plots of [xxx] [200sq.m] and above: ................................................................ 215
153. Payment of fees in case of Rain Water Harvesting Structures:........................................ 217
154. Provision of Rain Water Harvesting Structures is mandatory to issue Occupancy
Certificate ] ...................................................................................................................................... 217
155. Penalty in case of failure in construction of Rain Water Harvesting Structures by the
Owners: ........................................................................................................................................... 217
CHAPTER-XI – 2 : SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS IN BUILDINGS ............................................................. 217
156. Applicability: ........................................................................................................................ 217
157. Types of Solar Energy Systems for Buildings: ...................................................................218
158. Area norm for Roof Top and Capacity of Solar Photo voltaic Power plant to be installed:
218
159. Guidelines for installation of Solar Water Heating Systems: ............................................219
160. Procedure for Obtaining Building Permission for all buildings having a plot area more
than 1000sq.m. and all public buildings: ....................................................................................... 220
161. Payment of fees in case of Solar Power Roof Top Systems: ............................................ 221
162. Provisions of Solar Systems is mandatory to issue Occupancy Certificates. ]................. 221
163. Penalty in case of failure in construction of Solar Power Roof Top Systems: ................. 221
CHAPTER-XI -3 : CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION : INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL
CLEARANCE WITH SANCTION............................................................................................................ 221
164. General: ............................................................................................................................... 221
165. Environmental Conditions for Compliance During Building Approvals: ......................... 222
CHAPTER – XII : TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS ............................................................. 229
166. Transferable Development Rights (TDR) ......................................................................... 229
167. Concession in Road Widening Cases ................................................................................. 229
168. Grant of Transferable Development Rights: ..................................................................... 231
169. Guidelines on Transferable Development Rights:............................................................ 232
170. Documents to be submitted along with Application for Grant of Transferrable
Development Rights Certificate: ................................................................................................... 233
CHAPTER – XIII : PROVISIONS FOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING.......................................................... 236
171. 236
172. 236
173. In case of Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation/ Vijayawada Municipal
Corporation areas, ......................................................................................................................... 237
174. In case of other Urban Local Bodies, ................................................................................ 237
175. The developer/builder is given option .............................................................................. 237
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page vii

176. In case of Gram Panchayat areas falling in Development Authority areas and in
sanctioned Master Plans, [Category – I/Category – II]2 units are to be provided in-situ only. .. 237
177. Two or more builders may be allowed to provide ........................................................... 237
178. 238
179. The projects below [xxx] [4000Sq.m] are exempted from reservation of builtup
area/number of units for [Category – I/Category – II]4 as well as payment of shelter fee. ....... 239
180. [xxx].................................................................................................................................... 239

LIST OF ANNEXURES
ANNEXURE – 1. COMPETENCE OF LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL ................................... 240
ANNEXURE – 2. REGULATIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF............................................................ 242
ANNEXURE – 3. UNDERTAKING FOR OBTAINING BUILDING PERMISSION .............................. 245
ANNEXURE – 4. ROAD WIDENING UNDERTAKING ...................................................................... 251
ANNEXURE – 5. WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION REQUIREMENTS IN BUILDINGS.............. 252
ANNEXURE – 6. ADOPTION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING CODE [ECBC] IN ANDHRA
PRADESH 270
ANNEXURE – 7. Provisions for Digital Communication Infrastructure ..................................... 271
ANNEXURE – 8. Explanatory Note on Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure ..................... 276

LIST OF FORMS

FORM 1 : APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENCE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER /CONSTRUCTION FIRM

280
FORM 2 : UNDERTAKING FOR OBTAINING THE LICENCE OF BUILDER/DEVELOPER
/CONSTRUCTION FIRM ..................................................................................................281
FORM 3 : LICENSE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM ........................................ 282
FORM 4 : APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENSE OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL ............................... 283
FORM 5 : LICENSE OF THE TECHNICAL PERSONNEL ................................................................... 284
FORM 6 : BUILDING PERMISSION APPLICATION......................................................................... 285
FORM 7 : BUILDING WORK SUPERVISION ................................................................................... 287
FORM 8 : TOWN PLANNING SECTION - BUILDING PERMISSION ORDER ................................... 288
FORM 9 : TOWN PLANNING SECTION BUILDING PERMISSION REFUSAL ORDER .................... 292
FORM 10 : TOWN PLANNING SECTION BUILDING PERMISSION REVALIDATION ORDER ...... 293
FORM 11 : BUILDING COMMENCEMENT NOTICE ...................................................................... 295
FORM 12 : BUILDING COMPLETION NOTICE .............................................................................. 297
FORM 13 : BUILDING OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE ...................................................................... 300
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page viii

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1 : Size of drawing sheets ........................................................................................................ 30
TABLE 2 : Notation for colouring of plans ......................................................................................... 30
TABLE 3 : Conversion scale .................................................................................................................. 31
TABLE 4 : City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees ............................................................................... 37
TABLE 5 : Minimum Size, Width and Height of different components of residential premises ..... 50
TABLE 6 : Splay required at road junctions ......................................................................................... 51
TABLE 7 : Number of Occupants per unit Exit width ........................................................................ 56
TABLE 8 : Minimum Width Provisions for Stairways ......................................................................... 59
TABLE 9 : Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors .................................................... 59
TABLE 10 : Size of Ventilation Shaft ................................................................................................... 64
TABLE 11 : Parking Area to be provided in All Buildings .................................................................... 67
TABLE 12 : Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design ...................................................... 72
[TABLE 13 : Category wise Minimum Size of Plots] ..............................................................................96
TABLE 14 : Minimum Abutting Existing Road Width Required ......................................................... 97
TABLE 15 : Clearance from Overhead Electric Lines ........................................................................ 100
TABLE 16 : Building/Construction Projects/Area Development Projects and Townships .............. 101
TABLE 17 : Minimum Setbacks and Height Permissible................................................................... 109
TABLE 18 : Minimum abutting road width and all-round open space / setback for High Rise
Buildings .............................................................................................................................................. 118
TABLE 19 : Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction............................................. 119
TABLE 20 : Glass quality and Use of glass in buildings ..................................................................... 121
TABLE 21 : Minimum width of staircase for different types of high-rise buildings ......................... 123
TABLE 22 : Grading of Listed Heritage Buildings / Precincts ............................................................ 132
TABLE 23 : Minimum all-round setbacks for a Multiplex Complex .................................................. 153
TABLE 24 : Fire Fighting Installations ................................................................................................154
TABLE 25 : Means of escape and Exit Requirements for Multiplex Complex ................................. 155
TABLE 26 : Parking requirements for Multiplex Complex .............................................................. 158
TABLE 27 : City/Area Level Impact Fee Payable for Multiplex Complex ........................................ 159
TABLE 28 : HEIGHT AND OPEN SPACES FOR HIGHRISE HOSPITAL BUILDING ............................... 161
TABLE 29 : Number of required exits for various occupancies in High-rise Hospital Building....... 172
TABLE 30 : Maximum Allowable Exit Access Travel Distances in High-rise Hospital Building ......174
TABLE 31 : Exit Access Components – Corridors in High-rise Hospital Building.............................. 175
TABLE 32 : Stairs requirement in High-rise Hospital Building .......................................................... 177
TABLE 33 : Accessible means of egress in High-rise Hospital Building ............................................182
[TABLE 34 : Applicability and Provisions for various plot sizes (all use premises) for Green
Building Components] ....................................................................................................................... 205
TABLE 35 : PROVISIONS FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING BY BUILDING TYPES .............................216
TABLE 36 : Area norm for Roof Top and Capacity of Solar Photo voltaic Power plant .................219
TABLE 37 : Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction ............................................ 222
TABLE 38 : Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction ........................................... 223
TABLE 39 : (Category “B”: 20000 sq. m - 50000 sq. m) .................................................................. 225
[TABLE 40 : SHELTER FEE] ................................................................................................................ 238
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page ix

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH

ABSTRACT
Municipal Administration and Urban Development Department - Model Building Bye-Laws 2016 of
GoI – Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017 – Orders – Issued.

MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT (M) DEPARTMENT

G.O.MS.No. 119 Dated: 28-03-2017
Read the following:-
1. G.O.Ms.No.350 M.A & U.D. Department, dated: 09-06-2000
2. G.O.Ms.No.486 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:07-07-2007
3. G.O.Ms.No. 2 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:03-01-2011
4. G.O.Ms.No. 34 M.A & U.D. Department, dated: 22-01-2011
5. G.O.Ms.No. 45 M.A & U.D. Department, dated: 28-01-2011
6. G.O.Ms.No. 82 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:21-02-2011
7. G.O.Ms.No.168 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:07-04-2012
8. G.O.Ms.No. 30 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:28-01-2014
9. Model Building Bye Laws, 2016 of Ministry of Urban Development, GoI.
10. D.O.No.K-14011/83/2002-UD-II_Pt), Dated:18.03.2016 of MoUD, GoI, New Delhi.
***
ORDER:
In the references 1st to 8th read above, the Government have issued Comprehensive
Building Rules and other related rules which are applicable to Municipal Corporations,
Municipalities, Nagar Panchayats and areas covered by Urban Development Authorities in the
State. These Building Rules are regulating the building activities in the above areas in the State.
2. In the reference 10th cited the Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India
informed that the Ministry have finalized a very comprehensive document for Model Building
Bye-Laws 2016 and requested the State to immediately take up the revision of Building Rules in
order to make the building environment safe, inclusive, environmentally sustainable and
contribute towards enhancing “Ease of Doing Business in India”.
3. Whereas, the Ministry that in Chapter 13 it provides a framework for strengthening the
building plan approvals leading towards enhancing “Ease of Doing Business in India”. Further in
Chapter 14 it provides a framework to incorporate environmental concerns in the building bye
laws enabling the ULBs/Development Authorities to approve the building plans without a
requirement of separate environmental clearances. Further the reform Agenda under the
Ministry’s flagship programme AMRUT also mandates periodical review of Building Bye Laws
which will, amongst other milestones contributes towards State being eligible for annual reform
incentive grants from 2016-17. After bifurcation of the State, the Andhra Pradesh Building Rules
2012 issued in G. O. Ms. No. 168 MA & UD Department, Dt. 07.04.2012 needed certain
amendments.
4. Accordingly, Government considered that there is a need to revise the existing Andhra
Pradesh Building Rules 2012 with comprehensive, development oriented, energy conservation
methods and easily adoptable building stipulations in the State in order to protect the
environment and provide better living conditions to the citizens and also enable business friendly
structure. Hence it is decided to take up revision of Andhra Pradesh Building Rules 2012 including
 AP Building Rules 2017 Page x

certain amendments to the TDR Policy prevailing in the State based on the Model Building Bye-
Laws 2016 of GoI.
5. Accordingly the Government have constituted a Committee to make necessary
recommendations/amendments to the existing Andhra Pradesh Building Rules 2012 based on the
Model Building Bye-Laws, 2016. The Committee examined the Model Building Bye-Laws 2016 in
detail and prepared the Draft Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017. The Director of Town &
Country Planning has conducted several consultation meetings with stake holders at various
places in the State and issued a public notification duly calling objections/suggestions.
6. After careful consideration of the matter, Government have decided to issue the Andhra
Pradesh Building Rules, 2017.
7. A copy of this Order is available on the Internet and can be accessed at the address
http://goir.ap.gov.in/.
8. The appended notification shall be published in an extraordinary issue of Andhra Pradesh
Gazette dated:28.03.2017.
[BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH]

R.KARIKAL VALAVEN
PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT
To
The Commissioner, Printing, Stationery & Stores Purchase Department, Vijayawada for
Publication of the Notification in the Gazette and furnish 1000 copies.
The Director of Municipal Administration, A.P., Guntur.
The Director of Town and Country Planning, A.P., Guntur.
The Director General, Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response & Fire Services Department, A.P.
All Municipal Commissioners in the State through the Director of Municipal Administration, A.P.
The Commissioner, Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority, Vijayawada.
All Vice Chairmen of Urban Development Authorities in the State.
The Chairman & Managing Director, APTRANSCO, Vijayawada.
The Commissioner & Inspector General of Registration & Stamps, Govt. of A.P.
Copy to:
The Law (A) Department, (2 copies),
The Revenue (R&S) Department,
The Energy Department,
SF/SC.
//Forwarded :: By Order//
SECTION OFFICER

APPENDIX
NOTIFICATION
In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 585 read with 592 of the Andhra Pradesh
Municipal Corporation Act, 1955 (adapted GHMC Act 1955); Section 18 of the Andhra Pradesh
Municipal Corporations Act, 1994; Section 326 of the Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act, 1965,
Section 44 (1) of the Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act,1920, Section 2 of A.P. Capital Region
Development Authority Act, 2015 and Section 117 of Andhra Pradesh Metropolitan Region and
Urban Development Authorities Act, 2016 and in supersession of all the existing rules on the
subject, the Government of Andhra Pradesh hereby issue the following Rules.
 R.1 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 1

CHAPTER I
JURISDICTION, APPLICABILITY (ADMINISTRATION)
1. SHORT TITLE, APPLICABILITY AND COMMENCEMENT
(1) These Rules may be called ‘The Andhra Pradesh Building Rules - 2017’.
(2) They shall apply to the building activities in the areas falling in:
(a) Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority [APCRDA] except in
Capital City Area,
(b) All Metropolitan Region Development Authorities,
(c) All Urban Development Authorities,
(d) All Municipal Corporations,
(e) All Municipalities,
(f) All Nagar Panchayats,
(g) Gram Panchayat areas covered in Master Plans/General Town Planning Schemes
notified under Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act,1920 and
(h) Industrial Area Local Authority (IALA)/Special Economic Zone (SEZ) notified by
Government.
(3) All existing rules, regulations, byelaws, orders that are in conflict or inconsistent with
these Rules shall stand modified to the extent of the provisions of these rules.
Subject to the provisions of the Act, these rules shall apply:
(a) to the planning, design and construction of building in case of erection of a
building;
(b) to all parts of the building including change of roof whether removed or not,
and in case of removal of whole or any part of the building;
(c) to the remaining part of the building after demolition and work involved in
demolition in case of demolition of whole or any part of a building;
(d) to the whole building whether existing or new building (except only to that part
of the building, which is consistent with these Regulations) in case of alteration
of a building;
(e) to all parts of the building affected by the change in case of change of
occupancy of a building; and
(f) to use of any land or building where sub-division of land is undertaken or use of
land or building is changed.
(4) They shall come in to force from the date of publication in the Andhra Pradesh
Gazette.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 2

CHAPTER - II
DEFINITIONS
2. DEFINITIONS
In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires the definitions given below shall have
the meaning indicated against each term. The terms and expressions which are not defined
in these Rules shall have the same meaning as in the respective rules / regulations / Bye-
laws of the respective local authorities and as defined in the National Building Code as the
case may be, unless the context otherwise requires.
All mandatory Master Plan/Zonal Plan regulations regarding use, land use, coverage, FAR,
set-back, open space, height, number of storeys, number of dwelling units, parking
standards etc. for various categories of buildings including modification therein made from
time to time shall be applicable mutatis mutandis in the Building Rules under this clause. All
amendments /modifications made in the aforesaid regulations shall automatically stand
deemed to have been included as part of these Rules.
(1) Access
A clear approach to a plot or a building.
(2) Act
The Act of the Local Body/Authority concerned.
(3) Accessory Building
A Building separated from the main building on a plot and containing one or more
rooms for accessory use such as Servant's Quarter, Garage, Store rooms or such
areas as may be classified by the Competent Authority.
(4) Accessory Use
Means any use of the premises subordinate to the principal use and customarily
incidental to the principal use.
(5) Addition and/or alteration
A structural change including an addition to the area or change in height or the
removal of part of building, or any change to the structure, such as the construction
or removal or cutting into of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column, beam, joist,
floor including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of any
required means of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment as
provided in these Rules.
(6) Air Port Reference Point
Means a designated point which is established in the horizontal plane at or near the
geometric center of the landing area.
(7) Amenity
Includes road, street, open space, park, recreational ground, playground, garden,
water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage, public works and
other utilities, services and conveniences.
(8) Annealed Glass
Another term for “ordinary” glass, most commonly used for float glass.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 3

(9) Auditorium
The accommodation provided for the public to view the cinematograph
exhibitions/cultural activities etc.
(10) Authority having jurisdiction
The Authority which has been created by a statue and which, for the purpose of
administering the Code/ Rules, may authorize a committee or an official or an agency
to act on its behalf, hereinafter called the 'Authority'. Authority can be any Urban
Local Body/Development Authority/Industrial Development Authority or any other
authority as notified by the State Government as the case may be.
(11) Balcony
A horizontal cantilevered projection, including a handrail or balustrade, to serve a
passage or as sit out place.
(12) Balustrade
A low wall forming a parapet to a stair, ramp, balcony, raised level, or a change in
level.
(13) Barsati
A habitable room / rooms on the roof of the building with or without toilet / kitchen.
(14) Basement/Cellar
The lower storey of a building below or partly below the ground level, with one or
more than one level and to be used for parking of vehicles.
(15) Beads or Glazing Beads
A strip of wood, metal or other suitable material attached to the rebate to retain the
glass.
(16) Buffer area
(a) Means an area of land separating adjacent land uses that is managed for the
purpose of mitigating impacts of one use on another.
(b) A buffer area consists of a separation distance and one or more buffer elements.
Buffer element is a natural or artificial feature that mitigates an adverse impact;
a buffer may include open ground, a vegetation buffer and or acoustic barrier.
(c) Buffer Area is the area within which certain structures / sensitive uses are either
restricted or prohibited.
(17) Building
(a) A structure constructed with any materials whatsoever for any purpose,
whether used for human habitation or not, and includes:-
(i) Foundation, plinth, walls, floors, chimneys, plumbing and building services,
fixed platforms etc.
(ii) Verandahs, balconies, cornices, projections etc.
(iii) Parts of a building or anything affixed thereto
(iv) Any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space, sign and
outdoor display structures etc.
R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 4

(v) Tanks constructed or fixed for storage of chemicals or chemicals in liquid

form and for storage of water, effluent, swimming pool, ponds etc.
(vi) All types of buildings shall be considered to be "buildings", except tents,
shamianas and tarpaulin shelters erected temporarily for temporary
purposes and ceremonial occasions.
(b) Assembly Buildings
A building or part thereof, where groups of people congregate or gather for
amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel and similar
purposes and these includes buildings of drama and Cinema theatres, drive-in-
theatres, assembly halls, City halls, town halls, auditoria, kalyanamandapams,
places of worship and road, railways, air, sea or other public transportation
stations.
(c) Business Buildings
Includes any building or part thereof used principally for transaction of business
and/or keeping of accounts and records therefore including offices, banks,
professional establishments, court houses etc., if their principal function is
transaction of business and/or keeping of books and records.
(d) Detached building
Includes a building with walls and roofs independent of any other building and
with open spaces on all sides within the same plot.
(e) Educational Buildings
Includes a building exclusively used for a school or college involving assembly
for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational use, and
including a building for such other uses as research institution.
(f) Existing Building
A building or structure existing authorisedly with the approval of the Authority
before the commencement of these Rules.
(g) Hazardous Buildings
Includes a building or part thereof used for:
(i) Storage, handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or
of highly combustible or explosive materials or of products which are liable
to burn with extreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or
explosive emanations;
(ii) Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly
corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or chemicals
producing flames, fumes and explosive mixtures etc., or which result in
division of matter into fine particles capable of spontaneous ignition.
(h) High Rise Building
High Rise Building means a building with 18 meters and above (including stilt
floor) in height. However, chimneys, cooling towers, boiler rooms/ lift machine
rooms, cold storage and other non-working areas in case of industrial buildings
R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 5

and water tanks and architectural features in respect of other buildings may be
permitted as a non-High rise Building.
(i) Industrial Buildings
Includes a building or part thereof wherein products or material are fabricated,
assembled or processed, such as assembly plants, laboratories, power plants,
refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies and factories etc.
(j) Institutional Buildings
Includes a building constructed by Government, semi-Government organizations
or Registered Trusts and used for medical or other treatment, or for an
auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities or for an hospice, care of
persons suffering from physical or mental illness, handicap, disease or infirmity,
care of orphans, abandoned women, children and infants, convalescents,
destitute or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention with restricted
library of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and
including dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions
such as jails, prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and
reformatories etc.
(k) Mercantile/Commercial Building
Includes a building or part thereof used as shops, stores or markets for display
and sale of wholesale or retail goods or merchandise, including office, storage
and service facilities incidental thereto and located in the same building.
(l) Mixed use building
A building partly used for non-residential activities except industrial purpose and
partly for residential purpose.
(m) Office Building (Premises)
Includes a building or premises or part thereof whose sole or principal use is for
an office or for office purposes or clerical work. Office purposes include the
purpose of administration, clerical work, handling money, telephone, and
computer operation; and clerical work includes writing, book-keeping, sorting
papers, typing, filling, duplicating, punching cards or tapes machine calculations,
drawing of matter for publication and editorial preparation of matter for
publication.
(n) Public Building
Public Building means a building used or intended to be used either ordinarily or
occasionally as a place or public worship, dharamasala, college, school, theatre,
cinema, public concert room, public hall, public bath, hospital, latrine, room,
shop or any other place of public assembly.
(o) Residential Building
Residential Building includes a building in which sleeping and living
accommodation is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking
facilities and includes one or more family dwellings, apartment houses, flats and
private garages of such buildings.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 6

(p) Semi-detached Building

Semi-detached Building means a building detached on the three sides with open
spaces as specified.
(q) Storage Building
A building or part thereof used primarily for storage or shelter of goods, wares,
merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold storage, freight
depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger, truck terminal, grain
elevator, barn and stables.
(r) Unsafe Building
Includes a building which:
(i) is structurally unsafe, or
(ii) is unsanitary, or
(iii) is not provided with adequate means of ingress or egress or
(iv) constitutes a fire hazard or
(v) is dangerous to human life or
(vi) in relation to its existing use, constitutes a hazard to safety or health or
public welfare by maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment
Note: All unsafe buildings/structures will be required to be restored by repairs,
demolition or dealing with as otherwise directed by the Authority.
(s) Whole Sale Building/Establishment
An establishment wholly or partly engaged in wholesale trade and manufacture
wholesale outlets, including related storage facilities, warehouses and
establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck transport booking
agencies.
(18) Building Height
The vertical distance measured
(a) In the case of flat roofs from the upper level of plinth and continuance to the
highest point of the building excluding parapet wall, staircase room, lift room
and water tank. This shall be subject to concurrence of the A.P. State Disasters
Response and Fire Services Department.
(b) In case of pitched roofs up to the point where the external surface of the outer
wall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof and
(c) In the case of gables facing the road, the mid- point between the eaves level and
the ridge.
(d) Architectural features serving no other function except that of decoration shall
be excluded from the purpose of measuring heights.
(e) In case of undulated terrain height can be considered as average of the
corresponding formation level of the site.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 7

(19) Building Line

The line up to which the plinth of building adjoining a street or an extension of a
street or on a future street may lawfully extend and includes the lines prescribed, if
any, in any scheme and/or development plan. The building line may change from time
to time as decided by the Authority.
(20) Building set back
The distance by which any building or structure shall be separated from the
boundary lines of the plot.
(21) Cabin
A non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing partitions.
(22) Canopy
Shall mean a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an entry to the
building at the lintel level provided that:
(a) It shall not project beyond the plot line.
(b) It shall not be lower than 2.3m or 7'-6” when measured from the ground.
There shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to sky.
(23) Carpet area
means the net usable floor area of an apartment, excluding the area covered by the
external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive balcony or verandah area and
exclusive open terrace area, but includes the area covered by the internal partition
walls of the apartment.
(24) Chair Rail
A fixed glazing bar, or rigid bar, that provides protection from human impact.
(25) Chajja
Chajja means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over
openings or external walls for providing protection from sun and rain or from
architectural consideration.
(26) Chimney
An upright shaft containing one or more flues (smoke ducts) provided for the
conveyance to the outer air of any product of combustion resulting from the
operation of heat producing appliance or equipment employing solid, liquid or
gaseous fuel.
(27) Chowk or Courtyard
means a fully or partially enclosed space permanently open to sky within a building at
ground level and serves as lighting and ventilating space besides for outdoor
activities, etc.
(28) Clean Industry
Industries which do not throw out any smoke, noise, offensive odour or harmful
industrial wastes and employing not more than 40 workers with/without power and
those not included in the list of polluting industries issued by concerned authorities.
(29) Clear Glass
Transparent glass.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 8

(30) Combustible material

The material which when burnt adds heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in
accordance with the IS 3008-1966 Method of Test for Combustibility of Building
Materials, National Building Code.
(31) Common areas mean:
(a) the entire land for the real estate project or where the project is developed in
phases, the entire land for that phase;
(b) the stair cases, lifts, staircase and lift lobbies, fire escapes, and common
entrances and exits of buildings;
(c) the common basements, terraces, parks, play areas, open parking areas and
common storage spaces;
(d) the premises for the lodging of persons employed for the management of the
property including accommodation for watch and ward staffs or for the lodging
of community service personnel;
(e) installations of central services such as electricity, gas, water and sanitation, air-
conditioning and incinerating, system for water conservation and renewable
energy;
(f) the water tanks, sumps, motors, fans, compressors, ducts and all apparatus
connected with installations for common use;
(g) all community and commercial facilities as provided in the real estate project;
(h) all other portion of the project necessary or convenient for its maintenance,
safety, etc., and in common use;
(32) ‘Competent Authority’ means:
(a) The Commissioner of the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development
Authority;
(b) The Metropolitan Commissioner of the respective Metropolitan Region
Development Authority;
(c) The Vice Chairman of the respective Urban Development Authority;
(d) The Director of Town & Country Planning in case of Local Authorities not
covered in Development Authorities and Gram Panchayat areas covered in
Master Plans / General Town Planning Schemes notified under Andhra Pradesh
Town Planning Act, 1920.
(33) Congested Area
Congested Area means the areas falling in the Local Authority notified by the
Competent Authority based on the existing development.
(34) Conversion
The change from one occupancy to other occupancy or any change in building
structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use requiring additional
occupancy certificate.
(35) Corner site
Means a site at the junction of and fronting on two or more intersecting streets.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 9

(36) Cornice
Means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over openings or
external walls to provide protection from sun and rain.
(37) Corridor
Corridor means a common passage or circulation space including a common
entrance hall in a building;
(38) Cottage Industry” or “Customary Home Occupation
means a home occupation customarily carried out by a member of the family residing
in the premises without employing hired labor, without display of goods, and which
shall be non-hazardous and not affecting the safety of the inhabitants of the building
and the neighborhood, provided that no mechanical equipment is used except that
as is customarily used for purely domestic or household purposes and/or employing
licensable goods. If power is used, the total electricity load shall not exceed 10 H.P.
(39) Covered Area
means built up area covered immediately above the plinth level by the building but
does not include the area covered by compound wall, gate, cantilevered porch,
portico, slide swing, chajjas and the like.
(40) Damp Proof Course
A course consisting of some appropriate water proofing material being provided to
prevent penetration of dampness or moisture.
(41) Density
The residential density expressed in terms of the number of dwelling units per
hectare.
NOTE: Where such densities are expressed exclusive of community facilities and
provision of open spaces and major roads (excluding incidental open spaces) these
will be net residential densities. Where these densities are expressed taking into
consideration the required open space provision and community facilities and major
roads, these would be gross residential densities at neighborhood level, sector level
or town level, as the case may be. The provision of open spaces and community
facilities will depend on the size of the residential community. Incidental open spaces
are mainly open spaces required to be left around and in between two buildings to
provide lighting and ventilation.
(42) "Developer" means,
(a) a person who constructs or causes to be constructed an independent building or
a building consisting of apartments, or converts an existing building or a part
thereof into apartments, for the purpose of selling all or some of the
apartments to other persons and includes his assignees; or
(b) a person who develops land into a project, whether or not the person also
constructs structures on any of the plots, for the purpose of selling to other
persons all or some of the plots in the said project, whether with or without
structures thereon; or
(c) any development authority or any other public body in respect of allottees of—
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 10

(i) buildings or apartments, as the case may be, constructed by such authority
or body on lands owned by them or placed at their disposal by the
Government, or
(ii) plots owned by such authority or body or placed at their disposal by the
Government,
for the purpose of selling all or some of the apartments or plots; or
(d) an apex State level co-operative housing finance society and a primary co-
operative housing society which constructs apartments or buildings for its
members or in respect of the allottees of such apartments or buildings; or
(e) any other person who acts himself as a builder, coloniser, contractor, promoter,
estate developer or by any other name or claims to be acting as the holder of a
power of attorney from the owner of the land on which the building or
apartment is constructed or plot is developed for sale; or
(f) such other person who constructs any building or apartment for sale to the
general public.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause, where the person who constructs
or converts a building into apartments or develops a plot for sale and the
persons who sells apartments or plots are different persons, both of them shall
be deemed to be the promoters and shall be jointly liable as such for the
functions and responsibilities specified in these rules;
(43) Development
Development means the carrying out of building, engineering, mining or other
operations in, or over, or under land and water, or in the use of any building or land,
and includes redevelopment and layout and subdivision of any land; and 'to develop'
shall be construed accordingly.
(44) Development Charge
Development Charge means a charge levied by the competent authority under the
relevant provisions of the Law.
(45) Development Plan
Development Plan means a plan for the Development or redevelopment or
improvement of the area within the jurisdiction of Authority and includes Perspective
Plan, Master Plan, Zonal Development Plan and part Zonal Plan /Area Development
Plan prepared under the relevant Acts.
(46) Door
Door, Center Opening Sliding - A door which slides horizontally and consists of two or
more panels which open from the center and are usually so interconnected that they
move simultaneously.
(47) Double Glazing
Glazing that incorporates two panels, separated with an air space, for the purpose of
sound insulation or thermal insulation or both.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 11

(48) Drain
A system of line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories, such as manholes,
inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for drainage of building or yards
appurtenant to the buildings with the same cartilage. It includes an open channel for
conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any liquid.
(49) Drainage
A system constructed for the purpose of removal of any waste water.
(50) Dwelling
A building or a portion thereof which is designed or used wholly or principally for
residential purposes for one family. This shall not include boarding or rooming
houses, tents, tourist camps, hotels or other structures designed or used primarily
for transient residents.
(51) Dwelling Unit
Independent housing unit, with separate facilities for living, cooking and sanitary
requirements.
(52) Edge Polished
Usually applied to flat glass, the edges of which have been polished after cutting.
(53) Egress
A way out or exit.
(54) Encroachment
Means an act to enter into the possession or rights either of permanent or
temporary nature on a land or built up property of local body or state/central
Government.
(55) Energy Conservation Building Code or ECBC
The Energy Conservation Building Code (2008) when locally adapted to Andhra
Pradesh’s climate is termed as the “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building
Code (APECBC).” All definitions included in the Energy Conservation Building Code
(2008) and not otherwise defined herein are applicable as amended from time to
time.
(56) ‘Enforcement Authority’ means:
(a) The Commissioner of the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development
Authority;
(b) The Metropolitan Commissioner of the respective Metropolitan Region
Development Authority;
(c) The Vice Chairman of the respective Urban Development Authority;
(d) The Commissioner of respective Urban Local Body;
(e) The Executive Authority of the Gram Panchayat;
(f) The Executive Authority of the Special Unit created as the case may be for the
purpose of sanctioning and monitoring building and development activity, as
applicable.
(57) Escalator
A power driven, inclined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering
passengers.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 12

(58) Escalator Landing

The portion of the building or structure which is used to receive or discharge
passengers into or from an escalator.
(59) Escape Lighting
That part of emergency lighting which is provided to ensure that the escape route is
illuminated with radium paint at all material times, for example, at all times when
persons are on the premises, or at times the main lighting is not available, either for
the whole building or for the escape routes.
(60) Existing Use
Use of a building or structure existing authorized with the approval of the Authority
before the commencement of these Rules.
(61) Exit
A passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor to a street
or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical exits means
as under:-
(a) Horizontal exit means an exit, which is a protected opening through or around a
fire well or bridge connecting two or more buildings.
(b) Outside exit means an exit from building to a public way to an open area leading
to a public way or to an enclosed fire resistant passage leading to a public way.
(c) Vertical exit means an exit used for ascending or descending between two or
more levels including stairway, fire towers, ramps and fire escapes.
(62) Exposed edge
A glass edge that is not covered.
(63) External wall
An outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though adjoining to a wall of
another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior open space of any
building.
(64) Faceted Glazing
Flat panes of glass installed vertical at an angle to each other, to from a faceted
curve.
(65) Fencing
A barrier of a plant or construction material used to set off the boundary of an area
and to restrict visual or physical passage in or out of it.
(66) Fin
A piece of glass positioned and fastened to provide lateral support.
(67) Fire Resistance
Fire Resistance is a property of an element of building construction and is the
measure of its ability to satisfy for a stated period some or all of the following
criteria:
(a) Resistance to collapse
(b) Resistance to penetration of flame and hot gases and
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 13

(c) Resistance to temperature rise on the unexposed face up to a maximum of 1800

and/or average temperature of 1500.
(68) Fire Resistant Rating
means the time during which a fire resistant material i.e. materiel having a certain
degree of fire resistant, fulfills its function of contributing to the fire safety of a
Building when subjected to prescribe conditions of heat and load or restraint. The
fire Resistance test of structures shall be done in accordance with IS 3809-1966 fire
Resistance Test of structure.
(69) Fire separation
It means the distance in meter measured from any other building on the site or from
another site or from the opposite side of a street or other public space to the
building.
(70) Fire Tower
Means an enclosed staircase that can only be approached from the various floors
through landings or lobbies separated from both the floor area and the staircase by
fire resistant doors and open to the outer air.
(71) Flat Glass
A general term covering sheet glass, float glass and various forms of rolled and plate
Glass.
(72) Float Glass
A form of flat glass produced by reheating the continuous ribbon of glass whilst it
floats over a bath of molten metal.
(73) Floor
Means the lower surface of any storey on which one normally walks in a building.
Note: The sequential number of floors shall be determined by its relation to the
determining entrance level. For floor at or wholly above ground level the lowest floor in
the building with direct entrance from the road/street shall be termed as Ground Floor.
The other floors above Ground Floor shall be numbered in sequence as floor 1, floor 2
etc., with number increasing upwards. Similarly floors below ground levels shall be
termed Basement floor 1, Basement floor 2 with number increasing downwards.
(74) Floor Area
means covered area of a building at any floor level.
(75) Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
means the quotient obtained by dividing the total covered area (plinth area) on all
floors, by the area of the plot.
F.A.R. = Total covered areas on all floors
Plot area
(76) Footing
A foundation unit constructed in brick work or stone masonry or concrete under the
base of a wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over a large area.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 14

(77) Foundation
That part of the structure, which is in direct contact with ground and transmit loads
over it.
A substructure supporting an arrangement of columns or walls in a row or rows
transmitting the loads to the soil.
(78) Frame
A structure manufactured from timber, metal, glass or other durable material or
Combinations of materials such as glass fine and structural sealant, supporting the
full Length of a glazed panel edge.
(79) Fully framed glazing
Panels that have all edges framed.
(80) Gallery
An intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium or a hall
providing extra floor area, and/additional seating accommodation and includes the
structures provided for seating in stadium.
(81) Garage, Private
Garage, Private means a building or portion thereof designed and used for parking of
private owned motor driven or other vehicles.
(82) Garage -Public
A building or portion thereof, designed other than as a private garage, operated for
gain, designed and/or used for repairing, servicing, using, selling or storing or parking
motor driven or other vehicles.
(83) Gated Community Development
Means an exclusive housing development in an area with compound wall, access
through gates and having their own facilities and amenities. The housing units may
comprise of Apartment blocks, detached, semi-detached or row houses with or
without combinations.
(84) Glass
An inorganic, non-metallic produced by the complete fusion of raw materials at high
temperatures, in to a homogeneous liquid, which is then cooled to a rigid, condition
essentially without crystallization.
(85) Glazing
The securing of glass in prepared openings in windows, door panels, partitions and
the like.
(86) Gradient
The degree of slope of a pipe invert or road or land surface. The gradient is a
measure of the slope height as related to its base. The slope is expressed in terms of
percentage or ratio.
(87) Group Development Scheme’ is reckoned as development of Buildings for any use in
a Campus or Site of 4,000 sq.m and above in area and could be row houses, semi-
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 15

detached, detached Houses, Apartment blocks, 1[Commercial, Institutional, Industrial

buildings] or High-Rise buildings or mix or combination of the above.
(88) Group Housing/Apartment
Means a building having five or more multiple dwelling units/apartments and
common services on a given site or plot of less than 4,000 sq.mts. in single or
multiple blocks each building containing two or more apartments or with total of
five or more units/apartments, without customary sub-division of land by way of
individual plots.
(89) Guarding
Glass used to prevent people falling wherever there is a change in floor level by
means of a permanent barrier.
(90) Heat Strengthened Glass
Glass which has been heated past its softening point and chilled rapidly to increase
its strength and make it thermally safe, but which breaks like annealed glass.
(91) Heat strengthened laminated safety Glass
Laminated safety Glass utilizing two or more panels of heat- strengthened glass in
the makeup.
(92) Ingress
A way in or entrance.
(93) Insulating Glass Unit (IGU)
The standard configuration for residential and commercial windows consisting of a
sealed unit of two panes of glass separated by a metal spacer.
(94) Jhamp
A down ward, vertical or sloping projection hanging below any horizontal projection
like balcony, canopy, verandah, passage etc., to provide protection from direct sun
and rain.
(95) Kerb
A concrete or stone edging along a pathway or road often constructed with a
channel to guide the flow of storm water and thereby serve individual purpose.
(96) Laminated Glass
A composite material consisting of two or more sheets of glass permanently bonded
together by a plastic interlayer material.
(97) Landscape, Hard
Civil work component of landscape architecture such as pavement, walkways, roads,
retaining walls, sculpture, street amenities, fountains and other built environments.
(98) Landscape, Soft
The natural elements in landscape design, such as plant materials and the soil itself.

1
The words “Commercial, Institutional, Industrial buildings” is inserted vide G.O.Ms.No.401, of MAUD
Dept.Dt.15-11-2017
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 16

(99) Layout
Layout means the laying out a parcel of land or lands into building plots with laying of
road/ streets with formation, leveling, metalling or black topping or paving of the
roads and footpaths etc., and laying of the services such as water supply, drainage,
street lighting, open spaces avenue plantation etc.
(100) Ledge or Tand
A shelf-like projection supported in any manner whatsoever except by vertical
supports within a room itself but without a projection of more than half a meter.
(101) Licensed/Registered Architect / Engineer / Landscape Architect / Structural Engineer
/ Supervisor / Town Planner / Urban Designer
Means a qualified Architect / Engineer / Landscape Architect / Structural Engineer /
Supervisor / Town Planner / Urban Designer who has been licensed / registered by
the Local Authority or by the body governing such profession and constituted under
a statute.
(102) Lift
An appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more levels
in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car or platform.
The word 'elevator' is also synonymously used for 'lift'.
(a) Fire Lift
Means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the event of
fire or other agency.
(b) Goods Lift
A lift designed primarily for the transport of goods, but which may carry a lift
attended or other persons necessary for the loading or unloading of goods.
(c) Hospital Lift
A lift normally installed in a hospital/ dispensary/ clinic and designed to
accommodate one number bed/stretcher along its depth, with sufficient space
around to carry a minimum of three attendants in addition to the lift operator.
(d) Passenger Lift
A lift designed for the transport of passengers
(e) Service Lift
A passenger cum good lift meant to carry goods along with people. Typically in
an office building this may be required to carry food or stationers, in a residential
building to carry a bureau or accommodate a stretcher and in a hotel to be used
for food trolleys or baggage. There is a need in such lifts, to take care of the
dimensions of the car and the door clear opening in line with the type of goods
that may have to be carried based on mutual discussion between supplier and
customer. Also, such lifts shall have buffer railings in the car at suitable height to
prevent damage to the car panels when the goods are transported. Topically
such lifts, if provided with an automatic door, may use some means to detect
trolleys and stretcher movement in advance to protect the doors against
damage. The car floors load calculations and car area of such a lift is as in the
case of a passenger lift except that these are not meant to carry heavy
concentrated loads.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 17

(103) Light Industry

Light Industry means Industries which do not throw out excessive smoke, noise,
offensive odor or harmful industrial wastes, employing not more than100 workers
and using power of not more than 100 H.P. Such Industries except in the case of
foundries and smithies do not consume any solid fuel.
(104) Lobby
Means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open.
(105) Local Authority means:
(a) a Municipal Corporation constituted under the respective Act; or
(b) a Municipality or a Nagar Panchayat constituted under the Andhra Pradesh
Municipalities Act, 1965; or
(c) a Gram Panchayat constituted under the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Raj Act,
1994; or
(d) any other body or authority constituted under the relevant Act to govern the
urban services.
(106) Loft
An intermediate floor between two floors or a residual space in a pitched roof above
normal level constructed for storage with maximum clear height of 1.5 meter.
(107) Low cost housing
Low cost housing means housing development and schemes for socially and
economically weaker/ backward sections of the society at affordable costs of built-up
area and service. The requirements and construction specifications are as specified
by the Government from time to time.
(108) Manifestation
Any technique for enhancing a person’s awareness of the presence of transparent
glazed areas.
(109) Master Plan/General Town Planning [GTP] Scheme
A Master Plan/General Town Planning [GTP] Scheme formulated under any relevant
Act for any area/settlement approved by the Government.
(110) Means of Access
Means an access to a building or plot from an existing public street or road through a
road/ street/ pathway.
(111) Means of Escape
An escape route provided in a building for safe evacuation of occupants.
(112) Mezzanine Floor
An intermediate floor, not being a loft, between the floor and ceiling of any storey
and its area shall not be more than 1/3rd of the area of the floor.
(113) Mirror
A piece of glass silvered on one side, with a protective paint coating.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 18

(114) Multi-level Car Parking Building (Parking complex/Parking lot)

A building may be partly below ground level having two or more basements or above
ground level, primarily to be used for parking of cars, scooters or any other type of
light motorized vehicle. Premises either built or open which is utilized purely for
parking of vehicles permitted in specific areas.
(115) Multiplex Complex
means an integrated entertainment and shopping center/complex of a shopping mall
and having at least three (3) cinema halls/screens. Apart from Cinema Halls, the
entertainment area may have restaurants, cafeteria, fast food outlets, video games
parlors, pubs, bowling alleys, health spa/centers, convention centers, hotels and
other recreational activities and IT Offices. However, habitable areas like hotels,
service apartments shall not be allowed in the same block where the Multiplexes are
set up and shall be allowed only as a separate block. Such a Complex may be spread
over the site or be in one or more blocks which may be high-rise buildings or normal
buildings.
(116) Mumty or Stair-cover
A structure with a covering roof over a staircase and its landing built to enclose only
the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from weather and not used for
human habitation.
(117) Non-combustible
means not liable to burn to add heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in
accordance with the IS: 3808-1966 - Method of Test for Combustibility of Building
Materials.
(118) Non confirming building or use
A building, structure or use of land existing at the time of commencement of the
regulations and which does not conform to the regulations pertaining to the zone in
which is situated.
(119) Occupancy Certificate
1
[Means the Certificate issued by the sanctioning authority permitting occupation of any
building which is in conformity with applicable building rules.]
(120) Occupancy mixed
The occupancy, where more than one occupancy are present in different portions of
the building.
(121) Occupancy of Use Group
The principal occupancy for which a building or a part of a building is used or
intended to be used for the purposes or classification of building according to the
occupancy. Any occupancy shall be deemed to include subsidiary occupancies, which
are contingent upon it.

1
The words “Occupancy Certificate Means the occupancy certificate issued by the competent authority
permitting occupation of any building, as provided under local laws which has provision for civic
infrastructure such as water, sanitation and electricity.” is deleted and substituted by G.O.Ms.No.401 of
MAUD Dept. Dt.15-11-2017
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 19

(122) Occupier
Occupier includes any person for the time being, payable or liable to pay rent or any
portion or rent of the building in respect of which the ward is used, or compensation
or premium on account of the occupation of such building and also a rent-free
tenant, but does not include a lodger, and the words 'occupy' and 'occupation' do
not refer to the lodger. An owner living in or otherwise using his own building shall
be deemed to be the occupier thereof.
(123) Open Space
An area forming an integral part of a site left open to the sky.
(124) Open Space - Front
An open space across the front of a plot between the building line and front
boundary of the plot.
(125) Open Space - Rear
An open space across the rear of a plot between the building line and rear boundary
of the plot.
(126) Open Space - Sides
An open space across the side of the plot between the side of the building and side
boundary of the plot.
(127) Operational Construction/Installation
A construction/ installation put up by the Government Departments for the
operational purposes.
(128) Owner
Owner in relation to any property, includes any person who is, for the time being
receiving or entitled to receive, whether on his own account or on account of or on
behalf of, or for the benefit of any other person or as an agent, trustee, guardian,
manager or receiver for any other person or for any religious or charitable institution,
the rents or profits of the property and also includes a mortgagee in possession
thereof; and also includes a person, company, trust, institute, registered body, State
or Central Government and its attached subordinate departments, undertakings and
the like in whose name the property rights are vested.
Note: The term Owner is synonymous with the term "Applicant".
(129) Pane
Single piece of glass cut to size for glazing.
(130) Panel
An assembly containing one or more panes.
(131) Parapet
A low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or floor.
(132) ‘Parking Complex/Parking Lot’
means premises either built or open which is utilized purely for parking of vehicles
permitted in specific areas.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 20

(133) Parking Space

Parking space means an area enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open, sufficient in
size to park vehicles, together with a drive-way connections, the parking space with a
street or alley and permitting ingress and egress of the vehicles.
(134) Partition
It means an interior non-load bearing divider, one storey or part storey in height.
(135) Party Wall
(a) A wall forming part of a building and being used or constructed to be used in any
part of the height or length of such wall for separation of adjoining buildings
belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be occupied by
different persons; or
(b) A wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the length of such
wall, to a greater extent that the projection of the footing on one side or ground
of different owners.
(136) Permanent Open Air Space
Air Space is deemed to be permanently open if:
(a) it is a street or it is encroached upon by no structure of any kind: and
(b) its freedom from encroachment in future by a structure of any kind is assured
either by law or by contract of by the fact that the ground below it is a street or
is permanently and irrevocably appropriated as an open space:
Provided that in determining the open air space required in connection with
construction work on a building any space occupied by an existing structure may, if it
is ultimately to become a permanently open air space, be treated as if it were already
a permanently open space.
(137) Permission or Permit
A valid permission or authorization in writing by the competent authority to carryout
development or a work regulated by these Rules.
(138) Plinth
Means the portion of a structure between the level of the surrounding ground and
level of floor, immediately above the ground. In no case this shall be less than
450mm.
(139) Plinth Area
Plinth area means the built up covered area measured at the floor level of the
basement or of any storey.
(140) Plot / Site
Means a continuous portion of land held in a single or joint ownership other than the
land used, allotted, earmarked or set apart for any street, lane, passage, pathway,
conservancy lane or for any other public purpose.
(141) Plot Coverage
Means the ground area covered by the building and does not include the area
covered by compound wall, gate, cantilever porch, chajja, well, septic tank, open
platform and the like. It is expressed as percentage of the site/plot area;
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 21

(142) Porch
Means a roof cover supported on pillars or cantilevered for the purpose of
pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building.
(143) Prescribed
Prescribed means prescribed by rules made under the Act.
(144) Ramp
A sloping surface joining two different levels, as at the entrance or between floors of
a building.
(145) Reconstituted Plot
Reconstituted Plot means a plot which is in any way altered by the making of a town-
planning scheme otherwise than by the severance of land used, allotted or reserved
for any public or municipal purpose.
(146) Refuge Area
An area where persons unable to use stairways can remain temporarily and await
instruction or assistance during emergency evacuation situation.
(147) Residual protection
It is the protection provided to avoid the impact of human being to glass. It is
provided on the side of glass where there are chances of Human impact. It can be
achieved by providing a sill structure or a grill inside.
(148) Responsible Authority
Responsible Authority means "the authority or person, who is specified in a scheme
as responsible for carrying out or enforcing the observance of all or any of the
provisions of the scheme or for enforcing the execution of any works which under
the scheme are to be executed by any authority, owner, or other person.
(149) Retention Activity
An activity or use which is allowed to continue, notwithstanding its non-conforming
nature in relation to the use permitted in the adjoining or surrounding area.
(150) Road Width or Width of Road/Street
The whole extent of space within the boundaries of a road when applied to a new
road/street as laid down in the city survey or development plan or prescribed road
lines by any act of law and measured at right angles to the course or intended course
of directions of such road.
(151) Room Height
The vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to the finished ceiling /
slab surface.
(152) Row Houses
Row Buildings means a row of houses with only front, rear and interior open spaces.
(153) Safety organic-coated
A glazing material consisting of a piece of glass coated and permanently bonded on
one or both sides with a continuous polymeric coating, sheet or film, which meets
the test requirements of the safety glazing standards.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 22

(154) ‘Sanctioning Authority’ means:

(a) The Commissioner of the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development
Authority;
(b) The Metropolitan Commissioner of the respective Metropolitan Region
Development Authority;
(c) The Vice Chairman of the respective Urban Development Authority;
(d) The Commissioner of respective Urban Local Body;
(e) The Executive Authority of the Gram Panchayat;
(f) The Executive Authority of the Special Unit created as the case may be for the
purpose of sanctioning and monitoring building and development activity, as
applicable.
(155) Sanctioned Plan
Means the set of plans such as site plan, building plan, service plan, parking and
circulation plan, landscape plan, layout plan, zoning plan and such other plan and
includes structural designs, if applicable, permissions such as environment
permission and such other permissions, and specifications submitted under the Rules
in connection with a building/project and which are approved and sanctioned by the
authority prior to start of the building/project.
(156) Scheme
Scheme means a town-planning scheme / land pooling scheme and includes a plan
relating to a town planning scheme / land pooling scheme.
(157) Screen
A vegetative or constructed hedge or fence used to block wind, undesirable views,
noise, glare and the like, as part of in landscape design; also known as ' screen
planting' and 'buffer plantation'.
(158) Service Industry
Industries which are not engaged in the manufacture of goods or articles, but are
mainly concerned with the repair, maintenance, servicing and/or/other jobbing work.
(159) Service road
Means a lane from a wider street provided at the front of a plot for service purposes.
(160) Set back
Means the space to be left fully open to sky from the edge of the building to the
property line or boundary of the street. No built-up space shall be provided within
the setback except specifically permitted projections and other structures under the
rules.
(161) Settlement
A human settlement, whether urban or rural in character. It includes habited
villages, towns, townships, cities and the areas notified under the control of the
Authority.
(162) Shower doors, shower screens and bath enclosures
The panels, doors or windows are enclosing or partially enclosing a shower or bath.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 23

(163) Side Panel

A panel (operable or inoperable) located adjacent to a doorway. It may or may not
be in the same plane as the doorway.
(164) Sign
Any device visible from a public place that displays either commercial or non-
commercial message by means of graphic presentation of alphabetic or pictorial
symbols or representations. Non-commercial flags or any flags displayed from
flagpoles or staffs shall not be considered as signs.
(165) Sign Structure
Any structure supporting a sign.
(166) Site Depth of
Site depth of means the mean horizontal distance between the front and rear site
boundaries.
(167) Site Double Frontage
Site Double Frontage means a site, having a frontage on two streets other than a
corner plot.
(168) Site for building
It includes all the land within the cartilage of the building if forming it appurtenance
such as outbuildings, yard, with open space and garden attached thereto or intended
to be occupied therewith.
(169) Site, Interior or Tandem
Site, Interior or Tandem means a site access to which, is by a passage from a street
whether such passage forms part of the site or not.
(170) Sloped overhead glazing
Glazing that is inclined at less than 75 degrees to the horizontal and located, wholly
or partially, directly above an area that may be used by people.
(171) Span
The dimension between supports. For panels supported on all four edges, it
corresponds to the smaller of the sight size dimensions.
(172) Staircase
Means of access between two floors.
The width of staircase may be fixed by the Competent Authority in relation to the
number of floors and the total number of users and in no case it should be less than
1M in width and minimum of 25Cm of Treads and 17.5Cm of maximum rise and shall
have direct ventilation. In the case of public buildings, a staircase shall be provided
for every 300 persons who are expected to use the building.
(a) Enclosed Staircase
Means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and doors from the rest of
the building.
(b) Spiral Staircase
A staircase forming continues winding curve round a central point or axis having
treaded without risers.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 24

(173) Storey
The portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the surface
of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space between
any floor and the ceiling next above it.
(174) Street/Road
Any highway, street, land, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway, carriage-way,
footway, square, place or bridge whether a thorough-fare or over which the public
have a right of passage or access or have passed and have access uninterruptedly for
specified period, whether existing or proposed in any scheme and includes all bends,
channels, ditches, storm water drains, culverts sidewalks, traffic islands, roadside
trees and hedges, retaining walls fences, barriers and railing within the street lines.
(175) Street/Road level or Grade
Street level or Grade means the officially established elevation of grade of the central
line of the street upon which a plot fronts and if there is no officially established
grade, the existing grade of the street its mid-point.
(176) Street/Road Line
Street Line means the line defining the side limits of a road/street.
(177) To Abut
Means to abut on a road such that any portion of the building is fronting on the road.
(178) To Erect
In relation to a building means:
(a) to erect a new building on any site whether previously built upon or not;
(b) to re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been
pulled down, burnt or destroyed
(c) conversion from one occupancy to another
(d) to carryout alterations.
(179) Toughened laminated safety glass
Laminated safety glass utilizing two panels of toughened safety glass in the make up.
(180) Tower like structures
Structures shall be deemed to be tower-like structures when the height of the tower-
like portion is at least twice the height of the broader base at ground level.
(181) Transferable Development Rights (TDR)
An award specifying the built up area an owner of a site or plot can sell or dispose or
utilize elsewhere, whose site or plot is required to be set apart or affected for a
community amenity or development for public purpose in the Master Plan or in road
widening or covered in recreational use zone etc. The award would be in the form of
a TDR Certificate issued by the Competent Authority.
(182) Travel Distance
Means the distance an occupant has to travel to reach an exit.
(183) Unauthorized Construction
Means the erection or re-erection, addition or alternations which is not approved or
sanctioned by the Concerned Authority.
 R.2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 25

(184) Underground/Overhead Tank

An underground/overhead water tank constructed or placed to store water.
(185) Ventilation
Shall mean the supply of outside air into a building through window or other
openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from temperature or
vapor pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of the building.
(186) Verandah
A covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the exception of 1 m
high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.
(187) Village Settlement or Grama Khantam or Agraharam Abadi
Means all lands that have been included as Agraharam/Abadi by the Government/
Collector within the site of village and includes existing villages hamlets.
(188) Wardrobe doors
Doors that provide access to built-in storage areas, excluding those fitted to pieces
of furniture that are not built in to the building.
(189) Water Course , Minor
Minor Water Course means a water course which is not a major one.
(190) Water Course, Major
Major Water Course means a water course which carries storm water discharging
from a contributing area of not less than 160 Ha.
Note: The decision of the authority as regards the calculation of the contributing area
shall be final.
(191) Water Course / Nala
Watercourse means a natural channel or an artificial one formed by draining or
diversion of a natural channel meant for carrying storm and wastewater.
(192) Water-Closet (WC)
Water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive human excrement directly from
the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes to designate the room or
compartment in which the fixture is placed.
(193) Wheel chair: Chair used by differently-abled people for mobility,
Size of small wheel chair: 750 x 1050 mm
Size of large wheel chair: 800 x 1500 mm
(194) Window
An opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all or part of the
required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not used as a
means of egress/ingress.
(195) Window Sill
Solid wall (Brick or concrete wall) starting from the finished floor level to the base of
first window or structural member consisting of a continuous horizontal
metal/wooden forming the lowest member of a framework or supporting structure.
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 26

(196) Zonal Development Plan

A plan detailing out the proposals of Master Plan/General Town Planning [G.T.P.]
Scheme.

CHAPTER – III
STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS
(Procedural Requirements for obtaining Building Permission)

3. PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS
(1) Development and Construction
Except as hereinafter otherwise provided these Rules shall apply to all development, re-
development, erection and/or re-erection of a building as well as to the design,
construction of, or reconstruction and additions and alterations to a building.
(2) Part construction
Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed, except
where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Rules shall apply only to the extent of the
work involved.
(3) Reconstruction
The reconstruction in whole or part of a building which has ceased to exist due to an
accidental fire, natural collapse or demolition having been declared unsafe, or which is
likely to be demolished by or under an orders of the concerned Authority as the case may
be and for which the necessary certificate has been given by the Authority shall be
allowed subject to these Rules.
(4) Change of Use / Occupancy
Where, use of a building is changed, except where otherwise specifically stipulated, these
Rules shall apply to all parts of the building affected by the change.
(5) Existing Approved Building
Nothing in these Rules shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment, nor prevent
continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an existing approved
building unless, in the opinion of the Authority such a building is unsafe or constitutes a
hazard to the safety of adjacent or to the occupants of the building itself.
(6) Pre-Code Building Permission
Where any building permission which has been issued by the Authority before the
commencement of these Rules and where construction is in progress and has not been
completed within the specified period from the date of such permit, the said permission
shall be deemed to be sanctioned under these Rules and shall only be eligible for
revalidation there under. Accordingly, where the validity of sanction has expired and
construction has not been commenced within the stipulated time limit, construction shall
be governed by the provisions of these Rules. However competent authorities can decide
the application of rules basing on the stage of construction and feasibility.
(7) Demolition of Existing Building
(a) Before a building is demolished, the owner shall obtain the permission from the
concerned authority for demolition duly notifying all utilities departments having
service connections within the building, such as water, electricity, gas, sewer and
other connections. A permit to demolish a building shall be issued only after a release
is obtained from the utilities departments stating that their respective service
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 27

connections and appurtenant equipment have been removed or sealed and plugged
in a safe manner.
(b) The owner shall take all precautionary measures to avoid noise and dust pollution
and shall not create any inconvenience to the neighboring plot owners.
(c) In case of semidetached building, no objection certificate from the neighbors shall be
obtained.
(8) Interpretation
In these Rules, the use of present tense includes the future tense, the masculine gender
includes the feminine and the neutral, the singular number, includes the plural and the
plural includes the singular. The word person includes a Corporation as an individual,
writing includes printing and typing and signature includes thumb impression made by a
person who cannot write, if his name is written near to such thumb impression.
(9) Development
(a) Development Permission
No person shall carry out any development or redevelopment including sub-division
of any plot or land (not forming part of any approved layout plan or scheme) or
cause to be done without obtaining approval from the Competent Authority for the
Building/ Layout Plan.
(b) Building Permission
No person shall erect, re-erect or make additions alterations in any building or cause
the same to be done without, first obtaining a separate building permission for each
such building from the Competent Authority.
(10) Procedure for obtaining Building Permission
(a) Application for Building Permission
(i) Every person who intends to erect, re-erect or make alteration in any place in a
building or demolish any building shall submit an Application for Building
Permission in writing and/or through On-line as prescribed to the concerned
Authority of his intention in the prescribed Form.
(ii) Application for alteration
When the application is only for an alteration of the building only such plans and
statements as may be necessary shall accompany the Application for Building
Permission.
(iii) Building Permission not required
No Application and building permission is necessary for the following
alterations, which do not otherwise violate any provisions regarding general
building requirements, structural stability and fire safety requirements of these
Rules.
(1) Plastering and patch repairs.
(2) Flooring and re-flooring.
(3) Construction or re-construction of sunshade not more than 75cms, in width
within one's land and not overhanging over a public street.
(4) Construction or re-construction of parapet not more than 1.5m. in height as
permissible under these Rules.
R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 28

(5) White-washing, painting etc., including erection of false ceiling in any floor
at the permissible clear height provided the false ceiling in no way can be
put to use as a loft etc.
(6) Erection or re-erection of internal partitions provided the same are within
the purview of the Rules.
(7) Opening and Closing of windows, ventilators and doors not opening
towards other’s properties and or public road/property.
(8) Replacing fallen bricks, stones, pillars, beams etc.
(9) Reconstruction of portions of buildings damaged by storm, rains, fire,
earthquake or any other natural calamity to the same extent and
specifications as existed prior to the damage provided the use conforms to
the provisions of the Master Plan/any other sanctioned plan.
(b) Copies of Plans and Statements
(i) The Application for Building Permission shall be accompanied with as many
numbers of copies of plans and statements as may be prescribed. If required,
one of the plans shall be cloth mounted. The drawings/prints of the plans shall
be on one side of the paper only.
(ii) One set of plans shall be released to the applicant or communicated On-line as
prescribed after issue of permit or refusal as the case may be.
(c) Information accompanying the Application
The Application for Building Permission shall be accompanied by the location plan,
site plan, sub-division / layout plan, building plan, services plan, specifications and
certificate of supervision, copies of ownership title and other documents as
prescribed.
(d) Documents
The notice shall be accompanied by the following documents:

(i) Self-Attested copies of Ownership Documents-lease-deed/sale-deed etc. giving

the physical description of the plot/property.
(ii) In case of any deviation from the terms and conditions stipulated in the lease
deed/ownership document, necessary clearance from the Authority.
(iii) Land Use Certificate (as per Perspective/Master/Zonal Plan or any other
statutory plan) issued by the concerned Authority.
(iv) Previous Sanctioned Plan copy with details of approval for the existing building
if any.
(v) An attested copy of Property Tax receipt/Vacant Land Tax receipt/NOC from
the Assessment Department of the concerned local authority.
(vi) If the site/plot falls in approved layout, the copy of the approved layout plan
duly marking the site/plot.
(vii) A declaration cum undertaking and indemnity bond by the
Owner/Builder/Developer/LTP in the prescribed Form (Annexure-3).
(viii) An affidavit/undertaking for handing over road widening portion, if any, shall
be submitted in the prescribed Form.(Annexure-4)
R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 29

(ix) An affidavit/undertaking on Urban Land Ceiling, wherever applicable in

prescribed Form.
(x) NOC from the Competent Revenue Authority in case the land is declared as
surplus.
(xi) NOC from the District Collector wherever it is a Government Land allotted.
(xii) NOC from the Revenue Department under the Andhra Pradesh Agricultural
Land (Conversion for Non-Agricultural Purpose) Act, 2006 for the sites falling
outside the Built up area and outside the Approved Layouts.
(xiii) NOC from Revenue Department in case of lands abut Water Bodies, Water
Courses & Nalas with sketch plan with measurements. (Wherever required).
(xiv) NOC from Irrigation Department in case of lands abut Water Bodies, Water
Courses & Nalas with sketch plan with measurements. (Wherever required).
(xv) NOC from Railways (Wherever required).
(xvi) NOC from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (wherever
required).
(xvii) NOC from Defence Authority (wherever required).
(xviii) NOC from Oil/Gas Authority (wherever required).
(xix) No Objection Certificate from the Airport Authority of India (wherever
required).
(xx) Prior clearance obtained from Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response & Fire
Services Department from fire safety point of view as per the provisions of the
Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999 for Residential buildings of height more
than 18m, Commercial buildings of height 15m and above and buildings of
public congregation like Educational Buildings, Cinema Theatres, Function Halls
and other Assembly Buildings on plot area of 500sq.m and above or of height
above 6m has to be submitted.
(xxi) Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives and Director General, Fire Service,
in case of hazardous buildings.
(xxii) Any other information/document, which the Authority may require in case of
listed buildings or otherwise.
(xxiii) For Buildings of above 10m height the following details shall be submitted:
(1) Soil Test Report/Geo-technical Investigation Report issued after personal
inspection by Institution/Consultant empanelled with/licensed by the local
authority.
(2) Structural designs and drawings prepared duly taking the soil bearing
capacity into consideration and certified by qualified Structural
Engineer/Consultant Firm empanelled with/licensed by the local authority.
[The Structural Engineer/Consultant Firm is held responsible for defect in
the design].
(3) Building Plan and Application shall be invariably signed by the owner of
the property, builder if any, the Architect and the Structural Engineer who
designed the structure.
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 30

(4) If the construction is being taken up by a builder, an attested copy of the

registered agreement entered between the owner of the property and
the builder shall be submitted. In case of any changes in the agreement at
a later date, a copy of the same shall also be submitted to the local
authority.
(5) An undertaking on a Stamp Paper of Rs.100/-duly signed by the owner and
builder specifying that no flat or built-up area shall be given possession to
the purchaser/tenant unless they obtain the occupancy certificate from
the local authority and provide all regular service connections.
(6) Contractor/Builders/Developer/Owner shall submit All Risks Insurance
Policy for the construction period.
(xxiv) [For all Building Plans, the Provisions made in In-Building Solutions mandated
in Annexure -7 in Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017 shall be followed.]1
(11) Size of Drawing Sheets
The size of drawing sheets shall be any of those specified in the Table given below.

TABLE 1 : Size of drawing sheets

S. No. Designation Trimmed Size (mm)

(A) (B) (C)
1 A0 841x1189
2 A1 594x841
3 A2 420x594
4 A3 297x420
5 A4 210x297
6 A5 148x210
(12) Notation for Colouring of Plans
The plans shall be coloured as specified in the following table.

TABLE 2 : Notation for colouring of plans

Sl. No. Type Colour

(A) (B) (C)
1 Plot / Site lines Thick green

2 Existing street / road Green

3 Proposed work including services Red

4 Existing construction proposed to be demolished Yellow hatched

5 Existing structure to be retained Black

6 Work in progress duly sanctioned Green

7 Open Space No colour

1
Rule 3(10)(d)(xxiv) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept Dt: 10-11-2022.
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 31

8 Drainage and Sewerage work Red dotted

9 Water Supply work Black dotted thin

10 Deviations Red hatched

11 Recreation ground Green

(13) Dimensions
(a) All dimensions shall be indicated in metric units.
(b) For the purpose of these Rules, the following conversion from M.K.S. and F.P.S.
system shall be reckoned for the road widths only.

TABLE 3 : Conversion scale

Dimension
S. No.
in Meters in Feet
(A) (B) (C)
1 3 10
2 6 20
3 7.5 25
4 9 30
5 12 40
6 15 50
7 18 60
8 24 80
9 30 100
10 45 150
11 60 200
(14) Details of Plans to be submitted
(a) Location plan / Key plan:
It shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1:10,000 showing boundary, location of
the site with respect of neighborhood land marks.
(b) Layout/Sub-division Plan:
(i) In the case of development work proposed for Layout/Sub-division approval,
the Application for Layout/Sub-division Plan shall be accompanied by the
layout/sub-division plan which shall be drawn on a scale of not less than 1:500
containing the following:
(ii) Scale used and North Point
(iii) The location of all existing and proposed roads with their existing and
proposed prescribed widths within the land.
(iv) Dimensions of plots along with building lines showing the required setbacks as
per Rules with dimensions within each plot.
(v) The location of drains, sewers, public facilities and services and electrical lines
etc.
(vi) Table indicating size, area and use of all the plots in the sub-division / layout
plan.
R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 32

(vii) A statement indicating the total area of the site, area utilised under roads,
open spaces for parks, playgrounds, recreation places and development plan
reservations, schools, shopping and other public places along with their
percentage with reference to the total area of the site proposed to be sub
divided.
(viii) In case of plots which are sub-divided in built-up areas in addition to the above,
the means of access to the sub-division from existing streets.
(c) Site Plan
(i) The site plan shall be drawn to a scale of
(1) 1:100 for plots up to 500sq.m. in size;
(2) 1:500 for plots above 500sq.m. and up to 1000sq.m;
(3) 1:1000 for plots above 1000sq.m in size.

(ii) The site plan shall show the following:

(1) The direction of north point relative to the plan of the buildings and scale
used.
(2) The boundaries of the site and of any contiguous land belonging to the
owner thereof.
(3) The position of the site in relation to neighboring street.
(4) The names and widths of the streets in which the building is proposed to
be situated.
(5) All existing physical structures / features such as major trees, wells, drains,
boulders, overhead electric supply lines, drainage and water lines standing
on, over or under the site.
(6) The position of the building and of all other buildings, if any, which the
applicant intends to erect upon his contiguous land referred to in (ii) (2) in
relation to
(a) The boundaries of the site and in case where the site has been
partitioned, the boundaries of the portion owned by the applicant
and also of the portions owned by others.
(b) All adjacent streets, building (with number of storeys and height) and
premises and drainage and water lines within a distance of 12m of the
site and of the contiguous land, if any, referred to in (ii) (2); and
(c) If there is no street within a distance of 12m of the site, the nearest
existing street.
(d) Building number or plot number of the property on which the
building is intended to be erected is to be indicated on the drawing.
(7) The means of access from the street to the building, and to all other
buildings, if any which the applicant intends to erect upon his contiguous
land, referred to in (ii) (2).
(8) Space to be left around the building to secure a free circulation of air,
admission of light and access.
(9) The ground area of the whole property and the breakup of covered area
and common area on each floor with the calculation for percentage
R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 33

covered in each floor in terms of the total area of the plot as required
under the Rules governing the coverage of the area.
(10) Parking plans indicating the parking spaces and drive ways.
(11) Such other particulars as may be prescribed by the concerned Authority.
(d) Building Plan
(i) The plans of the building, elevations and sections shall be drawn to a readable
scale of (or preferably with dimensions)
(1) 1:50 for plots measuring up to 250sq.m.
(2) 1:100 for plots measuring above 250sq.m.
(3) 1:200 for plots measuring 2000sq.m and above with details on a scale of
1:100.
(ii) The Building Plan shall show the following:
(1) The north point relative to the plan.
(2) Floor plans of all floors together with the covered area clearly indicating
the size and spacing of all frame members and sizes of rooms and the
position and width of staircases, ramps and other exit ways, lift ways, lift
machine room and lift pit details.
(3) The use or occupancy of all parts of the building.
(4) Exact location of essential services, for example W.C., Sink, Bath etc.
(5) Vertical sectional drawing showing clearly the sizes of the footings,
thickness of basement wall, wall construction, size and spacing of framing
members, floor slabs and roof slabs with their materials.
(6) The section shall indicate the heights of the building and rooms and also
the heights of the parapet, and the drainage and the slope of the roof.
(7) At least one section shall be taken through the staircase, kitchen and
toilet, bath and W.C.
(8) Parking spaces and drive ways.
(9) All doors, windows and other openings including ventilators with sizes in
proper schedule form.
(10) In case of AC buildings, details of building service-air conditioning system
with position of dampers, mechanical ventilation system, electrical
services, boilers, gas pipes etc.
(11) Terrace plan indicating the drainage and the slope of the roof.
(12) All building elevations.
(13) The location of Rain Water Harvesting Pits with specifications and cross
section.
(14) Façade with height of buildings, permissible projections beyond the
permissible building line, location of doors, windows and other openings
including ventilators with size in a schedule form. Name of external
finishes material to be used has to be shown on elevation.
(15) Such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal clearly
and as prescribed by the concerned Authority.
(e) Building plans for all Hi-rise and Special Buildings
R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 34

For all hi-rise buildings of residential, commercial and business buildings and special
buildings like assembly, institutional, industrial storage and hazardous occupancies,
the following information [in addition to (d) (ii) above] shall be furnished / indicated
in the building plans.
(i) Access to fire appliances/vehicles with details of vehicular turning circle/and
clear motorable access way around the building;
(ii) Size (width) of main and alternate staircase along with balcony approach,
corridor ventilated lobby approach;
(iii) Location and details of lift enclosures;
(iv) Location and size of fire lift;
(v) Smoke stop lobby/door where provided;
(vi) Refuse chutes; refuse chamber, services duct, etc. ;
(vii) Vehicular parking spaces;
(viii) Refuge area if any;
(ix) Details of building service-air conditioning system with position of dampers,
mechanical ventilation system, electrical services, boilers, gas pipes etc.,
(x) Details of exits including provision of ramps, etc., for hospitals and special risks
(xi) Location of generator, transformer and switchgear room;
(xii) Smoke exhauster system if any;
(xiii) Details of fire alarm system network;
(xiv)Location of centralized control connecting all fire alarm system, built in fire
protection arrangement & public address system etc.
(xv) Location and dimension of static water storage tank and pump room;
(xvi)Location and details of fixed fire protection installations such as sprinklers, wet
risers, hose reels, drenchers, CO2 installation etc.;
(xvii) Location and details of first aid firefighting equipment/installation;
(xviii) The proper signs/symbols and abbreviation of all firefighting systems shall
be shown in diligent as per the relevant I.S. Code.
(f) Landscape Plan
Landscape plan shall indicate the circulation and parking spaces, pathways (hard
surface), greenery and plantation (soft area) etc. and shall be drawn in the scale of
(i) 1:100 for plots up to 500sq.m in size
(ii) 1:500 for plots above 500sq.m.
(g) Urban Design and Architectural Control
For certain areas as well as sites abutting major roads of 30m and above, the
Competent Authority may enforce urban design and architectural control. These
shall be detailed out keeping in view the development requirements given in these
Rules and the National Building Code norms. For this purpose, urban design and
architectural control sheets / Plans approved by the Competent Authority shall be
complied with.
(h) Service Plan and Water Supply Provisions
(i) Plans, elevations and sections of private water supply, sewage disposal system
and details of building services, where required by the concerned Authority, shall
be made available on the scale not less than 1:100.
(ii) For recharging ground water, rain water-harvesting provisions are to be provided
within the plot, which are to be indicated on the building plans.
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 35

(iii) For residential plots more than 2000sq.m and non-residential plots more than 1
hectare in size, separate conveying system to be provided for sewerage and
sullage to facilitate reuse of sullage water for gardening and washing purposes.
This may require suitable storage facilities that are to be indicated on the building
plans.
(15) Signing the Plans and Application [Notice]
All the Plans and Application for Building Permission shall be duly signed by the owner
and developer if any; and the Licensed/Registered Technical Personnel i.e.,
Architect/Engineer/Surveyor/Town Planner as the case may be and in case of Buildings
above 10m height the Structural Engineer shall also sign all the plans and Application for
Building Permission. They shall give their present and permanent addresses and
license/Registration details.
(16) Supervision and Execution of Drainage / Sanitary works
A certificate of Supervision and Execution of drainage / sanitary works shall be enclosed
in the prescribed Form by the Architect / Engineer / Supervisor as the case may be.
(17) Building Permit Fees and other Charges
(a) No building application shall be deemed valid unless and until the owner submitting
the application has paid the Building Permit Fees and other charges as notified by the
concerned Authority from time to time as per the procedure prescribed.
(b) The initial fee of the Building Permit Fee of the proposed building to be paid along
with the Application for Building Permission is as follows:

Plot area (sq. m) Initial fee to be paid (Rs.)

Up to 200 3000
Above 200 10000

(c) The balance Building Permit/License Fees together with other fees and Charges shall
be paid before the issue of permission / sanction on intimation.
(d) In case of rejection of building application, the above initial fees paid would be
forfeited.
(e) No fees and charges would be levied for parking spaces provided in any floor.
(18) Levy of Special Fees and Other Provisions for Certain Areas
The Sanctioning Authority with the specific approval of the Government may, when
implementing certain Projects, levy Special fees and other fees/charges for
lands/sites/premises abutting or in the vicinity of the Ring Road or other highways/major
roads or the Mass Rail Transit System/Light Rail Transit System/Multi Modal Transit
System/Bus Rapid Transit System route indicated in the Master Plan or as proposed, at
the rates and procedure prescribed by the Government1. The procedure for collection of
this fee shall be as prescribed.

1
The Government issued GO.Ms.No.117 MAUD Dept, Dt: 11-8-2022 for “Levy of Impact Fee for Residential
and Non Residential Buildings abutting roads of width 60’-0” and above Masterplan Roads/National
Highways/State Highways/Bye Pass Roads/Ring Roads within the APCRDA/MRDA/UDAs/ULBs jurisdiction in
addition to normal fee and charges”.
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 36

(19) 1[City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees applicable in certain cases:

(1) With a view to ensure development of city level infrastructure facilities, the City Level
Infrastructure Impact Fees shall be levied in case of large projects/buildings as given in
the table below:

1
Rule 3(19) with the following words is substituted vide is substituted vide GO.Ms.No.180 of MAUD Dt:
01.10.2020
“19. City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees Applicable in Certain Cases:
(1) With a view to ensure development of city level infrastructure facilities, the City Level
Infrastructure Impact Fees shall be levied in case of large projects/buildings as given in the table
below:
TABLE – 4
City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees
Use of the building, No. of floors, and rate in Rs. Per sq. m of
built up area
Other than Residential &
Residential use
S. Industrial uses
Areas
No. From From From
From Above
6th floor 6 th floor 10th floor
Above
10th floor 17th
To 9th To 9th
To 17th
17 th floor
To 17th floor floor
floor floor floor
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H)
1. GVMC
VMC 500 1000 2000 1000 2000 3000
GMC
2. Other Municipal Corporations 500 1000 2000 800 1500 2000
3. Selection Grade Municipalities
250 400 800 500 1000 1500
Special Grade Municipalities
4.
a) Other Municipalities
b) Gram Panchayats falling in
Development Authorities
200 300 500 300 500 1000
c) Gram Panchayats falling in
Master Plan areas notified under
APTP Act, 1920
(2) For the first five floors of the building (excluding stilt floor) there will be no levy of City Level
Infrastructure Impact Fee.
(3) In case of Multiplex Complex, the rates given in the Multiplex Complex Rules shall be applicable.
(4) The Government may revise the above rates from time to time.
(5) The above rates shall not be applicable for Government Departments and Public Agencies like
Development Authority, Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC) and Local
bodies. This exemption shall not be applicable for commercial projects taken up by such agencies.
(6) The amount levied and collected under the above Rule shall be credited and maintained in a
separate escrow account by the concerned sanctioning authority and 50% of it shall be utilised for
development of infrastructure in the same area and balance amount is to be utilised towards
improvement of city level capital infrastructure in the area. An Infrastructure Plan and Action Plan
for implementation is required to be undertaken by the Competent Authority and the said Fund is
utilised accordingly.]
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 37

TABLE 4 : City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees

Use of the building, No. of floors, and rate in
Rs. Per sq.m of built-up area
S. Other than Residential &
Areas Residential use
No. Industrial uses
th
From 6 floor Above From 6th floor Above
th th th
To 17 floor 17 floor To 17 floor 17th floor
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F)
GVMC
VMC 500 750 1000 1500
1
GMC
2 Other Municipal Corporations 350 500 500 1000
Selection Grade Municipalities
3
Special Grade Municipalities 150 350 250 500
Other Municipalities
Gram Panchayats falling in Development
4 Authorities 250 500 500 1000
Gram Panchayats falling in Master Plan
areas notified under APTP Act, 1920

(2) Above rates of City level Infrastructure Impact Fee (CLIIF) are also applicable for all the
applications which are under process at various stages.
(3) In order to encourage the Housing activity and construction industry in the State, the
payment of City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees is allowed in six (6) equated interest
free instalments with in a period of three (3) years and to obtain postdated cheques for
the above payments at the time of release of building permission subject to insisting
mortgage of additional 5% built up area to the sanctioning authority, which shall be
over and above the 10% built-up area to be mortgaged under Rule 3(20)(d).
(4) For the first five floors of the building (excluding stilt floor) there will be no levy of City
Level Infrastructure Impact Fee.
(5) In case of Multiplex Complex, the rates given in the Multiplex Complex Rules shall be
applicable.
(6) The Government may revise the above rates from time to time.
(7) The above rates shall not be applicable for Government Departments and Public
Agencies like Development Authority, Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure
Corporation (APIIC) and Local bodies. This exemption shall not be applicable for
commercial projects taken up by such agencies.
(8) The amount levied and collected under the above Rule shall be credited and maintained
in a separate escrow account by the concerned sanctioning authority and 50% of it shall
be utilised for development of infrastructure in the same area and balance amount is to
be utilised towards improvement of city level capital infrastructure in the area. An
Infrastructure Plan and Action Plan for implementation is required to be undertaken by
the Competent Authority and the said Fund is utilised accordingly.]
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 38

(20) Compliance by Owner/Builder/Developer/Licensed Technical Personnel for

ensuring construction is undertaken as per sanctioned plan
(a) The owner and builder/developer shall give an Affidavit (Annexure 3) in the
prescribed Form duly notarized to the effect that in the case of any violation from
the sanctioned building plan, the Enforcement Authority can summarily demolish the
violated portion.
(b) In respect of Apartment Buildings, the owner or builder shall give a Declaration in the
prescribed Form (Annexure 3) duly specifying the in case of any violation with regard
to the Declaration, the Enforcement Authority can demolish the violations.
(c) Before release of the building sanction by the sanctioning authority, the owner of
the plot/site is not only required to produce the original Sale Deed, registered under
the provisions of the Indian Registration Act, 1908/Certified copy issued by Stamps
and Registration Department for the perusal of the sanctioning authority and cross
verification with the self-attested copy submitted with the building application.
(d) The owner is required to hand over 10 % built-up area in any approved floor shall be
mortgaged, as the case may be, to the sanctioning authority by way of a Notarized
Affidavit/Registered Mortgage Deed. In respect of row houses/detached
houses/cluster housing 5% of the units shall be handed over by way of Notarized
Affidavit/Registered Mortgage Deed to the sanctioning authority. The Notarized
Affidavit/Registered Mortgage Deed shall be got entered by the sanctioning
authority in the Prohibitory Property Watch Register of the Registration Department.
Then only the Building sanction will be released.
(e) Individual Residential Buildings in plots up to 200sq.m with height up to 10m in
respect of all Municipal Corporations; and in plots up to 300sq.m with height up to
10m in respect of Gram Panchayats in CRDA, MRDA and UDA areas and in all
Municipalities/Nagar Panchayats are exempted from the condition (d) above.
(f) 1[All industrial buildings shall be exempted from Mortgaging 10% of built-up area and
this is applicable to industrial buildings only and shall not be considered, if applicant
converts usage of building other than industrial use at later stages.]
(21) Grant of Permission or Refusal
(a) The concerned Authority, on the advice of the Town Planner, may sanction the plans,
specifications with such modification or directions as it may deem necessary and
there upon shall communicate its decision to the applicant giving the notice in the
Building Permission Order in the prescribed form after receiving the balance fee and
charges and obtaining the relevant undertakings if any.
(b) In case of refusal, the Authority duly mentioning the reasons for refusal shall
communicate its decision to the applicant giving the notice in the Building Refusal
Order in the prescribed form.
(c) The building permit for Hi-rise Buildings/Special Buildings shall be given by the
Authority only after the prior clearance from the Andhra Pradesh State Disaster
Response & Fire Services Department and Airport Authority of India are obtained.
(d) In case, where the building permission requires the clearance of Heritage Committee,
if constituted for the purpose, then the Authority shall issue the building permission
only after getting the clearance from the Heritage Committee.

1
Rule 3(20)(f) inserted vide G.O.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept, Dt.09-07-2018
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 39

(e) If within 30 days of the receipt of application for sanction of building permission or
the time limit as stipulated in the Act, the Authority fails to intimate in writing to the
applicant who has submitted the application, of its refusal or sanction to the
application with its plans and statements, the same shall be deemed to have been
sanctioned provided the fact is immediately brought to the notice of the Authority in
writing by the applicant who has submitted the application and having not received
any intimation from the Authority within 15 days of giving such application subject to
the conditions mentioned in the Rules, nothing shall be construed to authorize any
person to do anything in contravention or against any regulations, Bye-Laws or
ordinance operating at the time of execution of the work at site.
(f) Once the plan has been scrutinized and objections have been pointed out, the owner
who has submitted the application for building permit shall modify the plan to
comply with the objections raised and resubmit the modified plans. The Authority
shall scrutinize the resubmitted plans and thereafter the plans shall be sanctioned if
they are in accordance with these rules. It is clarified further as below that:
(i) No Application for building permission shall be valid unless the information
required by the Authority under the Rules or any further information which
may be required has been furnished to the satisfaction of the Authority and
required fees have been paid.
(ii) The Owner /Licensed or Registered Technical Personnel and others shall be fully
responsible for any violation of Master Plan/Zonal Plan/Building Rules,
Architectural control, lease deed conditions etc. In case of any default they
shall be liable for action. Any construction so raised shall be deemed to be
unauthorized.
1
(g) [Any applicant aggrieved by the orders passed by the sanctioning/competent
authority may prefer an appeal within 30 days to the appellate committee
constituted with following officials:
(a) The Principal Secretary, MA&UD Department, Govt. of AP,Velagapudi – Chairman
(b) The Officer on Special Duty, MA&UD Department, Govt. of AP, Velagapudi – Member
(c) The Director of Town and Country Planning, Govt. of AP, Guntur – Member Convener
The above appellate committee shall take views of the respective Urban Local Bodies
/Urban Development Authorities while disposing the appeals.]
(22) Sanction of Building Permit Applications through Online Building Permission
Management System:
(a) ‘Online Building Permission Management System’ means implementation of
Information and Communication Technology (ICT) enabled Integrated Online
Building Permission Management System where permission for any category of
buildings will be issued.
(b) The sanction of Building Permission for all categories of the buildings including High
rise Buildings which are permissible in normal course as per zoning regulations and as
per these Rules and received with all prescribed documents and plans shall be done
through the Online Building Permission Management System by the respective
Sanctioning Authority except in case of Gram Panchayats falling in the following
areas.

1
Rule 3 (21) (g) inserted vide G.O.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept, Dt.09-07-2018
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 40

(i) 1[xxx]
[ii] 2(i) Master Plans / General Town Planning Schemes notified under Andhra Pradesh
Town Planning Act, 1920 not falling in Andhra Pradesh Capital Region
Development Authority [APCRDA] / Metropolitan Region Development Authority
(MRDA) / Urban Development Authority (UDA).

1
Rule 3(22)(b)(i) with words “Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority [APCRDA];
Metropolitan Region Development Authority (MRDA)/Urban Development Authority (UDA); and” is
omitted vide G.O.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept, Dt.09-07-2018.
2
Rule 3(22)(b)(ii) is renumbered as Rule 3(22)(b)(i) vide G.O.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept, Dt.09-07-2018.
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 41

1
(c) [After sanctioning of the building permissions through online, the applicant can
proceed with construction as per rules, except in cases where proceedings are initiated
for misrepresentation or deficit payment of fee.]

1
Rule 3(22) (c) with following words were deleted and replaced vide GOMs.180, MAUD Dept Dt: 01.10.2020
“(c) Post Verification of Building Permissions:
After sanction of the Building Permissions through the Online Building Permission Management
System, the respective Local Authorities, Competent Authority and Sanctioning Authority who shall
examine and scrutinize the Building Permissions as per the categories given below in detail and verify
the compliance of the provisions of the land uses as per the Master Plans/General Town Planning
Schemes, layouts, the relevant rules and regulations as applicable and wherever there has been any
false statement, misrepresentation of material facts in the application on which the building permission
was sanctioned is invalid and shall be deemed to be cancelled. The concerned authority shall be entitled
to take appropriate action against such Licensed Technical Personnel any person whoever is
responsible and also against such construction. Till such time any application filed by concerned
LTP/Applicant shall not be accepted without specific approval from Competent Authority.
(i) Local Authorities shall undertake post verification of all building permissions issued in their
respective jurisdiction.
(ii) Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority [APCRDA]/Metropolitan Region
Development Authority (MRDA)/Urban Development Authority (UDA)/IALA Areas:
In case of areas falling under the jurisdiction of APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA, post verification of
building permissions shall be done as per the delegation of powers and as per the categories
permissible in normal course as per zoning regulations issued by the concerned
APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA from time to time.
(iii) Areas not covered under APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA Areas:
(1) The concerned Regional Deputy Director of Town & Country Planning along with concerned
Sanctioning Authority [words in bold inserted vide GOMs.No. 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15.11.2017]
shall undertake post verification of building permissions which are having site area of above
300sq.m and up to 1000sq.m where the proposed activity is permissible in normal course as
per Master Plan and Zoning Regulation
(2) The Director of Town & Country Planning or his representative along with concerned
Sanctioning Authority [words in bold inserted vide GOMs.No. 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15.11.2017]
shall undertake post verification of building permissions which are having the site area above
1000sq.m where the proposed activity is permissible in normal course as per Master Plan and
Zoning Regulations.”
(iv) Post verification of High rise buildings:
(1) APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA Areas:
Post Verification of High Rise Building permissions in Urban Local Bodies and Gram
Panchayats falling in APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA shall be done by the Multi-storeyed Building
Committee constituted by the Commissioner, APCRDA /Vice-Chairman, UDA / Managing
Director, APIIC with D.T&C.P as one of the members.
(2) Areas not covered under APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA Areas:
Post Verification of High Rise Building permissions shall be done by the Multi-storeyed
Building Committee consists of Municipal Commissioner of concerned ULB, Engineering
Section Head, Town Planning Section Head (Convener) with D.T&C.P as one of the members.
[Rule 3(22)(c)(iv) inserted vide GOMs.No. 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15.11.2017] “
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 42

23 1[xxx]
(24) 2(23) Duration of Sanction
(a) The construction shall be commenced within 18 months from the date of sanction.
(b) The sanction accorded is valid for 6 years in case of High Rise Buildings, Multiplex
and Group Development Schemes and 3 years in case of Non High Rise Buildings
from the date of sanction.
(c) The permit shall be got revalidated before the expiry of this period. The
revalidation shall be considered in case of projects commence within stipulated
period. Where construction has not commenced the revalidation shall be subject
to rules in force.
(d) The Building Permit Fee shall be paid for revalidation of the permit.
(e) No building activity can be carried out after the expiry of validity of such building
permit.
(f) No completion/occupancy shall be entertained after the expiry of valid
extension of time for construction.

1
Rule 3 (23) with the following words was omitted vide GOMs. 180 of MAUD Dept. Dt: 01.10.2020
“(23) Sanction of Building Permit Applications in case of Gram Panchayats Falling in APCRDA/MRDA/UDA and
Master Plans/General Town Planning Schemes Notified Under Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920:
(a) Gram Panchayats falling in Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority
(APCRDA)/Metropolitan Region Development Authority (MRDA)/Urban Development Authority
(UDA):
In case of Gram panchayats areas falling under the jurisdiction of APCRDA/MRD/UDA, the sanction of
building permissions shall be done as per the delegation of powers and as per the categories
permissible in normal course as per zoning regulations issued by the concerned APCRDA/MRDA/UDA
from time to time.
(b) Gram Panchayats covered in Master Plans / General Town Planning Schemes notified under Andhra
Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920 not falling in APCRDA/MRDA / UDA:
In the Gram Panchayat areas covered under sanctioned Master Plans/General Town Planning (GTP)
Schemes not falling in APCRDA/MRDA/UDA, the Sanctioning Authority is empowered to sanction the
individual residential building permission up to 10m height in plot area up to 300sq.m, in the sites
where the proposed activity are permissible in normal course as per Zoning Regulations. In respect
of other cases prior Technical Approval shall be obtained from the Competent Authority i.e. Director
of Town & Country Planning. The Panchayat Secretary shall submit the proposal through the
concerned Regional Deputy Director of Town Planning (RDDTP) to the Director of Town & Country
Planning.
(c) The following committee shall scrutinize High Rise Building applications in Gram Panchayats covered
in sanctioned Master Plan Area / General Town Planning Schemes notified under the Andhra
Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920 not falling in APCRDA / MRDA / UDA.
(i) Regional Deputy Director of Town Planning (RDDTP) – Member / Convener
(ii) Superintendent Engineer Panchayat Raj Dept. – Member
(iii) Panchayat Secretary of concerned Gram Panchayats – Convener
The Panchayat Secretary shall submit the proposal through the concerned Regional Deputy
Director of Town Planning (RDDTP) to place before the committee and the committee shall give the
recommendations to the Director of Town & Country Planning. [Rule 3(23)(c) inserted vide
GOMs.No. 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15.11.2017]
2
The existing rules 3(24) to 3(37) are renumbered as rule 3(23) to 3(36) respectively vide GOMs. 180 of
MAUD Dept. Dt: 01.10.2020
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 43

(25) 1(24) Revalidation

(a) If the owner fails to complete the building within the validity period and the
building is partly constructed, and the completed building is in conformity with
the building Rules, then the permission shall be revalidated for further period of
one year in case of Non High Rise Buildings and two years in case of High Rise
Buildings and Group Development Schemes, as a onetime measure duly collecting
the necessary fee and charges as prescribed and the owner be informed
accordingly in the prescribed Building Permission Revalidation Order.
(b) Application for such revalidation shall be submitted along with the following
documents:
(i) Original sanctioned plan;
(ii) Revalidation fee as prescribed;
(iii) NOC required from lessor in case the property is lease hold, for time
extension for construction.
(iv) Documents in support of construction, if any, having been done within valid
period of sanction;
(v) Certificate of supervision from the Licensed Technical Personnel that the
construction is being carried out under his supervision according to the
plans sanctioned by the concerned Local Body/Authority.
(vi) Ownership documents or Affidavit for updated ownership document after
previous sanction.
(c) The application for revalidation shall be processed and revalidation or objection,
if any, shall be communicated to the applicant as prescribed for the Building
Permission.
(26) 1(25) Revocation of Permission
The concerned Authority may revoke any building permission issued under the
provisions of the Rules duly giving an opportunity to the applicant to represent if
any, wherever there has been any false statement, misrepresentation of material
facts in the application on which the building permission was based and shall be
communicated to the applicant in the prescribed form for Revocation of Permission.
(27) 1(26) Maintenance of a Building Application Register
Building Application Register in the prescribed Form containing the necessary
particulars including information as to the manner in which Building Applications for
permission have been dealt with by the Local Authority shall be maintained.

(28) 1(27) Penal Action against Licensed Technical Personnel

(a) The Local Authority reserves the right to take action and to debar/black list the
Licensed Technical Personnel i.e., Architect, Engineer, Plumber, Structural
Engineer, Supervisor and Town Planner, if found to have deviated from the
professional conduct or to have made any misstatement or on account of
misrepresentation of any material fact or default either in authentication of a
plan or in supervision of the construction against the building Rules/Bye-Laws
and the sanctioned building plans.

1
The existing rules 3(24) to 3(37) are renumbered as rule 3(23) to 3(36) respectively vide GOMs. 180 of
MAUD Dept. Dt: 01.10.2020
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 44

(b) If the Local Authority finds at any time any violation of the building Rules or
misrepresentation of fact, or construction at variance with the sanction or
building Rules, inclusive of the prescribed documents, the Local Authority shall
be entitled to revoke the sanction and take appropriate action against such
Licensed Technical Person and such Licensed Technical Person shall not be
authorized to submit building plans, fresh plans till finalization of the case.
(c) Before debarring or blacklisting such Licensed Technical Person if found to be
indulging in professional misconduct or where he/she has misrepresented any
material fact the Local Authority shall give him a show-cause notice with a
personal hearing.
(29) 1(28) Procedure during construction work
(a) Construction to be in conformity with Rules
Neither the granting of the permission nor the approval of the drawings and
specification, nor inspection by the Authority during erection of the building
shall in any way relieve the Owner of the building/Licensed Technical Personnel
from their responsibility for carrying out work in accordance with these Rules.

(b) Notice for commencement of work

Before commencement of the building work for which building permit has been
sanctioned, the owner shall within the validity period of sanction give Notice of
Commencement in the prescribed Form to the Local Authority of his intention to
start the construction.
In case the owner commences the construction without giving commencement
notice, he may be penalized by imposing penalty as prescribed.
(30) 1(29) Documents to be kept at site
The following documents shall be kept at the Site during construction.
(a) A copy of sanctioned plan exhibited in a conspicuous place on the property in
respect of which the permission was issued.
(b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications of the building in respect of
which the permission was issued.
(c) A set of records of test data where tests of any materials are made to ensure
conformity with the requirements, shall be kept available for inspection during
the construction of the building and for such a period thereafter as required by
the Authority.
(31) 1(30) Checking of Building during Construction and Enforcement
In addition to the enforcement powers and responsibilities given in the respective
laws of the local authority, in respect of these Rules:
(a) It shall be the responsibility of the Owner/Licensed Technical Personnel to
ensure that the construction of the building is in accordance with the sanctioned
building plan.

1
The existing rules 3(24) to 3(37) are renumbered as rule 3(23) to 3(36) respectively vide GOMs. 180 of
MAUD Dept. Dt: 01.10.2020
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 45

(b) The Enforcement Authority concerned shall be wholly and severally responsible
for ensuring and maintaining the right of way/width of the road and building
restrictions as given in these Rules.
(c) The Enforcement Authority shall summarily remove any violation or deviation in
building construction in maintaining the road widths and building line.
(d) In respect of apartment complexes, shopping complexes and all high rise
buildings, periodical inspections shall be carried out indicating the stage of work
with reference to sanctioned plan. In case of any deviations from the sanctioned
plan, necessary action shall be taken as per rules.
(e) Any person who whether at his own instance or at the instance of any other
person or anybody including the Government Department undertakes or carries
out construction or development of any and in contravention of the statutory
master plan or without permission, approval or sanction or in contravention of
any condition subject to which such permission or approval or sanction has been
granted shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to
three years, or with fine which may extend to ten percent of the value of land or
building including land in question as fixed by the Registration Department at
the time of using the land or building. Provided that the fine imposed shall, in no
case be less than fifty percent of the said amount.
(32) 1(31) Notice of Completion
(a) Every owner/developer shall submit a Notice of Completion in the prescribed
Form to the Authority regarding completion of the work of the building on or
before the last date as stipulated in the building permission.
(b) The notice of completion shall be submitted by the owner/licensed
builder/developer duly signed by the Licensed Technical Personnel, who has
supervised the construction, accompanied by two sets of completion plans (as
in the case of sanctioned plan including one cloth mounted copy) and the
following documents along with the prescribed fee if any:
(i) Final Clearance of the Director General, A.P. Disasters Response and Fire
Services Department, wherever required.
(ii) Structural Stability Certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer in case
of Buildings above 10m height.
(iii) Certificate of fitness of the Lift from concerned Agency which has erected
/Department wherever required.
(iv) Two sets of photographs of the building from all sides duly signed by
Owner, Developer and Licensed Technical Personnel.
(v) A certificate by the Owner, Developer and Licensed Technical Personnel for
covering up the underground drain, sanitary and water supply work, under
their supervision and in accordance with Building Rules and sanctioned
building plans as applicable.

1
The existing rules 3(24) to 3(37) are renumbered as rule 3(23) to 3(36) respectively vide GOMs. 180 of
MAUD Dept. Dt: 01.10.2020
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 46

(vi) A certificate by the Owner, Developer and Licensed Technical Personnel

with regard to the construction of Rain Water Harvesting Structures, Solar
Energy Structures and Recycle of Water Treatment Plants wherever
required as per the sanctioned plans.
(vii) Clearance from Chief Controller of Explosives, wherever required.
(viii) Any other information/document that the Authority may deem fit.
(33) 1(32) Occupancy Certificate
(a) Occupancy Certificate shall be mandatory for all buildings. No person shall
occupy or allow any other person to occupy any building or part of a building for
any purpose unless such building has been granted an Occupancy Certificate by
the Sanctioning Authority.
(b) The Sanctioning Authority or the person authorized, on receipt of notice of
completion shall undertake inspection to verify the following aspects:
(i) No. of Floors.
2
[Note-The total height of the building may vary to a maximum of 1m with no
change in the permitted number of floors subject to compliance of fire service
norms.]
(ii) External setbacks.
(iii) Usage of the building.
(iv) Parking space provision.
(v) Abutting road width.
(vi) Rain Water Harvesting Structures, as applicable.
(vii) Solar Energy Structures in Buildings, as applicable.
(viii) Recycle of Water Treatment Plants, as applicable.
The T.P staff shall inspect the building and submit remarks within 10 days failing
which the online system shall generate occupancy certificate automatically
under deemed provision.
(ix) [The Provisions made in In-Building Solutions as applicable and mandated in
Annexure -7 in Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017 shall be followed.]3
(c) In case, if the Occupancy Certificate is refused due to deviation, which cannot be
compounded, the completion certificate will be rejected and communicated to
the applicant in the prescribed form.
(d) The Sanctioning Authority shall communicate the approval of the Occupancy
Certificate in the prescribed Form within 15 days or may issue the same after
levying and collecting compounding fee, if any.
(e) If nothing is communicated within this period, it shall be deemed to have been
approved by the Authority for occupation provided the fact is immediately
brought to the notice of Authority in writing by the person, who had given the

1
The existing rules 3(24) to 3(37) are renumbered as rule 3(23) to 3(36) respectively vide GOMs. 180 of
MAUD Dept. Dt: 01.10.2020
2
Note is added to the then rule 3(33) vide GO.Ms.No. 401 of MAUD Dept, Dt: 15.11.2017
3
Rule 3(32)(b)(ix) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept Dt: 10-11-2022
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 47

completion notice and has not received any intimation from the Authority within
15 days.
(f) If the authority fails to issue the occupancy certificate within the above
stipulated period the responsibility shall be fixed with the concerned officer who
fails to process the file.
(g) The Sanctioning Authority is empowered to compound the offence in relation to
setbacks violations (other than the front setback) in respect of non-high rise
buildings only up to 10%, duly recording thereon the violations in writing. The
rate of Compounding fee shall be equivalent to one hundred percent of the
value of the land as fixed by the Registration Department at the time of
compounding for the violated portion and the Government may revise this rate
from time to time. Compounding of such violation shall not be considered for
buildings constructed without obtaining any sanctioned plan.
(h) For all high rise buildings, the work shall be subject to inspection by the Andhra
Pradesh State Disasters Response & Fire Services Department and the
Occupancy Certificate shall be issued only after clearance from the Andhra
Pradesh State Disasters Response & Fire Services Department with regard to
Fire Safety and Protection requirements.
(i) The sanctioning authority shall ensure that all public and semipublic buildings
are constructed disable friendly and provide facilities for Differently abled
persons, Elderly and Children as per the Rules there under and also as per the
latest version of National Building Code of India while issuing occupancy
certificate.
(j) The functional/line agencies dealing with electric power, water supply, drainage
and sewerage shall not give regular connections to the building unless such
Occupancy Certificate is produced, or alternatively may charge 3 times the tariff
till such time Occupancy Certificate is produced. This condition shall also be
applicable to all unauthorized constructions and buildings constructed without
sanctioned building plan. In addition to the above, the Local Body shall collect
every year two times the property tax as penalty from the owner / occupier.
(k) The Registration Authority shall register only the permitted built up area as per
the sanctioned building plan and only upon producing and filing a copy of such
sanctioned building plan. On the Registration Document it should be clearly
mentioned that the registration is in accordance with the sanctioned building
plan in respect of setbacks and number of floors.
(l) The financial agencies / institutions shall extend loan facilities only to the
permitted built up area as per the sanctioned building plan.

(34) 1(33) Partial Occupancy/Completion Certificate

In such cases where a project is not complete at one stretch constructed in different
stages, part occupancy/completion certificate for the building otherwise complete in

1
The existing rules 3(24) to 3(37) are renumbered as rule 3(23) to 3(36) respectively vide GOMs. 180 of
MAUD Dept. Dt: 01.10.2020
 R.3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 48

all respects, may be issued subject to the condition that such a part
occupancy/completion certificate would apply to an independent block/building of
the sanctioned project. In case of a residential house part occupancy/completion
may be issued for an independent floor.
(35)1 (34) Connection to the Municipal Sewer / Water lines
(a) Temporary connection for water, electricity or sewer, permitted for the purpose
of facilitating the construction, shall not be allowed to continue in the premises
beyond the plan validity period and without obtaining completion / occupancy
certificate.
(b) No connection to the Municipal water mains or to the Municipal sewer line with
a building shall be made without the prior permission of the concerned
Authority and without obtaining occupancy / completion certificate.
(c) In case the use is changed or unauthorized construction is made, the Authority is
authorized to discontinue such services or cause discontinuance of such
services.
(36) 1(35) Limitations of Building Sanction
Sanction of building permission by the Sanctioning Authority shall not mean
responsibility or clearance of the following aspects:
(a) Title or ownership of the site or building
(b) Easement Rights
(c) Variation in area from recorded area of a plot / site or building
(d) Structural Reports, Structural Drawings and structural stability
(e) Workmanship, soundness of structure and materials used
(f) Quality of building services and amenities in the construction of building
(g) The site/ area liable to flooding as a result of not taking proper drainage
arrangement as per the natural lay of the land, etc. and
(h) Other requirements or licenses or clearances required for the site /premises or
activity under various other laws.
(37) 1(36) Licensing of Builders, Developers, Engineers, Landscape Architects, Real Estate
Companies, Structural Engineers, Supervisors, Town Planners, Urban Designers & Other
Technical Personnel
(a) The Licensing of Builders, Developers, Engineers, Landscape Architects, Real
Estate Companies, Structural Engineers, Supervisors, Town Planners and Urban
Designers & Other Technical Personnel mandatory shall be in accordance with
the rules as prescribed.
(b) Architects shall be required to be registered with the Council of Architecture as
required under the Architects Act, 1972.
(c) The engaging of the services of a licensed developer/builder shall be mandatory
for Apartment Buildings, Group Housing, all types of Group Development
Schemes, all High-Rise Buildings and all Commercial Complexes.
(d) Developments undertaken for construction of individual residential houses,
educational/institutional/industrial buildings and developments undertaken by
public agencies are exempted from the above condition.
 R.4 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 49

(e) Any developer/builder undertaking development or any firm doing property

business in any Local Authority/Urban Development Authority Area or soliciting
property sale/transactions or advertising as such in case of above, shall
necessarily mention the details of its licence number, licence number of the
licensed developer to whom the approval is given by the said Local
Authority/Urban Development Authority, together with the permit number and
its validity for information and verification of public/prospective buyers.
(f) Absence of the above or suppressing of the above facts or in the case of other
licenses and other technical personnel who violate the conditions would invite
penal action including debarring of the real estate firm/development
firm/company from practice in the local authority area for 5 years besides
prosecution under the relevant laws/code of conduct by the Sanctioning
Authority.
(g) Any licensed developer/builder/other technical personnel who undertake
construction in violation of the sanctioned plans shall be black-listed and this
would entail cancellation of their licence besides being prosecuted under the
relevant laws/code of conduct.

CHAPTER – IV
GENERAL SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES

4. Standard space requirements of various parts of a building of all types including

high rise buildings:
(1) Space requirement for different parts of building of different sizes:
(a) Plinth:
(i) Main Building: The plinth or any part of a building or outhouse shall be so
located with respect to highest road level from site so that adequate drainage
of the site is assured. The height of the plinth shall be not less than 450mm
from surrounding ground level.
(ii) Interior Courtyards, Covered Parking Spaces and Garages: Every interior court
yard shall be raised at least 150mm above the determining ground level and
shall be satisfactorily drained either by gravity or by mechanical means.
(b) Minimum Size, Width and Height of different components of residential
premises shall be as given in the Table below.
 R.4 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 50

TABLE 5 : Minimum Size, Width and Height of different components of residential premises

S. Components of Building Minimum Requirement for a Minimum Requirement for a

No. Dwelling Unit upto 50sq.m Dwelling Unit above 50sq.m
Area Width Height Area Width Height
(sq. m) (m) (m) (sq. m) (m) (m)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H)
1 Habitable Rooms 7.5 2.1 2.75 9.5 2.4 2.75
2 Kitchen 3.3 1.8 2.75 4.5 1.8 2.75
3 Pantry - - - 3.0 1.4 2.75
4 Kitchen with Dining area 7.5 2.1 2.75 7.5 2.1 2.75
5 Bathroom 1.2 1.0 2.2 1.8 1.2 2.2
6 WC 1.0 0.9 2.2 1.2 0.9 2.2
7 Combined Bath & WC 1.8 1.0 2.2 2.8 1.2 2.2
8 Doorways (Habitable rooms) - 0.9 2.1 - 0.9 2.1
(Kitchen, Bath, WC) - 0.75 2.0 - 0.75 2.0
9 Staircases - 1.0 - - 1.0 -
10 Garage Two-wheeler garage: 1x2m 18.0 3.0 2.4
11 Store room Area and width of the store has no restriction. However
Minimum Height has to be 2.20mt. If the area of the store is
9.5sqm and above, the light and ventilation clause shall also
apply.
12 Projections Permitted within the plot boundary, up to 0.75 m width. No
portions of any projection whatsoever shall project outside
the plot boundary.
Notes:
1. Provided that the minimum clear head way under any beam shall not be less
than 2.4 m.
2. Maximum permissible height for building component mentioned above is
4.8m. However if the architect desires that more height of any building
component is necessary for the functional design even to the extent of
double height (to be counted twice in FAR) in the project, the same may
be permitted subject to the overall permissible height of building/structure.
3. In case of group housing all open spaces provided either in interior or
exterior shall be kept free from any erections thereon and shall open to the
sky. Nothing except cornice, chhajja or weather shade (not more than
0.75m wide) shall overhang or project over the said open space so as to
reduce the width to less than minimum required. Such projections shall not
be allowed at height less than 2.2m from the corresponding finished floor
level.
4. Architectural features and landscape:
Architectural features like pergolas, free standing walls, trellis, on-permanent
gazebos, fountains, statues, pedestal, louvers, fins, jalis, sunshade etc. in
permissible building envelope area, which shall not be counted in FAR and
Ground Coverage.
 R.5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 51

(2) Minimum Size and Width of different components of Non-residential premises

The minimum area for office room/shop or any other space to be used as
workspace shall not be less than 6.0sq.m and with a minimum width of 2.1m.

5. Splay at road junctions, including ‘Y’ junctions:

Splay required at road junctions is given in the Table below. The area of splay would be
deemed to form part of the road junction.

TABLE 6 : Splay required at road junctions

Sl. No. Road Width (in m) Splay / Offset (in m)

(A) (B) (C)

1 Less than 12 3X3

2 Above 12 up to 24 4.5 X 4.5

3 Above 24 6X6

6. Requirements of Parts of Buildings

(1) Balcony:
(a) No balcony or corridor shall be permitted projecting within the mandatory open
spaces/setbacks in case of non-high rise buildings. These if provided shall be set back as
per the minimum mandatory open spaces and the setbacks shall be clear from the edge
of the balcony or corridor.
(b) In case of high rise buildings, the balcony projection of up to 2m may be allowed
projecting on to the open spaces for upper floors from 6m height from the
corresponding finished floor level onwards.
(2) Basement:
The construction of the basement may be allowed in accordance with the land use and
other provisions specified under the Master Plan/Zonal Plan/Zoning
Regulations/Building Rules. The basement shall have the following requirement:
(a) Basements are allowed for plots 750sq.m and above only.
(b) Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4m in height from the floor to
underside of the roof slab or ceiling.
(c) The minimum height of the ceiling of any basement shall be 0.9m and the maximum
height shall be 1.2m above the highest adjacent road level.
(d) Basement shall be with a setback of at least 1.5m in the sites of extent of up to
1000sq.m, 2m in the sites of extent of more than 1000sq.m and up to 2000sq.m, and
3m in the sites of extent of more than 2000sq.m from the property line. In case of
more than one basement, 0.5m additional setback for every additional basement floor
shall be insisted.
(e) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area
(aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round
the perimeter of the basement shall be provided in the form of grills or breakable
stall board lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts. Any deficiency may be
R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 52

met by providing adequate mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust

fans, air-conditioning systems, etc.
(f) Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and
smoke outlets at basement ceiling level.
(g) Adequate arrangement shall be made such that surface drainage does not enter the
basement.
(h) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so designed that the
effect of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are taken into account in design
and adequate damp proofing treatment is given.
(i) The access to the basement shall be either from the main or alternate staircase
providing access to the building. When the staircase is continuous in the case of
buildings served by more than one staircase, the same shall be of enclosed type
serving as a fire separation from the basement floor and higher floors and having fire
resistance rating [of not less than two hours]/as given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of
the NBC 2005.
(j) In case a lift is provided in a building (including residential buildings) the same may
also serve the basement area.
(k) The exit requirements shall conform to the provisions of ‘Fire and Life safety’.
(l) Basement floor shall be used only for parking and not for any habitation purpose.
Parking can be permitted in one or more levels (multi-levels). In case of basement
being used as parking only, the travel distance shall be 45m.
(m) Parking in basement can also be permitted by means of a car lift. Wherever
Mechanical system and car lifts are proposed enabling two tier parking, the required
parking is computed accordingly.
(n) Common and Continuous basement parking floors between adjoining buildings would
be allowed depending upon structural safety aspects, mutual agreement between
owners, etc.
(o) Only in case of High Rise Buildings, up to 10% of basement may be utilised for utilities
and non-habitation purpose like A/C Plant room, Generator room, Sewerage
Treatment Plant (STP), Electrical installations, Laundry, etc. This is allowed only after
fulfilling the required parking spaces.
(p) Building services such as electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms in basements shall
comply with the provisions of the Indian Electricity Act/Rules. Boiler room shall be
provided at the first basement along the periphery wall with fire resistance rating as
given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005 or shall be separated with the blast
wall.
(q) Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to the fire
brigade and clearly marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR INLET’ with an indication of
area served at or near the opening.
(r) In multi-story basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but each
basement level and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct
or ducts. Ducts so provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as the
compartment itself. Fire rating may be taken as the required smoke extraction time
for smoke extraction ducts.
(s) Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall
also be provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of
heat/smoke sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 53

considerably superior performance compared to the standard units. It shall also have
an arrangement to start it manually.
(t) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors
shall continue to operate and supply fans for HVAC shall stop automatically with the
actuation of fire detectors.
(u) Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in case
of fire or distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be
as given in Part 8, Building Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and
Mechanical Ventilation of National Building Code, 2005.
(v) Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.
(w) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick
masonry or reinforced cement concrete and when this duct crosses the transformer
area or electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
(x) If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmosphere, all
sides cutout openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close
spacing so as to form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
(y) The basement shall be partitioned and in no case compartment shall be more than
500sq.m and less than 50sq.m area except parking. Each compartment shall have
ventilation standards as laid down in the rules separately and independently. The
partition shall be made in consultation with APSDR&FSD.
(z) It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all floors to
prevent or minimize water damage of the contents. The drain pipes should be
provided on the external wall for drainage of water from all floors. On large area
floors, several such pipes may be necessary which should be spaced 30m apart.
Care shall be taken to ensure that the construction of the drain pipe does not allow
spread fire / smoke from floor to floor.
(aa) The staircase shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at
ground level only, from outside open air.
(bb) The staircase shall communicate with basement through a lobby with self-closing
doors with fire resistance rating as per relevant NBC code mentioned above.
(3) Bathroom and W.C:
Every bathroom or water closet shall
(a) be so situated that at least one of its walls shall open to external air.
(b) unless mechanically ventilated, it shall have a minimum opening in the form of
window or ventilation opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than 0.3sq.m
with side not less than 0.3m.
(c) have the platform or seat made of watertight non-absorbent material.
(d) no room containing water closets shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory.
(e) every water closet and/or a set of urinals shall have flushing cistern of adequate
capacity attached to it.
(f) toilets / W.C. / Urinals are permitted within the building envelop in stilts area and
basement or at ground level with subject to appropriate natural / artificial ventilation,
drainage and sanitation provided the maximum size doesn’t exceed 3sq.m.
(g) shall not open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door, window or other
opening.
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 54

(h) every room containing WC shall have a door completely closing the entrance to it.
(i) not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washing
place, bath or terrace, unless it has water-tight floor.
(j) all the sewage outlets shall be connected to the municipal sewerage system. Where
no such system exists, a septic tank shall be provided within the plot conforming to
the requirements.
(k) be provided with an impervious floor covering, sloping towards the drain with a
suitable grade and not towards veranda or any other room.
(l) Be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition shall
be finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1m above
the floor of such room.
(4) Boundary wall height:
Wherever applicable, the following norms shall apply.
(a) Front wall: 1.2m from highest adjacent road level to be solid (stone/brick/ masonry
etc.).
(b) And above 1.2m and up to 2.0m it should be perforated (stone jali/iron
grills/vegetation) to maintain visual continuity.
(c) Side walls and back wall: 2.4m from ground level to be solid (stone/brick/ masonry
etc.).
(d) In case of corner buildings the height of boundary wall shall be restricted to 0.75m
for length of 10m on the front and side of the inter-sections and the balance height
of 0.75m if required may be constructed with the perforated stone jali/iron
grills/vegetation) to maintain visual continuity.
(e) The above provisions are not applicable to the boundary walls of jails.
(f) In Industrial buildings of workshops and factories, electric sub-stations, transformer
stations, institutional buildings like sanitoria, hospitals and educational buildings like
schools, colleges, including hostels, and other public utility undertakings and
strategically sensitive buildings a height up to 2.4m may be permitted.
(5) Canopy:
Canopy to be provided within the building envelope or in setback subject to setback
conditions but inside plot line, however over the entrance in the front setback should not
be more than 3m and inside setbacks may be up to the plot boundary or maximum 3m,
whichever is less. Canopy can be at the structural floor level.
(6) Doorways
(a) Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on a corridor
or passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress.
(b) No exit doorways shall be less than lm in width and in case of hospital and ward
block it shall be 1.5m.
(c) Doorways for bathrooms, water closet, stores etc. shall be not less than 0.75m wide.

(d) Doorways shall not be less than 200cm in case of assembly buildings.
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 55

(e) Doorways shall be not less than 2m in height.

(f) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not
obstruct the travel along any exit. No door when opened shall reduce the required
width of stairway or landing to less than 0.9m. Overhead or sliding door shall not be
installed.
(g) Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing equal to at
least, the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Level
of landings shall be the same as that of the floor, which it serves.
(h) Exit doorways shall be openable from the side, which they serve without the use of a
key.
(i) Revolving doors shall not be provided as a means of fire exit..
(j) Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding
the direction of exit.
(7) Exit requirements:
The following general requirement shall apply to exits:
(a) Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exits sufficient
to permit safe escape of occupants in case of fire or other emergency.
(b) In every building exit shall comply with the minimum requirement of this part,
except those not accessible for general public use.
(c) All exists shall be free of obstructions.
(d) No buildings shall be altered so as to reduce the number, width or portion of
exits to less than required.
(e) Exits shall be clearly visible and the routes to reach exits shall be clearly marked and
signs posted to guide the occupants of floor concerned.
(f) All exit ways shall be properly illuminated.
(g) Firefighting equipment where provided along exits shall be suitably located and
clearly marked but must not obstruct the exit way and there should be clear
indication about its location from either side of the exit way.
(h) Alarm devices shall be installed to ensure prompt evacuation of the occupants
concerned through the exits, wherever required.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to
an exterior open space leading to a street.
(j) Exits shall be so arranged that they may be reached without passing through
another occupied unit, except in the case of residential buildings.
(8) Arrangement of Exits:
(a) Exits in non-sprinkled buildings shall be so located so that the travel distance on the
floor shall not exceed 22.50m for residential, educational, institutional and
hazardous occupancies and 30.0m for assembly, business, mercantile, industrial and
storage occupancies.
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 56

(b) Whenever more than one exit is required for a floor of a building they shall be placed
as remote from each other as possible.
(c) All the exits shall be accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels.
(d) In case of sprinkled building the travel distance shall be increased by 1.5 times the
mandatory distance.
(e) The travel distance to an exit from the remote point shall not exceed half the
distance as stated above except in the case of institutional occupancy in which case
it shall not exceed 6.0m.
(9) Capacity of Exits:
The capacity of exits (staircase, ramps and doorways) indicating the number of which
persons could be safely evacuated through a unit exit width of 50cm shall be as given in
the Table below.

TABLE 7 : Number of Occupants per unit Exit width

Number of occupants
S. No. Occupancy
Stairways Ramps Doors
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
1 Residential/Educational/Institutional 25 50 75
2 Assembly 40 50 60
3 Business/Mercantile/Industrial/Storage 50 60 75
4 Hazardous 25 30 40
(10) Number and Size of Exits
(a) The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on the
occupants in each room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits,
travel distance and height of buildings.
(b) At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by individuals in
wheelchairs and shall be indicated by a sign.
(c) At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheel chairs shall be on a level that
would make the elevators accessible.
(11) Types of Exits
(a) Exits shall be either horizontal or vertical type.
(b) An exit may be doorway, corridor and passage to an internal staircase or external
staircase, ramp or to a verandah and/or terraces that have access to the street or to
roof of a building.
(c) An exit may also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same
level.
(d) Lifts/ escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits.
(12) Staircase Requirements
(a) For buildings such as assembly, business, education, hazardous, industrial,
institutional, Mercantile Building, High Rise Building, Multi-Level Car Parking Building,
Office Building (premises), Special Building, Storage Buildings and Wholesale
Establishment, there shall be minimum of two staircases and one of them may be
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 57

enclosed stairway and the other shall be on the external walls of building and shall
open directly to the exterior, interior open space or to any open place of safety.
(b) Single staircase may be considered for Non-high-rise residential, educational,
business or group housing society where floor area does not exceed 500 sq. m.
and height of the building does not exceed 18m (including Stilt Floor) and other
requirements of occupant load travel distance and width of staircase shall meet the
requirement.
(13) Stairways
(a) Interior stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible material throughout.
(b) Interior stairs shall be constructed as a self-contained unit with at least one side
adjacent to an external wall and shall be completely enclosed unless mechanically
ventilated.
(c) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft for buildings above 15.0m (18m with
stilts) height. The staircase location shall be to the satisfaction of department of Fire
Services.
(d) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
(e) The minimum width of internal staircase shall be as given in Minimum Width
Provisions for Stairways [Sub-rule (14)].
(f) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25cm for an internal staircase
for residential buildings. In the case of other buildings, the minimum tread shall be
30cm. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent
slipping. Winders shall be allowed in residential buildings provided they are not at the
head of a downward flight.
(g) The maximum height of riser shall be 19cm in the case of residential buildings and
15cm in the case of other buildings and these shall be limited to 12 per flight.
(h) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 90cm from the centre of the
tread.
(i) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase and under the
staircase shall be 2.2 m.
(j) For building more than 24m in height, access to main staircase shall be through a
lobby created by double door of half an hour fire rating. One of the doors will be fixed
in the wall of the staircase and other after the lobby.
(k) No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the staircase or
staircases.
(l) External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the
open spaces or can be reached without passing through any door other than a door
provided to form a draught lobby.
(m) The main staircase and fire escape staircase shall be continuous from ground floor to
the terrace level.
(n) No electrical shafts/AC ducts or gas pipe etc. shall pass through the staircase.
(o) Lift shall not open in staircase landing.
(p) No combustible material shall be used for decoration/wall paneling in the staircase.
(q) Beams/columns and other building features shall not reduce the head room/width of
the staircase.
(r) The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be provided at a
suitable height from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by electric light
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 58

or glow sign or florescent connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking sign
should be flush with the wall and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur
to them due to moving of furniture or other heavy equipment’s. Further all landings
of floor shall have floor-indicating boards indicating the number of floor as per
Building Rules. The floor indication board shall be placed on the wall immediately
facing the flight of stairs and nearest to the landing. It shall be of size not less than
0.2m. x 0.5m.
(s) Individual floors shall be prominently indicated on the wall facing the staircase.
(t) In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access to
the basement shall be by a separate staircase. However, the second staircase may
lead to basement levels provided the same is separated at ground level either by
ventilated lobby with discharge points at two different ends through enclosures.
(u) Any staircase made for use of Fire escape which will be open to sky (can be covered
from top but sides to be open) will not be considered under FAR calculation.
(v) Fire Escape Staircases
(i) Fire escape shall not be taken into account while calculating the number of
staircases for a building.
(ii) All fire escapes shall be directly connected to the ground.
(iii) Entrance to the fire escape shall be separate and remote from internal
staircase.
(iv) The route to fire escape shall be free of obstructions at all times except the
doorway leading to the fire escape which shall have the required fire
resistance.
(v) Fire escape shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.
(vi) Fire escape stairs shall have straight flight not less than 125cm wide with 25cm
treads and risers not more than 19cm and the number of risers shall be limited
to 16 per flight.
(vii) Handrails shall be at a height not less than 100cm.
(viii) Fire escape staircase in the mercantile, business, assembly, hotel buildings
above 24m height shall be a fire tower and in such a case width of the same
shall not be less than the width of the main staircase. No combustible material
shall be allowed in the fire tower.
(w) Spiral Stairs (fire escape)
(i) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a
building height of 9m.
(ii) A spiral stairs shall not be less than 150cm in diameter and shall be designed to
give the adequate headroom.
(14) Minimum Width Provisions for Stairways
The following minimum width provisions shall be made for each stairway:
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 59

TABLE 8 : Minimum Width Provisions for Stairways

Minimum width
S. No. Type of Building for each stairway
(m)
(A) (B) (C)
1 Residential Non High Rise Buildings 1.00
Other Residential Buildings e.g. Apartments, Hostels,
2 1.201
Group Housing, Guest Houses, etc.
3 Educational Buildings like Schools, Colleges 1.50
4 All other buildings including Hotels, Nursing Homes etc. 1.50
5 Institutional Buildings like Hospitals etc. 2.00
6 Assembly Buildings like Auditoria, Theatres and Cinemas 2.00
(15) Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors
The following minimum width provisions shall be made for each passage way/corridor:
2
TABLE 9 : Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors

S. Type of Building Minimum width (m)

No.
(A) (B) (C)
(1) Individual Residential buildings 1.00
(2) Other Residential buildings, e.g.Hostels, Group Housing etc. 2.00
(3) All Other Buildings including Hotels 2.00
(4) Assembly Buildings like Auditoria, Theatres and Cinemas 3.00
(5) Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc. 2.40
(6) Ramps- Ramps & Gradients
for applicability in all other building types refer CHAPTER-IX-2
[PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED, ELDERLY & CHILDREN]
(16) Ramps
(a) Ramps shall not be allowed in the mandatory setbacks including building line,
however ramps may be permitted in the side and rear setbacks after leaving
minimum 7m of setback for movement of the fire-fighting vehicles.

1
The value ‘1.25’ has been substituted vide G.O.Ms.No.401, of MAUD Dt.15-11-2017
2
Table 9 with the following data was substituted vide G.O.Ms.No.401, of MAUD Dt.15-11-2017
“
S. No. Type of Building Minimum width (m)
(A) (B) (C)
(1) Individual Residential buildings 1.00
(2) Other Residential buildings, e.g.Hostels, Group Housing etc. 1.25
(3) All Other Buildings including Hotels 1.50
(4) Assembly Buildings like Auditoria, Theatres and Cinemas 2.00
R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 60

(b) The ramps to basement and parking floors shall be with at least two ramps each with
a minimum of 3.6m wide or one ramp with a minimum of 5.4m wide, provided with
gradient of 1:8 for cars and 1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved portions of the ramp the
slope should not be more than 1:12.
(c) The minimum width of the ramps in Nursing Homes, Hospitals shall be 2.4m for
stretcher and not for vehicular movement and in the basement using car parking
shall be 6.0m. At each floor one of the exit facilities shall be a ramp of not less than
2.4m in width. In this case the handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
(d) The maximum gradient of a ramp approach intended for the Differently Abled
persons shall not exceed 1 in 10 and shall be finished with approved non-slippery
materials. The minimum width of the ramp shall be 1.2m and provided with handrails
of height not less than 80cm.
(e) Every part of a building within a floor shall be accessible by a wheel chair and in case
of level difference between parts they shall be connected by ramp/slope ways with
minimum specifications as above.
(f) All structural design / safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes and NBC shall be
complied along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine and its maneuverings.
(g) Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe
place.
(h) For building above 24.0m in height, access to ramps from any floor of the building
shall be through smoke fire check door.
(i) For additional conditions, Sub-rule (16)-Ramps of Rule 6 - Requirement of Parts of
Buildings of Chapter – IV-General Space Requirements & Services shall also be
followed.
(j) Ramps with Gradients: Where ramps with gradients are necessary or desired, they
shall conform to the following requirements:
(i) A ramp when provided should not have a slope greater than 1 in 20 or maximum
of 1 in 12 for short distance up to 9000mm.
(ii) A ramp shall have handrails on at least one side, and preferably two sides, that
are 900mm high, measured from the surface of the ramp, that are smooth, and
that extend 300mm beyond the top and bottom of the ramp. Where major
traffic is predominantly children, the handrails should be placed 760 mm high.
Notes
(1) Where handrails are specified to be of heights other than 80 cm, it is
recommended that two sets of handrails be installed to serve all people.
Where major traffic is predominantly children, particularly physically disabled
children, extra care should be exercised in the placement of handrails, in
accordance with the nature of the facility and the age group or groups being
serviced
(2) Care should be taken that the extension of the handrails is not in itself a
hazard. Extension up to 300mm may be made on the side of a continuing wall.
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 61

(3) A ramp shall have a surface that is non-slip surface and if length is 3500mm,
the minimum width shall be 1500mm greatly assists the challenged persons
with semi-ambulatory and ambulatory disabilities.
(4) Each ramp shall have at least 1800mm of straight clearance at the bottom.
(5) Ramps shall have level platforms at 10m to 12m intervals for purposes of rest
and safety, and shall have platforms minimum 1.5m length wherever they turn.
(6) A ramp shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1800 mm long, if
a door swings out onto the platform or toward the ramp. This platform shall
extend at least 300mm beyond each side of the doorway.
(7) For visually impaired people, ramps may be colour contrasted with landing.
(8) To minimize rise to wheelchair users, ramps should be equipped with herbs
approximately 50mm high at exposed sides.
(17) Lifts and Escalators
(a) Provision of Lifts
(i) It shall be made mandatorily for all buildings which are 15m and above (without
stilts) /18m and above (with stilts) in height.
(ii) For buildings less than 15m (without stilts)/18m (with stilts) the provision of lift
is on the discretion of the owners in order to facilitate movement of elderly
people.
(iii) All the floors including basement 1[xxx] shall be accessible for 24hours by the
lifts.
(iv) The lifts provided in the buildings shall not be considered as a means of
escape in case of emergency.
(v) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be
installed in it.
(vi) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to ground the
lift car in case of emergency shall also be provided.
(b) Lifts in residential buildings
For all residential buildings with height 15m (without stilts) or 18m (with stilts),
opening of lift may be allowed in the staircase landing, provided the landing is
1.5m wide and it does not obstruct movement in general and in emergency.
Note: For applicability in all other buildings, refer “Lifts” in CHAPTER-IX-2
[PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED, ELDERLY & CHILDREN])
(c) Escalators
Escalators may be permitted in addition to required lifts. Such escalators may be
permitted in atrium area in shopping malls/public buildings.
(18) Kitchen
Every room to be used as a kitchen shall have
(a) Unless separately provided in a pantry, means for washing of kitchen utensils,
which shall lead directly or through a sink to a grated and trapped connection to
the waste pipe.
(b) An impermeable floor;

1
The words “and terrace” is omitted vide GO.Ms. 401 of MAUD Dept Dt: 15.1.2017
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 62

(c) At least a window not less than 1sq. m. or one tenth of the floor area
whichever is more in area open directly to an interior or exterior open space, but not
into a shaft (unless mechanically ventilated) and;
(d) Refuse Chutes in residential building of above 15m (without stilts)/ above 18m
(with stilts) in height.
(19) Loft / Ledge or Tand
(a) Lofts shall be permitted in residential buildings and shops only.
(b) It shall not interfere with the ventilation of the room under any
circumstances.
(c) Area of such loft shall be restricted to 25% of the covered area of respective
floor.
(d) Maximum height between loft and ceiling shall be 1.5m.
(e) The clear height below the loft shall be 2.2m.
(20) Means of Access:
(a) No building shall be constructed as to deprive any other building of its means of
access.
(b) Every person who erects a building shall not any time erect or cause or permit to erect
or re-erect any building which in any way encroaches upon or diminishes the area set
apart as means access.
(c) Means of access shall be as per the approved layout plan and simultaneously in
accordance with the fire and life safety regulations.
(d) Main entrance to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to
the fire tender and in no case it shall measure less than 6m. The entrance gate
shall fold back against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior
access way within the plot free for movement of the fire service vehicles. If
archway is provided over the main entrance the height of the archway shall not be
of less than 5m in height.
(e) The Minimum Abutting Existing Road Width Required for various types of building
activities shall be as given in these Rules. (Vide Chapter-VII-Requirement of Approach
Road for Building Sites/Plots)
(21) Mezzanine floor:
(a) Mezzanine floor where provided is to be counted in FAR.
(b) Minimum clear height shall not be less than 2.2m and not more than 2.7m.
(c) If used as a living room shall not be less than 9.5sq. m.
(d) Aggregate area of mezzanine floor in a building shall in no case exceed one-third the
plinth area of the building.
(e) Shall not be used as a kitchen.
(f) Shall not be sub-divided into smaller compartments.
(g) Shall not interfere with the ventilation of the space over and under it.
(h) In no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be converted
into unventilated compartments.
(22) Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the building
The dimensions of exterior open spaces (setbacks) and heights for Non-High Rise and High
Rise Buildings shall be provided as given separately in these Rules respectively for such
buildings.
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 63

(a) Exterior open spaces

(i) For all buildings including High-rise buildings, the open spaces/setbacks, covered
area, FAR if any shall be as per Master Plan/Zonal Plan requirements and as per
these Rules.
(ii) Every room that is intended for human habitation shall abut on an interior or
exterior open space or on to a verandah open to such interior or exterior
open space.
(iii) In case of High-rise buildings, the exterior open spaces around a building shall be
of green or hard surface capable to taking the load of fire engine weighing up to
45tonnes.
(iv) In case, kitchen and toilets do not abut either interior or exterior open spaces,
mechanical ventilation would be provided.
(v) Up to 25% of the total setback area can be sunk for light, ventilation and access to
basement, provided fire tender movement is not hindered.
(b) Height Limit
(i) If a building abuts on two or more streets of different width, the building shall be
deemed to face upon the street that has the greater width and the height of the
building shall be regulated by the width of that street. Height shall however, not
exceed the maximum height as provided in the Master Plan/Zoning Development
Plan/Zoning Regulations/these Rules.
(ii) For buildings in the vicinity of the aerodromes, the maximum height of such
buildings shall be subject to clearance from the Airport Authority of India.
(iii) Height Exemptions
The following appurtenant structures shall not be included in the height
of building covered under Building Rules.
(1) Roof tanks and their supports not exceeding 1 [xxx] 2.10m in
height.
(2) Ventilating, air conditioning and lift rooms and similar service
equipment.
( 3 ) Stair covered with Mumty not exceeding 3.00m in height.
(4) Chimneys and parapet wall not exceeding 1.50m.
(23) Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation
(a) The whole or part of one side of one or more rooms intended for human habitation
and not abutting on either the front, rear or side open spaces shall abut on an
interior open space or an internal courtyard or chowk, whose minimum dimensions
shall not be less than 9sq.m with no side shall be less than 2m for buildings up to
15m in height (excluding Stilt Floor).
(b) For buildings with above 15m in height (excluding Stilt Floor), the minimum
dimensions of the internal courtyard shall be with an area of not less than 25sq. m
and no side shall be less than 3m in width.
(c) All such court yards / ducts may be allowed above stilt floor.

1
The value “1.5 m” is substituted vide GO.Ms. 401 of MAUD Dept Dt: 15.1.2017
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 64

(d) Sunken Courtyard: Sunken courtyard up to 3m in depth from the ground level as
‘light well’ within building envelop shall be permitted for light and ventilation for
basement area.
(e) Skylight: Skylight in interior open space (courtyard) may be permitted subject to it
may not act as a coverage space on the ground floor and not violate the
maximum/minimum ground coverage rules.
(24) Lighting and ventilation of rooms
(a) All habitable rooms shall have for the admission of light and air, one or more
apertures, such as window, glazed door and fan lights, opening directly to the
external air or into an open verandah not more than 2.4m in width.
(b) Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting
and natural ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and
mechanical ventilation as given in Part-VII Building Services Section-1 - Lighting
and Ventilation of National Building Code of India.
(c) Notwithstanding the above, the minimum aggregate area of openings of
habitable rooms and kitchens excluding doors shall not be less than 1/10 of the
floor area.
(d) No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.50m from
the opening assumed for lighting that portion.
(25) Ventilation Shaft for water closets and bathrooms
For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms, if not opening on the front
side, rear and interior open spaces, shall open on the ventilation shaft, the size, of
which shall not be less than the values given below. However, it is not mandatory in case
of buildings where mechanical ventilation is available.
TABLE 10 : Size of Ventilation Shaft
S.
No. Building Height Size of ventilation shaft Minimum size of shaft
(m) (sq. m) (m)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Up to 10 1.0 1.0
2 Up to 12 3.0 1.2
3 Up to 18 4.0 1.5
4 Up to 24 6.0 1.8
5 Above24 9.0 3.0
(26) Joint Open Air Space
(a) Every interior or exterior or air space, unless the latter is a street, shall be maintained
for the benefit of such building exclusively and shall be entirely within the owner's
own premises.
(b) If such interior or exterior open air space is intended to be used for the benefit of
more than one building belonging to the same owner; then the width of such open
air space shall be the one specified for the tallest building as specified in building
rules, abutting on such open air space.
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 65

(27) Restrictions on Projections in Mandatory Open Spaces

The following are the Restrictions on Projections in the mandatory open spaces / setbacks
/ interior open spaces:
(a) Every interior or exterior open space shall be kept free from any erection thereon
and shall be open to the sky. Nothing except Cornice, Chajjas/weather shades only of
width not exceeding 75cm shall be allowed in the mandatory setbacks. Such
projections shall not be allowed at a height less than 2.20m from the corresponding
finished floor level.

(b) No balcony projections or corridor shall be permitted projecting within the

mandatory open spaces/setbacks in case of non-high rise buildings. These, if
provided for, shall be set back as per the minimum mandatory open spaces and the
setbacks shall be clear from the edge of the balcony or corridor. However, a Portico
or Canopy without access to the top may be considered in the front open space.
(c) Pergola shall be permitted in a residential building if constructed in the exterior open
spaces within setback or terrace. Such pergola shall not exceed 10% of ground
coverage. Such pergolas shall have a minimum clear height of 2.2 m.
(d) In case of Individual Residential Building in plots more than 300sq.m:
(i) In the front setback only a security guard booth of 2sq.m is allowed.
(ii) In the rear and side open spaces Septic tank, well, parking sheds, generator
room may be allowed.
(iii) A setback of at least 1m from the property or boundary line of the plot shall be
provided for these structures.
(iv) The height of these accessory buildings shall not be more than 2.5m and shall
not occupy more than 1/4th of the plot width. These shall be so located that they
do not hinder the fire safety measures and operations.

(28) Not to include in FAR calculations

(a) Machine room for lift on top floor as required for the lift machine installation.
Note: The shaft provided for lift shall be taken for FAR calculations only on one floor.
(b) Mumty over staircase on top floor.
(c) Watch and ward cabins of area not more than 4.5sqm at the entry point.
(d) Entrance porches/canopies in high rise buildings.
(e) All pergolas at any level.
(f) Architectural feature on ground or any other floor including rooftops.
(g) Sky bridges or intermittent floors as relief in high rise buildings having landscape
areas jogging tracks, swimming pools and other public spaces. Swimming pool and
related amenities at roof tops and on sky bridges.
(h) Rockery, well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if
uncovered), platform round a tree, tank, fountain, bench, chabutara with open
top and / or unenclosed sides by walls, open ramps, compound wall, gate, slide
swing door, uncovered staircase (uncovered and unclosed on three sides except
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 66

for a 0.90 m high railing/wall, overhead water tank on top of building/open

shafts, cooling towers as per fire norms. Fire tender movement shall be
unhindered.
(29) Parapet
(a) Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terrace, balcony,
verandah etc. should not be less than 1.0 m and more than 1.5 m in height.
(b) The above condition shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible by a
staircase.
(c) However on terrace floor in the portion where installations like DG Set, Water
Tank and other, screening parapet of a suitable height may be constructed to hide
such equipment etc. and there is no need to have uniformly increased height of the
parapet.
(30) Parking Spaces
(a) The parking spaces should be efficiently designed and clearly marked and provided
with adequate access, aisle, drives and ramps required for maneuvering of vehicles.
(b) The parking spaces may be provided in
i. Basements or cellars (one or more) / multi-level (allowed for plots 750sq.m
and above only) or
ii. Stilt floor or in upper floors (at any level) or
iii. The Open space over and above the setbacks i.e. after leaving the setbacks to
be left around the building with adequate vehicular access, aisle, drives, ramps
required for maneuvering of vehicles, or
iv. Common pool parking area (in the case of Group Housing Scheme / Cluster
Housing / Row Housing Schemes).
v. Any of the above or all the above or combination of the above.
vi. Wherever Mechanical system and car lifts are proposed enabling two tier
parking, the required parking is computed accordingly.
(c) In respect of Apartment Complexes / Building / Block of residential nature, in sites
up to [xxx] 1[1,000sq.m] the Parking requirement shall be deemed to be met if the
entire stilt floor is left for parking.
(d) Common and Continuous basement parking floors between adjoining buildings
would be allowed depending upon structural safety aspects, mutual agreement
between owners, etc.
(e) In the Stilt floor a watchman room and 2 toilets (W.C), with maximum built up area
of 25sq.m may be allowed. Such space shall not be disposed and shall be part of
common facility of the complex. For the sites above 750sq.m area such use is
permitted subject to fulfillment of parking requirement as per the above Table
(Parking Area to be provided in all Buildings).

1
The value 750 sq.m is substituted with the value 1,000 sq.m vide G.O.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept Dt.09-07-
2018
 R.6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 67

(f) For parking spaces in basements and upper floors, at least two ramps of minimum
3.6m width or one ramp of minimum 5.4m width and adequate slope 1 in 8 shall be
provided. Such ramps shall not be allowed in mandatory setbacks including building
line, however they may be permitted in the side and rear setbacks after leaving
minimum 7m of setback for movement of fire-fighting vehicles. Access to these
may also be accomplished through provisions of mechanical lifts.

(g) The minimum width of the drive way shall be 4.5m.

(h) In case where the permissible set back is less than 4.6m the pillars position in stilt
floor shall be so designed that there shall be clear space of 3.6m (excluding
Greenery) is available for movement of vehicles.
(i) Visitors’ parking shall be provided with minimum 10% of the parking area mentioned
in the above Table (Parking Area to be provided in all Buildings) and may be
accommodated in the mandatory setbacks other than front setback where ever
such setbacks are more than 6m (excluding green strip). However this is not
permissible in case of transfer of setback. The Visitors’ Parking facility shall be open
to all visitors which shall be properly demarcated on ground.
(j) Misuse of the area specified for parking of vehicles for any other use shall be
summarily demolished / removed by the Enforcement Authority.
(k) The Parking Area shall be provided as given in Table below.

TABLE 11 : Parking Area to be provided in All Buildings

Parking area to be provided
as percentage of total built up area
Municipal First Grade, Second
Sl. Corporations Grade Municipalities,
Category of building/activity & Nagar Panchayats and
No.
Selection Gram Panchayats
Grade, Special in Master Plan areas
Grade and in Development
Municipalities Authority Areas
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Multiplexes 60 50
2 Information Technology Enabling Services
Complexes, Shopping Malls (above 4000sq. m), 50 40
3 Business buildings, Cinema halls, Hotels, Kalyana
Mandapams, Lodges, Offices, Other Commercial
buildings, Restaurants & High-Rise Buildings /
Complexes of Non Residential Category 30 25
4 Colleges, Godowns, Hospitals, Industrial
buildings, Institutional buildings, Residential
Apartment Complexes, Schools, Educational
Buildings & Other Buildings 20 20
 R.7 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 68

(l) [Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure (EVCI):

(i) Based on the occupancy pattern and the total parking provisions in the premises
of the various building types, charging infrastructures shall be provided only for
EVs, which is currently assumed to be 20% of all ‘vehicle holding
capacity’/‘parking capacity’ at the premise.
(ii) Additionally, the building premise will have to have an additional power load,
equivalent to the power required for all charging points (in a PCS) to be
operated simultaneously, with a safety factor of 1.25. The Charging requirement
for residential and all other buildings are detailed out in Annexure - 8.]1

CHAPTER – V
PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY OF BUILDINGS

7. Structural Design and Safety

(1) For any building under the jurisdiction of these Rules structural design/retrofitting shall
only be carried out by qualified Structural Engineer.
(2) Proof checking of various designs/reports shall be carried out by the Sanctioning
Authority or an Agency authorized by the Sanctioning Authority as per Table - 12
wherever applicable.
(3) The Sanctioning Authority may consider to grant exemption for submission of working
drawing, structural drawing and soil investigation report in case
(a) The height of the building is less than 10m (excluding Stilt floor).
(b) It is satisfied that in the area where the proposed construction is to be taken,
similar types of structure and soil investigation reports are already available on
record.
(c) If the local site conditions do not require any soil testing or if a soil testing indicates
that no special structural design is required.
(d) Structural Design Basis Report (Form No. 6) has to be submitted, duly filled in case
of a small building of load bearing structure up to Ground + 2 floors.
(4) Additional provisions for natural hazard prone areas:
The structural design of foundations, elements of masonry, timber, plain concrete,
reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall conform to the
provisions of Part 6:Structural Design of National Building Code of India (NBC),
comprising –
Section–1 Loads, Forces and Effects
Section–2 Soils and Foundations
Section–3 Timber and Bamboo
Section–4 Masonry
Section–5 Concrete
Section–6 Steel
Section–7 Prefabrication Systems, Building and Mixed/Composite Construction

1
Rule 6(30)(l) inserted vide GO.Ms.145 MAUD Dt: 23-11-2023.
 R.7 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 69

(5) The same shall be followed duly taking into consideration the Indian Standards as given
below:
(a) For General Structural Safety
(i) IS: 456:2000 “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete".
(ii) IS: 800-2007 “Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel".
(iii) IS: 801-1975 “Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light Gauge Steel
Structural Members in General Building Construction".
(iv) IS: 875 (Part 2):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures Part 2 Imposed Loads". [Occupant Load a building may be
considered for Design Load].
(v) IS: 875 (Part 3):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures - Part 3 Wind Loads".
(vi) IS: 875 (Part 4):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures- Part 4 Snow Loads".
(vii) IS: 875 (Part 5):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for buildings and
structures - Part 5 special loads and load combination".
(viii) IS: 883:1994 “Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in Building".
(ix) IS: 1904:1986 (R 2005) “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings:
Foundation".
(x) IS: 1905:1987 “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings: Masonry
Walls".
( x i ) IS: 2911(Part 1): Section 1: 2010 “Code of Practice for Design and
Construction of Pile Foundation Section 1".
Part 1: Section 2 Bored Cast-in-situ Piles
Part 1: Section 3 Driven Precast Concrete Piles
Part 1: Section 4 Bored Precast Concrete Piles
Part 2: Timber Piles
Part 3: Under Reamed Piles
Part 4: Load Test on Piles
(b) For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection
(i) IS: 875 (3):1987 "Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake) for
Buildings and Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads".
(ii) Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for improving the Cyclonic Resistance of
Low rise houses and other building.
(c) For Earthquake Protection
(i) IS: 1893 (Part 1)-2002 "Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
(Fifth Revision)".
 R.8 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 70

(ii) IS:13920-1993 "Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures subjected

to Seismic Forces - Code of Practice".
(iii) IS:4326-2013 "Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of Buildings -
Code of Practice (Second Revision)".
(iv) IS:13828-1993 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Low Strength Masonry
Buildings - Guidelines".
(v) IS:13827:1993 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen Buildings-
Guidelines".
(vi) IS:13935-2009 "Seismic Evaluation, Repair and Seismic Strengthening of
Buildings -Guidelines”.
(d) For Protection of Landslide Hazard
(i) IS: 14458 (Part 1): 1998 “Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 1
Selection of type of wall”.
(ii) IS: 14458 (Part 2): 1997 “Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 2 Design
of retaining/breast walls”.
(iii) IS: 14458 (Part 3): 1998 “Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area: Part 3
Construction of dry stone walls”.
(iv) IS: 14496 (Part 2): 1998 “Guidelines for preparation of landslide – Hazard
zonation maps in mountainous terrains: Part 2 Macro-zonation”.
Note: Where an Indian Standard or the National Building Code is referred, the
latest revision of the same shall be followed except specific criteria, if any,
mentioned above against that code.

8. Buildings with Soft Storey

(1) In case buildings with a flexible storeys, such as the ground storey consisting of open
spaces for parking that is “Stilt buildings” or any other storey with open halls, special
arrangements are to be made to increase the lateral strength and stiffness of the
soft/open storey such as Steel bracing/Shear walls/Brick infills between columns.
(2) Dynamic analysis of building is to be carried out including the strength and stiffness
effects of infills and inelastic deformations in the members, particularly, those in the
soft storey, and the structural members are to be designed accordingly.
(3) Alternatively, the following design criteria are to be adopted after carrying out the
earthquake analysis, neglecting the effect of infill walls in other storeys:
(a) The columns and beams of the soft storey shall be designed for 2.5 times the
storey shears and moments, calculated under seismic loads specified in the
other relevant clauses; or,
(b) Besides the columns designed and detailed for the calculated storey shears and
moments, shear walls shall be placed symmetrically in both directions of the
building as far away from the centre of the building as feasible; to be designed
exclusively for 1.5 times the lateral storey shear force calculated as before.
(c) For details of design and provisions, IS 1893, Part 1 shall be referred.
 R.9 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 71

9. Structural requirements of low income housing

Notwithstanding anything contained herein, for the structural safety and services for
development of low income housing the relevant provisions of applicable IS: 8888 Part 1
shall be enforced along with Annex C of Part 3 NBC, 2005.

10. Seismic strengthening/retrofitting

Prior to seismic strengthening/retrofitting of any existing structure, evaluation of the
existing structure as regards structural vulnerability in the specified wind/seismic hazard
zone shall be carried out by a Structural Engineer. If as per the evaluation of the
Structural Engineer the seismic resistance is assessed to be less than the specified
minimum seismic resistance as given in the note below, action will be initiated to carry
out the upgrading of the seismic resistance of the building as per applicable standard
guidelines.
Note:
(i) For masonry buildings reference shall be made to IS 4326 and IS 13935.
(ii) For concrete buildings and structures reference shall be made to IS15988: 2013 Seismic
evaluation and strengthening of existing RCC buildings.

11. Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)

(1) In compliance of the design with the above Indian Standard, the Structural Engineer will
submit a structural design basis report in the Proforma covering the essential safety
requirements specified in the Standard.
(2) The “Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)”consists of four parts (FormNo.6, MHA
Expert Committee Report)
Part 1: General Information/ Data
Part 2: Load Bearing Masonry Buildings
Part 3: Reinforced Concrete Buildings
Part 4: Steel Buildings
(3) Drawings and Documents to be submitted for approval of appropriate authorities shall
include SDBR as detailed below:
Part 1: Completed
Part 2: (if applicable) – completed
Part 3: (if applicable)–undertaking that completed Part 3 will be submitted before
commencement of construction.
Part 4: (if applicable)–undertaking that completed Part 4 will be submitted before
commencement of construction.
(4) SDBR as detailed below shall be submitted to the appropriate authority as soon as
design of foundation is completed, but not later than one month prior to
commencement of construction.
Part 1: Completed
Part-2, Part-3 or Part-4: (if applicable) Completed.
 R.12 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 72

12. Review of Structural Design

(1) The Authority shall create a Structural Design Review Panel (SDRP) consisting of
Reputed Engineering Colleges whose task will be to review and certify the design
prepared whenever referred by the Authority.
(2) The Reviewing Agency shall submit addendum to the certificate or a new certificate in
case of subsequent changes in structural design.
(3) The Table below gives requirements of SDRP for different seismic zones namely III, IV
and V and for structures of different complexities.
(4) In seismic Zone II, buildings & structures greater than 40m in height will require proof
checking by SDRP as per detail at Sl. No.3 of the Table given below.
(5) It will be seen from the Table given below that there is a wide range of
structure typology, and the requirement by the Authority for third party verification
will depend on the type of structure.

TABLE 12 : Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design

Sl. Submission from To be Proof
Type of Structure
No. SER or SDAR Checked
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Load Bearing Buildings up to 10m Structural Design Basis Not to be
height Report (SDBR) checked
2 Buildings up to 18m height SDBR To be checked
(including Stilt floor)
Preliminary design To be checked
(R.C.C/Steel framed structure)
3 Building greater than 18m height SDBR To be checked
(including Stilt floor) Preliminary design To be checked
(R.C.C/Steel framed structure) Detailed structural design
To be checked
and structural drawings
4 Special Structures SDBR To be checked
Preliminary design To be checked
Detailed structural design
To be checked
and structural drawings
Notes:
(i) At the preliminary proposal stage of a project, the objective is to undertake feasibility
study/comparison of a number of possible alternatives of structural schemes and
determine the most cost effective one, detailed structural calculations are not
necessary for each alternative scheme. However, it is necessary to determine the
member sizes and reinforcement content in order to determine the cost. By making
conservative assumptions it is possible to derive simplified calculations for both
analysis and design. This is called “Preliminary or approximate analysis, and
design”.
(ii) After the most cost effective scheme is selected and signed-off by the Owner, the
detailed calculations are performed on the selected scheme to determine the
precise structural members and composition (size, dimension and stress
behavior), and this is called the “Detailed structural design”.
 R.13 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 73

(iii) In the aforesaid, the design of structural members is typically assumed to account for
all the stress loads identified from section xx to be applicable in the given project.
(iv) Special structure means large span structures such as stadium, assembly halls, or
tall structures such as water tanks, TV tower, chimney, etc.

13. Certification regarding structural safety in design and constructional safety

(1) Structural Engineer shall give a certificate of structural safety of design as per
proforma given in Form-3 and Form 14 of the MHA Expert Committee Report at the
time of completion.
(2) Supervision
All constructions except load bearing buildings up to three storeys shall be carried out
under the supervision of the Structural Engineer for various seismic zones.
(3) Certification of structural safety in construction
The Structural Engineer shall give a certificate of structural safety of construction as per
proforma given in Form-13 of the MHA Expert Committee Report at the time of
completion.

14. Quality Control, Construction Practices and Safety

(1) All material and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to
accepted standards and Indian Standard Specifications and Codes as included in Part-V
Building Materials and Part-VII Construction practices and safety of National Building
Code of India.
(2) Inspection
All the constructions for high-rise buildings, public buildings and special structures shall
be carried out under quality inspection program prepared and implemented under the
Quality Auditor in seismic zones IV & V.
(3) Certification of safety in quality of construction
Quality Auditor shall give a certificate of quality control as per proforma given in the
prescribed Form.

15. Inspection
The general requirement for inspection of the development shall also include the
following.
(1) General Requirements
The building unit intended to be developed shall be in conformity with Rules on
requirement of site. Generally all development work for which permission is required
shall be subject to inspection by the Authority as deemed fit.
The applicant shall keep a board at site of development mentioning the survey No, city
survey No, Block No, Final Plot No., Sub plot No., etc. name of owner and name of
Architect, Engineer, Developer, Structural Engineer, Construction Engineer if any and
also the details of the approval given by the Authority.
(2) Record of Construction Progress
 R.16 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 74

(a) Stages for recording progress certificate and checking:-

(i) Plinth, in case of basement before the casting of basement slab.

(ii) First storey.
(iii) Middle storey in case of High-rise building.

(iv) Last storey.

(b) At each of the above stages, the Owner/Developer/Builder shall submit to the
designated officer of the Sanctioning Authority a progress certificate in the given
formats (Form No. 7-10, of the MHA Expert Committee Report). This progress
certificate shall be signed by the Structural Engineer.
(c) The progress certificate shall not be necessary in the following cases:
(i) Alteration in Building not involving the structural part of the building.
(ii) Extension of existing residential building on the ground floor up to maximum
15sq.m in area.
(d) Completion Report

(i) It shall be incumbent on every applicant whose plans have been approved, to
submit a completion report in Form No.11 of the MHA Expert Committee
Report.
(ii) It shall also be incumbent on every person / agency who is engaged under
the Rules to supervise the erection or re- erection of the building, to submit
the completion report in Form No.12 and 13 of the MHA Expert Committee
Report prescribed under these Rules.
(iii) No completion report shall be accepted unless completion plan is approved
by the Authority.
(e) The final inspection of the work shall be made by the concerned Authority
within 15 [Fifteen] days from the date of receipt of notice of completion report.
(f) The developers shall install CCTVs at construction sites of all Commercial
Buildings, Group Development Schemes and High-Rise Buildings connecting to
A.P State Fibernet Limited Network to analyze the information.

16. Issue of Occupancy Certificate

The Authority, before issuing occupancy certificate shall ensure that following are
complied with from consideration of safety against natural hazard:
(1) Certificate of lift Inspector has been procured & submitted by the owner, regarding
satisfactory erection of Lift.
(2) The Certificate from the Disaster Response and Fire Services Department with regard
to the provision of fire safety as required under the Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act,
1999 has been complied with and submitted by the owner.
(3) The occupancy certificate shall not be issued unless the information is supplied by
the Owner and the Architect, Structural Engineer concerned in the schedule as
prescribed by the Sanctioning Authority from time to time.
 R.17 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 75

(4) For obtaining the Occupancy Certificate, the owner shall submit a notice of
completion through the registered architect and licensed builder/developer along with
prescribed documents and plans and Final NOC from the Andhra Pradesh Disasters
Response and Fire Services Department to the Building Approving Authority. The
Building Approving Authority on receipt of such notice of completion shall undertake
inspection with regard to the following aspects and shall communicate the approval
or refusal of the occupancy Certificate within 15 days.
(a) Number of floors
1
[Note: The total height of the building may vary to a maximum of 1m with no
change in the permitted number of floors subject to compliance of fire service
norms.]
(b) External setbacks
(c) Parking space provision
(d) Abutting road width
(e) Rain Water Harvesting Structures, as applicable.
(f) Solar roof top structures, as applicable.
(g) Recycle of water treatment plants, as applicable.
(h) [Usage of the building]2
(i) [The Provisions made in In-Building Solutions as applicable and mandated in
Annexure -7 in Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017 shall be followed.]3

17. Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas [Wherever applicable]

In natural hazard prone areas identified under the land use zoning regulations,
structures buildings and installations which cannot be avoided, protective measures for
such construction/development should be properly safeguarded based on the suggestion
given in the Report of the MHA Expert Committee - Volume I.

18. Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests

(1) The provisions of the Rules are not intended to prevent the use of any material or
method of design or construction not specifically prescribed in them provided any
such alternative has been approved.
(2) The Authority may approve any such alternative, provided it is found that the
proposed alternative is satisfactory and conforms to the provisions of the relevant
parts regarding materials, design and construction, method of work offered for the
purpose intended, at least equivalent that prescribed in the rules in quality, strength,
compatibility, effectiveness, fire, water and sound resistance, durability and safety.
(3) Tests: Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of
these rules or evidence that any material or method of design or construction does
not conform to the requirement of the rules, in order to substantiate claims for
alternative materials, design or methods of construction, the Authority may require
tests sufficiently in advance as proof of compliance. These tests shall be made by
approved agency at the expense of the owner. This clause shall not apply to the
materials with BIS Certificate.

1
Note inserted to rule 16 (4)(a) vide GO.Ms. 401 of MAUD Dept Dt: 15.1.2017.
2
Rule 16(4)(h) inserted vide GO.Ms. 401 of MAUD Dept Dt: 15.1.2017
3
Rule 16(4)(i) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept Dt: 10-11-2022
 R.19 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 76

(4) Test Methods shall be as per the relevant IS Codes.

(5) Test Result Copies shall be retained by the Authority for a period of not less than two
years after the acceptance of the alternative materials. The testing of materials as per
the Indian Standards shall be carried out by the laboratories approved by the
concerned Authority on this behalf.

19. Maintenance of Buildings

(1) In case of buildings older than fifty years, it shall be the duty of the owner of a
building, to get his building inspected by a Registered Structural Engineer within a
year from the date of coming into force of these Rules or as decided by the
Authority. The Structural Inspection Report Form No.16, of the MHA Expert
Committee Report shall be produced by the Owner to the Concerned Authority. If
any action, for ensuring the structural safety and stability of the building is to be
taken, as recommended by Structural Engineer, it shall be completed within the
time period as stipulated by the Authority.
(2) The Owner/developer/occupant on the advice of such experts shall carry out such
repair/restoration and strengthening/retrofitting of the building found necessary so as
to comply with the safety standards.
(3) In case, the owner/developer/occupant does not carry out such action, the Authority
or any agency authorized by the Authority may carry out such action at the cost of the
owner/developer/occupant.

20. Building Services

(1) Electrical Installations
The Planning, design and installation of electrical installation, air-conditioning and heating
work shall conform to the provisions of Part VIII Building Services; Section 2 – Electrical
Installations; Section – 3 Air-conditioning and Heating of NBC.
(2) [(a)]1 Plumbing Service: The Planning, design and installation of water supply systems,
drainage, sanitary installations and gas supply installations in buildings shall be in
accordance with Part XI Plumbing Services; Section 1-Water supply; Section 2- Drainage
and Sanitation and Section 3 – Gas supply of NBC.
[(b) Dual Piping: A dual piping system is a type of plumbing system where two separate
sets of pipes are installed to distribute water in a building. One set of pipes carries
potable or drinking water, while the other set of pipes carries non-potable or
reclaimed water. The potable water pipes are connected to the main water supply and
distribute water for drinking, cooking, and bathing. The non-potable or reclaimed
water pipes carry water that has been treated and recycled from sources like
rainwater, grey water from sinks and showers, or treated wastewater.]2
(3) Lifts
(a) The Planning, design and installation of lifts including their number, type and capacity
depending on the occupancy of the building, the population on each floor based on
the occupant load of the building, height shall be in accordance with Section 5 –
Installation of Lifts and Escalators of NBC.

1
Rule 20(2) renumbered as rule 20(2) (a) vide GO.Ms. 145 MAUD Dt: 23-11-2023.
2
Rule 20(2)(b) inserted vide GO.Ms. 145 MAUD Dt: 23-11-2023
 R.21 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 77

(b) Maintenance: The lift installation should receive regular cleaning, lubrication,
adjustment and adequate servicing by authorized competent persons at such
intervals as the type of equipment and frequency of service demand. In order that
the lift installation is maintained at all times in a safe condition, proper maintenance
schedule shall be drawn up in consultation with the lift manufacturer and rigidly
followed. A log book to record all items relating to general servicing and inspection
shall be maintained, the electrical circuit diagram of the lift with the sequence of
operation of different components and parts shall be kept readily available for
reference by persons responsible for the maintenance and replacement, where
necessary to the satisfaction of the Authority.
(c) Any accident arising out of operation and maintenance of the lifts shall be duly
reported to the Authority.
Note: Ministry of Home Affairs [ MHA] Expert Committee Report on Structural Safety,
2005 is available at the National Disaster Management Authority [ NDMA]
website.
URL: http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/disaster/earthquake/volume1.pdf

CHAPTER - VI
FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

21. Applicability
As per the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999, Residential buildings of
height more than 18m, Commercial buildings of height 15m and above and buildings of
public congregation like Educational Buildings, Cinema Theatres, Function Halls and other
Assembly Buildings on plot area of 500Sq.m. and above or of height above 6m are required
to obtain prior clearance from Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response & Fire Services
Department from fire safety point of view.

22. Procedure for Clearance from Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999
(1) The applicant shall apply to the Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response & Fire
Services Department [APSDR&FSD] in the prescribed form for obtaining clearance
for the buildings referred under the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Fire Service
Act, 1999.
(2) The applicant shall submit prescribed number of complete s e t o f building plans
duly signed/certified by a licensed Fire Consultant/Architect along with prescribed
fee and also other documents as specified by the APSDR&FSD.
(3) The plans shall be clearly marked and indicated the complete fire protection
arrangements and the means of access/escape for the proposed building with
suitable legend along with standard signs and symbols on the drawings. The
information regarding fire safety measures shall be furnished as prescribed along
with details.
(4) The APSDR&FSD shall examine these plans to ensure that they are in accordance with
the provisions of fire safety and means of escape as per these rules and shall
 R.23 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 78

forward two sets of plans duly signed for implementation to the building
sanctioning Authority.

23. Procedure for obtaining the Occupancy Certificate

(1) After completion of the building and firefighting installations as approved by the
building sanctioning Authority and APSDR&FSD and duly tested and certified by the
licensed Fire Consultant/Architect, the Owner/Builder of the building shall approach
the APSDR&FSD for obtaining clearance from fire safety and means of escape
point of view. The concerned Authority shall ensure that clearance from
APSDR&FSD has been obtained before granting the occupancy certificate.
(2) On receipt of the above request, the APSDR&FSD shall issue the No Objection
Certificate from fire safety and means of escape point of view after satisfying itself
that the entire fire protection measures are implemented and functional as per
approved plans.
(3) Any deficiencies observed during the course of inspection shall be communicated to
the concerned building owner/builder for rectification and a copy of the same shall
be forwarded to the building sanctioning Authority.

24. Renewal of Fire Clearance

On the basis of undertaking given by the Fire Consultant/Architect, the APSDR&FSD shall
renew the fire clearance in respect of the following buildings on annual basis:
(1) Assembly Buildings
(2) Business and Mercantile Buildings of height above 15m
(3) Educational Buildings
(4) Institutional Buildings
(5) Public Buildings

25. Fee
As prescribed by the APSDR&FSD, the necessary fee shall be paid by the Applicant along
with the application.

26. Fire Consultant

The Architect of the project duly consulting a Fire Consultant, will be responsible for
making provisions for fire protection and firefighting measures as provided in the rules
and as prescribed by the APSDR&FSD. The APSDR&FSD shall issue the list of qualified Fire
Consultants so as to facilitate the applicants in taking their assistance.

27. Terminology
All the technical terms shall have the meaning as defined in National Building Code of
India, Part-IV-Fire Protection as amended from time to time but for the terms which are
defined otherwise in these rules.

28. General
The APSDR&FSD may insist on suitable provisions in the building from fire safety and
means of escape point of view depending on the occupancy, height or on account of
 R.29 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 79

new developments creating special fire hazard, in addition to the provision of these
rules and Part-IV-Fire Protection of National Building Code of India.
(1) Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions/Building Components
The resistance ratings of various types of construction for structural and non-structural
members shall be as given in Table 1 of Part-IV of NBC, 2005. Building
elements/components such as walls, columns, beams and floors shall have the requisite
fire resistance rating in accordance with the accepted standards at Tables 2 to 18 of Part-
IV of NBC.
(2) Means of Access
As provided in the rules.
(3) Exterior Open Spaces around the Building
As provided in these rules.
(4) Exit Requirement
As provided in these rules/Section4.2 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(a) Type of Exits: As provided in these rules /Section4.2.1 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(b) Occupant Load: As provided in these rules/Section4.3 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(c) Capacity of Exit: As provided in these rules /Section4.4 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(d) Arrangements of Exits: As provided in these rules/Section4.5 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(e) Number of Exits: As provided in these rules /Section4.6 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(f) Doorways: As provided in these rules/Section4.7 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(g) Minimum Width Provision for Passageway/Corridors: As provided in these
rules/Section4.8 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(h) Staircase Requirements: As provided in these rules/Section4.9 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(i) Stairways: As provided in these rules /Section4.9 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(j) Minimum Width Provision for Stairways: As provided in these rules/Section4.9.6 of
Part 4 of NBC, 2005.

29. Fire Escapes or External Stairs

(1) Fire Escape Staircases
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(2) Spiral Stairs
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(3) Staircase Enclosures
(a) The external enclosing walls of the staircase shall be of the brick or the R.C.C.
construction having fire resistance of not less than two hours. All enclosed
staircases shall have access through self-closing door of one-hour fire resistance.
These shall be single swing doors opening in the direction of the escape. The
door shall be fitted with the check action door closers.
(b) The staircase enclosures on the external wall of the building shall be ventilated to
the atmosphere at each landing.
(c) Permanent vent at the top equal to the 5% of the cross sectional area of the
enclosure and openable sashes at each floor level with area equal to 1 to 15% of
 R.30 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 80

the cross sectional area of the enclosure on external shall be provided. The roof
of the shaft shall be at least 1 m. above the surrounding roof. There shall be no
glazing or the glass bricks in any internal closing wall of staircase. If the staircase
is in the core of the building and cannot be ventilated at each landing, a positive
of 5mm e.g. by an electrically operated blower/blowers shall be maintained.
(d) The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shaft shall be so installed that the
same shall operate automatically on fire alarm system/sprinkler system and be
provided with manual operation facilities.
(4) Ramps
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]

30. Provision of Lifts

(1) As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(2) Lift Enclosure/lift
General requirements shall be as follows
(a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of two hours.
(b) Lift shafts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2sq.m.
(c) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated
from the shaft by the floor of the room.
(d) Landing door in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than one
hour.
(e) The number of lifts in one lift bank shall not exceed four. A wall of two hours fire
rating shall separate individual shafts in a bank.
(f) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of one hour.
(g) For buildings 15.0m (without stilt floor) and above in height, collapsible gates shall
not be permitted for lifts and solid doors with fire resistance of at least one hour
shall be provided.
(h) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive pressure between
25 and 30 pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a possible pressure of 50 pa
shall be maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for the pressurization shall act
automatically with the fire alarm/sprinkler system and it shall be possible to
operate this mechanically also.
(i) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a
self-closing fire smoke check door of one-hour fire resistance.
(j) Lift shall not normally communicate with the basement. If however, lifts are in
communication, the lift lobby of the basement shall be pressurized as in (g) with
self-closing door as in (h).
(k) Telephone/talk back communication facilities may be provided in lift cars for
communication system and lifts shall be connected to the fire control room of the
building.
 R.31 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 81

(l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of the lift lobby shall be
made to prevent water used during firefighting, etc. at any landing from entering
the lift shafts.
(m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating
that in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The
sign shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the location of the stairways.
Floor marking shall be done at each floor on the wall in front of the lift-landing
door.
(n) Alternate power supply shall be provided in all the lifts.
(3) Fire Lift
Following details shall apply for a fire lift in addition to above requirements:
(a) To enable fire service personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum delay,
one or more of the lifts shall be so designed so as to be available for the exclusive
use of the fireman in an emergency and be directly accessible to every
dwelling/lettable floor space on each floor.
(b) The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4sq.m. It shall have a loading
capacity of not less than 545 kg. (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors.
(c) The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains in a
building and the cables run in a route safe from fire that is within a lift shaft. Lights
and fans in the elevator having wooden paneling or sheet steel construction shall
be operated on 24-volt supply.
(d) In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically switch over to the
alternate supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could be done
through manually operated changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift should be so
wired that in case of power failure, it comes down at the ground level and comes
to stand still with door open.
(e) The operation of a fire lift shall by a single toggle of two-button switch situated in a
glass-fronted box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switch is on
landing; call points will become inoperative and the lift will be on car control only or
on a priority control device. When the switch is off, the lift will return to normal
working. This lift can be used by the occupants in normal times.
(f) The words 'FIRE LIFT' shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on the
lift landing doors at each floor level.
(g) The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach to the top floor from ground
level within one minute.

31. Basement
As provided in these rules. [See Chapter IV]

32. Provision of Helipad

All high-rise buildings above 60m shall have provision for a Helipad on the terrace
subject to the approval of the Air Port Authority of India and Structural Safety from
I.I.T/N.I.T. The same shall be approved by the Authority.
 R.33 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 82

33. Service Ducts/Refuge Chute

(1) Service duct shall be enclosed by walls and door, if any, of 2 hours fire rating. If ducts
are larger than 10sq.m the floor should seal them, but provide suitable opening
for the pipes to pass through, with the gaps sealed.
(2) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided between one- fourth
and one-half of the area of the shaft. Refuge chutes shall have an outlet at least of
wall of non-combustible material with fire resistance of not less than two hours.
They shall not be located within the staircase enclosure or service shafts or air-
conditioning shafts. Inspection panel and door shall be tight fitting with 1 hour fire
resistance; the chutes should be as far away as possible form exits.
(3) Refuge Chutes shall not be provided in staircase walls and A/C shafts etc.

34. Electrical Services

Electrical Services shall conform to the following:
(1) The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in separate ducts.
(2) The ducts shall be sealed at every floor with non-combustible materials having the
same fire resistance as that of the duct.
(3) Water mains, telephone cables, intercom cables, gas pipes or any other service line
shall not be laid in the duct for electric cables. Use of bus ducts/solid rising mains
instead of cables is preferred.
(4) The provision of dedicated telecommunication ducts for all new building proposals is
mandatory for conveyance of telecommunication and other data cables.
(5) Separate conduits for water pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and
blowers for pressuring system shall be directly from the main switch panel (for
detailed specifications refer NBC 2005, chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety) and these
circuits shall be laid in separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one circuit will not
affect the others.
(6) Master switches controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly labeled.
(7) MCB and ELCB shall be provided for electrical circuit.
(8) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be provided with
airtight fire doors having fire resistance of not less than one hour.
(9) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts and within false ceiling shall run in
separate metal conduits. Any 230 voltage wiring for lighting or other services, above
false ceiling should have 660V grade insulation.
(10) The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its suspension shall be of non-
combustible material.
(11) An independent and well-ventilated service room shall be provided on the ground
floor with direct access from outside or from the corridor for the purpose of
termination of electrical supply from the licenses service and alternative supply cables.
The doors provided for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than one
hour.
 R.35 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 83

35. Staircase and Corridor Lights

(1) The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate service and shall be
independently connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the
ground floor, easily accessible to firefighting staff at any time irrespective of the
position of the individual control of the light points, if any. It should be of miniature
circuit breaker type of switch so as to avoid replacement of fuse in case of crisis.
(2) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate supply from parallel
high-tension supply or to the supply from the stand-by generator.
(3) Emergency lights shall be provided in staircase and corridor/ passageway, horizontal
exits, refuge area; and all wires and other accessories used for emergency light shall
have fire retardant property.
(4) Suitable arrangement shall be made by installing double throw switches to ensure that
the lighting installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected to two
sources of supply simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in the service
room for terminating the stand by supply.

36. Air-Conditioning
(1) Air-conditioning system should be installed and maintained so as to minimise the
danger of spread of fire, smoke or fumes thereby from one floor of fire area to
another or from outside into any occupied building or structure.
(2) Air-conditioning systems circulating air to more than one floor area should be
provided with dampers designed to close automatically in case of fire and thereby
prevent spread of fire or smoke. Such a system should also be provided with
automatic controls to stop fans in case of fire, unless arranged to remove smoke from
a fire, in which case these should be designed to remain in operation.
(3) Air-conditioning system serving large places of assembly (over one thousand persons),
large departmental stores, or hostels with over 100 rooms in a single block should be
provided with effective means for preventing circulation of smoke through the system
in the case of fire in air filters or from other sources drawn into the system even
though there is insufficient heat to actuate heat smoke sensitive devices controlling
fans or dampers. Such means shall consist of approved effective smoke sensitive
controls.
(4) Air-conditioning should conform to the following

(a) Escape routes like staircase, common corridors, lift lobbies; etc. should not be
used as return air passage.
(b) The ducting should be constructed of metal in accordance with BIS 655:1963.
(c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floor, the opening around the
ducts should be sealed with fire resisting material of same rating as of
walls/floors.
(d) Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be fire rated
for same fire rating. Further depending on services passing around the duct work,
 R.36 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 84

which may get affected in case of fire temperature rising, the ducts shall be
insulated.
(e) Metallic ducts should be used even for the return air instead of space above
the false ceiling.
(f) Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall be of
noncombustible material.
(g) The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall be of
noncombustible material [IS4355:1977]; glass wool shall not be wrapped or
secured by any material of combustible nature and non-conductor of heat.
(h) Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the
staircase enclosure.
(i) The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for every floor
shall be separated and in no way inter-connected with the ducting of any other
floor.
(j) Area more than 750sq.m on individual floor should be segregated by a
firewall and automatic fire dampers for isolation should be provided.
(k) In case of buildings more than 24m in height, in non-ventilated lobbies,
corridors, smoke extraction shaft should be provided.
(l) If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations given
above shall be compiled with in addition to the conditions given below:
(i) Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on smoke
detector/or fusible link for isolating all ducting at every floor from the main
riser shall be made.
(ii) When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling units of
the air-conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.
(iii) The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.

(iv) The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible

materials or fire rated as given in the Tables 1-18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005.
(v) The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any combustible
materials.
(vi) Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate the
cleaning of ducts of accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance
of fire dampers.
(vii) No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct
unless such duct is properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible
material (glass wool or spyglass with neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped
with aluminum sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and which would not readily
conduct heat.
(5) Fire Dampers
 R.37 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 85

(a) These shall be located in air ducts and return air ducts/passages at the
following points:
(i) At the fire separation wall.
(ii) Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.
(iii) Where the ducts pass through floors.
(iv) At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of each
compartment on every floor.
(b) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off
the air-handling fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.
Note: For blowers, where extraction system and dust accumulators are used,
dampers shall be provided.
(c) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for building more than 24m in
height.
(d) For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies /corridor operated by detection
system and manual control sprinkler system.
(e) For other buildings on operation of smoke/ heat detection system and manual
control/sprinkler system.
(f) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged so as to close by gravity in the
direction of air movement and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusible
link.

37. Boiler Room

Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act, 2007. Further, the
following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of boiler/ boiler
room:
(1) The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement, but may be allowed in the
basement away from the escape routes.
(2) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire resistance rating,
and this room shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch pits shall be
provided at the low level.
(3) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 hours fire
resistance.
(4) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhaust
directly to the atmosphere.
(5) The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall be separated
by fire resisting wall of 4 hour rating. Entry to this room shall be provided with a
composite door of 2 hour fire resistance. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at
the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil into the boiler room in case of tank
rupture.
 R.38 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 86

(6) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the
ground level to enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.

38. Alternate Source of Electric Supply

(1) A stand by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and
corridor lighting circuits, fire lifts, the standby fire pumps, pressurization fans and
bowlers, P.A system, exit sign, smoke extraction system and damper system in case
of failure of normal electric supply.
(2) The generator shall be capable of taking starting current of all the machines and
circuits stated above simultaneously.
(3) If the standby pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be
connected to the standby pump. The generator shall be automatic in operation.

39. Safety Measures in Electric Sub-Station

(1) Clear independent approach to the sub-station from outside the building shall be
made available round the clock
(2) The approaches/corridors to the sub-station area shall be kept clear for movement
of men and material at all times.
(3) The sub-station space is required to be provided with proper internal lighting
arrangements.
(4) In addition to natural ventilation proper ventilation to the sub-station area is to be
provided by grill shutters and exhaust fans at suitable places so as to
discharge all smoke from the sub-station without delay in case of fire so that sub-
station operations can be carried out expeditiously.
(5) Cable trenches of 0.6m X 0.6m dummy floor of 0.6m depth shall be provided to
facilitate laying of cable inside the building for connecting to the equipment.
(6) Steel shutters of 8’ X 8’ with suitable grills shall be provided for transformers and
sub-station room.
(7) The floor of the sub-station should be capable of carrying 10 tons of transformer
weight on wheels.
(8) Sub-station space should be clear from any water, sewer, air conditioning, and gas
pipe or telephone services. No other service should pass through the subs tation
space or the cable trenches.
(9) Proper ramp with suitable slope may be provided for loading and unloading of the
equipment and proper approach will be provided.
(10) RCC pipes at suitable places as required will be provided for the cable entries to the
subs tation space and making suitable arrangement for non-ingress of water
through these pipes.
(11) The subs tation space is to be provided in the approved/sanctioned covered area
of the building.
(12) Any other alteration/modification required while erection of the equipment will be
made by the Owner/builder at site as per requirement.
 R.39 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 87

(13) Adequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block above the fixing be available for
load of 15 tons.
(14) Provision shall be kept for the sumps so as to accommodate complete volume of
transformer oil, which can spillover in the event of explosion of the transformer in
the basement of the building. Sufficient arrangement should exist to avoid fire in the
sub-station building from spread of the oil from the sumps.
(15) Arrangement should be made for the provision of fire retardant cables so as to avoid
chances of spread of fire in the sub-station building.
(16) Sufficient pumping arrangement should exist for pumping the water out, in case of
fire so as to ensure minimum loss to the switchgear and transformer.
(17) No combustible material should be stacked inside the substation premises or in the
vicinity to avoid chances of fire.
(18) Yearly inspection shall be carried out by electrical load sanctioning Authority. It
should be made mandatory that the promoters of the High Rise building should get
substation premises inspected once a year to get their license revalidated for the
provision of electric supply from Electricity Department so that suitable action can
be taken against the Owner / Builder in case of non- implementation of Rules.
(19) The sub-station space should be totally segregated from the other areas of the
basement by fire resisting wall. The ramp should have a slope of 1:10 with entry from
ground level. The entire Sub-station space including the entrance at ground floor be
handed over to the licensee of electricity free of cost and rent.
(20) The sub-station area shall have a clear height of 12 feet (3.65m) below beams.
Further the Sub-station area will have level above the rest of basement level by 2
feet.
(21) It is to be ensured that the Sub-station area is free of seepage / leakage of water.
(22) The licensee of electricity will have the power to disconnect the supply of the
building in case of violation of any of the above points.
(23) Electric sub-station enclosure must be completely segregated with 4-hours fire rating
wall from remaining part of basement.
(24) The Sub-station should be located on periphery /sub-basement and (not above
ground floor) and below the 1st basement.
(25) Additional exit shall be provided if travel distance from farthest corner to ramp is
more than l5 m.
(26) Perfect independent vent system 30 air changes per hour linked with detection as
well as automatic high velocity water spray system shall be provided.
(27) All the transformers shall be protected with high velocity water spray system /
Nitrogen Injection System Carbon Dioxide total flooding system in case of oil filled
transformer. In addition to this, manual control of auto high velocity spray system
for individual transformers shall be located outside the building at ground floor.
(28) Suitable arrangement for pump house, water storage tanks with main electrical
pump and a diesel-operated pump shall be made if no such arrangement is provided
 R.40 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 88

in the building. In case the water pumping facilities are existing in the building for
sprinkler system, the same should however be utilized for high velocity water spray
system. Alternatively automatic CO2 total flooding system shall be provided with
manual controls outside the electric sub-station.
(29) System shall have facility to give an audio alarm in the basement as well as at the
control room.
(30) Fire control room shall be manned round the clock.
(31) The electric sub-station shall have electric supply from alternate source for operation
of vent System lighting arrangements.
(32) Cable trenches shall be filled with sand
(33) Party walls shall be provided between two transformers as per the rules.
(34) Electric control panels shall be segregated.
(35) Exits from basement electric substation shall have self-closing fire smoke check
doors of 2-hours fire rating near entry to ramp.
(36) All openings to lower basement or to ground floor shall be sealed properly.
(37) Ramp to be designed in a manner that in case of fire no smoke should enter the main
building.
(38) Electric sub- station transformer shall have clearance on all sides as per
BBL/relevant electric rules.
(39) Other facility will be as per Building Rules and relevant electric rules.
(40) Rising electrical mains shall consist of metal bus bars suitably protected from safety
point of view.
(41) Oil less transformer shall be preferred. If the sub-station is located in
basement/ground floor of the main building, the transformers shall be essentially of
dry type. In case of dry type transformer room with all enclosure is not essential.
Note: The sub-station installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local fire
regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force, at other places NBC
guidelines shall be followed.

40. Fire Protection Requirements

Buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and this sha1l
be done in accordance with Part IV-Fire Protection of National Building Code of India,
unless otherwise specified in these Rules. In the case of Assembly Buildings, Business
Buildings, Educational Buildings, Hazardous Buildings, Industrial Buildings, Institutional
Buildings, Mercantile Buildings, Mixed Land use Buildings, Storage Buildings and Wholesale
Establishments the building schemes shall also be cleared by the APSDR&FSD.
(1) First Aid/Fixed Fire Fighting/Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities
Provision of fire safety arrangement for different occupancy from S. No. (a) to (w)
as indicated below shall be as per Part IV-Fire Protection of NBC and as
recommended by the APSDR&FSD.
(a) Access
 R.41 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 89

(b) Wet Riser

(c) Down Comer
(d) Hose Reel
(e) Automatic Sprinkler System
(f) Yard Hydrant
(g) UG Tank with Draw off Connection
(h) Terrace Tanks
(i) Fire Pump
(j) Terrace Pump
(k) First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances
(l) Auto Detection System
(m) Manual operated Electrical Fire Alarm System
(n) P.A System with talk back facility
(o) Emergency Light
(p) Auto D.G. Set
(q) Illuminated Exit Sign
(r) Means of Escape
(s) Compartmentation
(t) MCB /ELCB
(u) Fire Man Switch in Lift
(v) Hose Boxes with Delivery Hoses and Branch
(w) Pipes Refuge Area
(2) Note:
(a) Where more than one riser is required because of large floor area, the quantity of
water and pump capacity shall be finalized in consultation with APSDR&FSD.
(b) The quantities of water shall be exclusively for firef ighting and shall not be
utilized for domestic or other use.
(c) A facility to boost up water pressure in the riser directly from the mobile
pump shall be provided in the wet riser, down comer system with suitable fire
service inlets (collecting head) with 2 to 4 numbers of 63mm inlets for 100-
200mm dia main, with check valve and a gate valve.
(d) Internal diameter of rubber hose for reel shall be minimum 20mm. A shut off
branch with nozzle of 5mm size shall be provided.
(e) Fire pumps shall have positive suctions. The pump house shall be adequately
ventilated by using normal/mechanical means. A clear space of 1.0m shall be kept
in between the pumps and enclosure for easy movement/maintenance. Proper
testing facilities and control panel etc. shall be provided.
(f) Unless otherwise specified in Rules, the firefighting equipment/installation shall
conform to relevant Indian Standard Specification.
(g) In case of mixed occupancy, the firef ighting arrangement shall be made as per
the highest class of occupancy.
(h) Requirement of water based first aid fire extinguishers shall be reduced to half if
hose reel is provided in the Building.

41. Static Water Storage Tank

(1) A satisfactory supply of water exclusively for the purpose of firefighting shall always
be available in the form of underground static storage tank with capacity specified by
 R.42 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 90

the APSDR&FSD with necessary arrangements of replenishment by town's main (if

provided) or alternative source of supply @ 1000 liters per minute. The static
storage water supply required for the above mentioned purpose should entirely be
accessible to the fire tenders of the local fire service. Provision of suitable number
of manholes shall be made available for inspection, repairs and insertion of suction
hose etc. The covering slab shall be able to withstand the vehicular load of 45tonnes
in case of high rise and 22tonnes in case of low rise buildings. A draw off connection
shall be provided. The slab need not be strengthened if the static tank is not located in
mandatory set- back area.
(2) To prevent stagnation of water in the static water tank the suction tank of the
domestic water supply shall be fed only through an over flow arrangement to
maintain the level therein at the minimum specified capacity.
(3) The static water storage tank shall be provided with a fire brigade collecting
branching with 4 Nos. 63mm dia instantaneous male inlets arranged in a valve box
with a suitable fixed pipe not less than 15 cm dia to discharge water into the tank.
This arrangement is not required where down comer is provided.

42. Automatic Sprinklers

Automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in the following buildings:
(1) All buildings of 24m and above in height, except group housing and 45m and
above in case of apartment /group housing building.
(2) Hotels below l5m in height and above 1000sq.m built up area at each floor and/or if
basement is existing.
(3) All hotels, mercantile, and institutional buildings of 15m and above.
(4) Mercantile building having basement more than one floor but below 15m (floor
area not exceeding 750sq.m).
(5) Underground Shopping Complex.
(6) Underground car / scooter parking /enclosed car parking.
(7) Basement area 200sq. m and above.
(8) Any special hazards where the APSDR&FSD considers it necessary.
(9) For buildings up to 24m in height where automatic sprinkler system is not
mandatory as per these Rules, if provided with sprinkler installation following
relaxation may be considered.
(a) Automatic h e a t /smoke d e t e c t i o n s ys tem a n d M . C . P n e e d n o t b e
insisted upon.
(b) The number of Fire Extinguishers required shall be reduced by half.

43. Fixed Carbon Di-Oxide/Foam/DCO Water Spray Extinguishing System

Fixed extinguishing installations shall be provided as per the relevant specifications in
the premises where use of above extinguishing media is considered necessary by the
APSDR&FSD.

44. Fire Alarm System

(1) Fire Alarm System shall be provided in residential buildings (Dwelling Houses, Group
Housing, Boarding Houses and Hostels) of above 24m height (including stilt floor) and
in all other buildings of above 15m (including stilt floor).
 R.45 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 91

(2) All residential buildings of above 24m height (including stilt floor)shall be equipped
with manually operated electrical fire alarm system with one or more call boxes
located at each floor. The location of the call boxes shall be decided after taking
into consideration their floor without having to travel more than 22.5m.
(3) The call boxes shall be of the break glass type without any moving parts, where
the call is transmitted automatically to the control room without any other action
on the part of the person operating the call boxes.
(4) All call boxes shall be wired in a closed circuit to a control panel in a control room,
located as per Rules so that the floor number from where the call box is actuated
is clearly indicated on the control panel. The circuit shall also include one or more
batteries with a capacity of 48hours normal working at full load. The battery shall
be arranged to be a continuously trickle charged from the electric mains.
(5) The call boxes shall be arranged to sound one or more sounders so as to
ensure that all occupants of the floor shall be warned whenever any call box is
actuated.
(6) The call boxes shall be so installed that they do not obstruct the exit ways and yet
their location can easily be noticed from either direction. The base of the call box
shall be at a height of 1.5m from the floor level.
(7) All buildings other than as indicated above shall, in addition to the manually
operated electrical fire alarm system, be equipped with an automatic fire alarm
system.
(8) Automatic detection system shall be installed in accordance with the relevant
standard specifications. In buildings where automatic sprinkler system is provided,
the automatic detection system may not be insisted upon unless decided
otherwise by the Fire Services Department.
Note: Several type of fire detectors are available in the market but the application of
each type is limited and has to be carefully considered in relation to the type of
risk and the structural features of the building where they are to be installed.

45. Control Room

There shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with
communication system (suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities for
receiving the message from different floors. Details of all floor plans along with the
details of firefighting equipment and installation shall be maintained in the Control Room.
The Control Room shall also have facility to detect the fire on any floor through
indicator boards connecting fire detection and alarm system on all floors. The staff in
charge of the Control Room shall be responsible for the maintenance of the various
services and firefighting equipment and installation. The Control Room shall be manned
round the clock by trained firefighting staff.

46. Fire Drills and Fire Orders

(1) The guidelines for fire drill and evacuation etc. for high-rise building may be seen in
Appendix (B) of National Building Code P art IV. All such buildings shall prepare the
fire orders duly approved by the APSDR&FSD.
(2) A qualified fire officer and trained staff shall be appointed for the following
buildings.
 R.47 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 92

(a) All high rise buildings above 30m in height where covered area of one floor
exceeds 1000sq. m except apartments / group housing.
(b) All hotels, identified under classification o f three- star and above category by
Tourism Department and all hotels above 15m in height with 150 beds
capacity or more without star category.
(c) All hospital buildings of 15m and above or having number of beds exceeding 100.
(d) Underground shopping complex where covered area exceeds 1000sq m.
(e) All high hazard industries.
(f) Any other risk which Fire Services Department considers necessary.
(3) The lightening protection warning light (red) for high-rise buildings shall be provided in
accordance with the relevant standard. The same shall be checked by electrical
department.

47. Material Used for Construction of Building

(1) The combustible/flammable material shall not be used for partitioning, wall
paneling, false ceiling etc. Any material giving out toxic gases/smoke if involved in the
fire shall not be used for partitioning of a floor or wall paneling or a false ceiling etc.
The surface frames spread of the lining material shall conform to class-I of the
standard specification. The framework of the entire false ceiling would be provided
with metallic sections and no wooden framework shall be allowed for paneling/false
ceiling.
(2) Construction features/elements of structures shall conform to National Building
Code and BIS code.

48. LPG
The use of LPG shall not be permitted in the high-rise building except for residential / hotel /
hostel / kitchen / pantry (if any) and shall be located at the periphery of the building on the
ground level.

49. House Keeping

(1) A high standard of housekeeping must be insisted upon by all concerned. There must
be no laxity in this respect. It must be borne in mind that fire safety is dependent to a
large extent upon good housekeeping.
(2) Good House-Keeping includes the following:-
(a) Maintaining the entire premises in neat and clean condition.
(b) Ensuring that rubbish and combustible material are not thrown about or allowed
to accumulate, even in small quantity, in any portion of the building. Particular
attention must be paid to corners and places hidden from view.
(c) Providing metal receptacles/waste paper basket (of non-combustible material) at
suitable locations for disposal of waste. Separate receptacles must be provided
for disposal of cotton rags/waste, wherever it is generated, these must under
no circumstances be left lying around in any portion of the building.
(d) Ensuring that receptacles for waste are emptied at regular intervals and the
waste removed immediately for safe disposal outside the building.
 R.50 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 93

(e) Ensuring that all doors/fixtures are maintained in good repairs, particular attention
must be paid to self-closing fire smoke check doors and automatic
fire/doors/rolling shutters.
(f) Ensuring that self-closing fire/smoke check doors close properly and that the
doors are not wedged open.
(g) Ensuring that the entire structure of the building is maintained in good repairs.
(h) Ensuring that all electrical and mechanical service equipment are maintained in
good working condition at all times.
(i) Ensuring that Cars/Scooters etc. are parked systematically in neat rows. It is
advisable to mark parking lines on the ground in the parking areas near the
building and in the parking area on ground floor and in basement(s); as applicable,
inside the building. A parking attendant must ensure that vehicles are parked in
an orderly manner and that the vehicles do not encroach upon the open space
surrounding the building.
(3) Smoking Restrictions
(a) Smoking shall be prohibited throughout the basement(s) and in all areas where
there is a profusion of combustible materials. Easily readable "NO SMOKING" signs
must be conspicuously posted at locations where they can catch the eye. Each sign
must also include a pictograph. The sign may also be illuminated.
(b) In all places where smoking is permitted ashtrays, half filled with water, must be
placed on each table/at each other suitable locations for safe disposal of spent
smoking material. The design of the ashtrays must be such that they cannot easily
topple over. If, for any reason, this is not practicable a minimum of one metal
bucket or other non-combustible container half filled with water must be provided
in each compartment for disposal of spent smoking materials.
(4) Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)
(a) Where parking facility is provided in the basement(s) no person other than the
floor-parking attendant may be allowed to enter and remain in the parking areas
except for parking and removal of Cars/Scooters.
(b) Regular offices must not be maintained in the storage/parking area in the
basement(s).
(c) The stores/go-downs must be opened for the limited purpose of keeping or
removing stores.
(d) No person other than those on duty may be permitted in the air-conditioning
plant room(s), HT/LT switch room, transformer compartment, control room
pump-house, generator room, stores and records etc.

50. Fire Prevention

In addition to the measures recommended above, the following fire prevention
measures must be implemented when the building is in occupation.
(1) Storage of flammable substances, such as diesel oil, gasoline, motor oils, etc. must
not be allowed anywhere within the building. The only exception to this rule may
be:
(a) Storage of diesel oil in a properly installed tank in a fire-resisting
compartment in the generator room;
(b) Diesel oil, gasoline, motor oil etc. filled in the vehicle tanks.
 R.50 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 94

(2) Preparation of tea and warming of food must be prohibited throughout the
building.
(3) Where heaters are used during winters, the following precautions must be
taken.
(a) All heaters, except convector heaters, must be fitted with guards.
(b) Heaters must not be placed in direct contact with or too close to any
combustible material.
(c) Heaters must be kept away from curtains to ensure that the latter do not blow
over the heater accidentally.
(d) Heaters must not be left unattended while they are switched on.
(e) Defective heaters must be immediately removed from service until they have
been repaired and tested for satisfactory performance.
(f) Use of heaters must be prohibited in the entire basement, fire control room and
in all-weather maker rooms throughout the building. Also in all places where
there is profusion of combustible flammable materials.
(4) Use of candles or other naked light flame must be forbidden throughout the
building, except in the offices (for sealing letters only) and kitchen. When
candles/ spirit lamps are used for sealing letters/packets, extreme care must be
taken to ensure that paper do not come in direct contact with the naked flame
and the candle/spirit lamp does not topple over accidentally while still lighted. All
candles/spirit lamps kitchen fires must be extinguished when no longer required.
(5) Fluorescent lights must not be directly above the open file racks in
offices/record rooms. Where this is unavoidable, such lights must be switched on
only for as long as they are needed.
(6) Filling up of old furniture and other combustible materials such as scrap paper, rags,
etc. must not be permitted anywhere in the building. These must be promptly
removed from the building.
(7) More than one portable electrical appliance must not be connected to any single
electrical outlet.
(8) Used stencils, ink smeared combustible materials and empty ink tubes must not be
allowed to accumulate in rooms/compartments where cyclostyling is done. These
must be removed and disposed-off regularly.
(9) All shutters/doors of main switch panels and compartments/shafts for electrical
cables must be kept locked.
(10) Aisles in record rooms and stores must have a clear uniform width of not less than
1.0m Racks must not be placed directly against the wall/partition.
(11) In record rooms, offices and stores, a clear space of not less than 30cm must be
maintained between the top-most stack of stores/records and the ceiling or lighting
fittings whichever is lower.
(12) A similar clearance, and at (11) above must be maintained from fire detectors.
(13) Fire detectors must not be painted under any circumstances and must also be kept
free from lime/distemper.
(14) Records must not be piled or dumped on the floor.
(15) Welding or use of blow torch shall not be permitted inside the building, except when
it is done under strict supervision and in full conformity with the requirements laid
down in IS: 3016-1966 code of practice for fire precautions in welding and cutting
operation.
 R.51 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 95

(16) Printing ink/oil must not be allowed to remain on the floor; the floor must be
maintained in a clean condition at all times.

51. Occupancy Restrictions

(1) The premises leased to any party shall be used strictly for the purpose for which they
are leased.
(2) No dangerous trade/practices (including experimenting with dangerous chemicals)
shall be carried on in the leased premises;
(3) No dangerous goods shall be stored within the leased premises.
(4) The common/public corridor shall be maintained free of obstructions, and the lessee
shall not put up any fixtures that may obstruct the passage in the corridor and/or shall
not keep any wares, furniture or other articles in the corridor.
(5) The penalty for contravention of the condition laid down below must be immediate
termination of lease and removal of all offending materials.
(6) Regular inspection and checks must be carried out at frequent intervals to ensure
compliance with conditions above.
Note: For any further details/clarification NBC Part IV shall be referred. Norms and
standards in Part IV of NBC 2005 shall be overriding in any instance of variance
of standards.

CHAPTER–VII
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT FOR OCCUPANCY/LAND DEVELOPMENT AND OTHER
(General Building Requirements)

52. Category of the Building and Minimum Size of Plot

The minimum size of plots for certain categories of the building is given below:
 R.52 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 96

1
[TABLE 13 : Category wise Minimum Size of Plots]
Minimum Plot Size
S. No. Category
(Sq. m)
(A) (B) (C)
Cinema Theatre / Convention Center/Game Center/ Kalyana
(1) 2000
Mandapam / Marriage hall / Social clubs and amenities
(2) Educational Institution
(a) High School / Residential School 6000
(b) Junior college 4000
(C) Degree College 6000
(d) Technical Educational Institution 10000
(3) Group Development Scheme 4000
(4) LPG Storages 500
(5) Multiplex Complex 3000
(6) Multi storey Car Parking 1000
(7) Nursing homes 300
(8) Petrol pumps/Filling Stations 500
Row Type Housing / Row Type Shopping Precincts /Cluster
(9) 1000
Housing
(10) ‘U’ Type Commercial Building 2000
As per required
(11) Others
standards/as prescribed

1
Table 13 with the following data was substituted vide GO.Ms.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15.11.2017
S. No. Category Minimum Plot Size (Sq. m)
(A) (B) (C)
Cinema Theatre / Convention Center/Game Center/ Kalyana
(1) 3000
Mandapam / Marriage hall / Social clubs and amenities
(2) Educational Institution
(a) Primary/Upper Primary School 2000
(b) High School / Residential School 6000
(C) Junior college 4000
(d) Degree College 6000
(e) Technical Educational Institution 10000
(3) Group Development Scheme 4000
(4) Hotel, Conferencve Hall 2000
(5) LPG Storages 500
(6) Multiplex Complex 3000
(7) Multi storey Car Parking 1000
(8) Nursing homes 300
(9) Office Buildings 500
(!0) Petrol pumps/Filling Stations 500
(11) R&D lab 1500
(12) Row Type Housing / Row Type Shopping Precincts/Cluster Housing 1000
(13) “U” Type Commercial Building 2000
As per required
(14) Others standards/as prescribed by
the Competent Authority
 R.53 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 97

Minimum Plot Size

S. No. Category
(Sq. m)
(A) (B) (C)
by the Competent
Authority

53. Requirement of Approach Road for Building Sites/Plots

(1) The minimum abutting existing road width required for various uses of building
activities shall be as given below.

TABLE 14 : Minimum Abutting Existing Road Width Required

Minimum abutting
existing road width
Category Type/Use of Building Plot permissible
required
(in meters)
(1) (2) (3)
SITES IN OLD/EXISTING BUILT-UP AREAS/CONGESTED AREAS
/SETTLEMENT/GRAM KHANTAM/ABADI
(see Annexure)

A All Residential (other than Group Housing) &

Commercial Buildings with maximum permissible
(i)
height of 10 m. except in the plots abutting to existing
60’-0” and above wide roads.
9*
For other categories the Minimum road width shall be
(ii)
as given in B1 Category.

B SITES IN NEW AREAS/APPROVED LAYOUT AREAS

Basic level social amenities like Nursery School,

(i)
Primary School

(ii) Dispensary/Diagnostic Laboratory/Poly-Clinic

Non-High Rise (Residential) Buildings including Group 9 **

B1
(iii) Housing (Cellar and/or Stilt as permissible + maximum
up to 5 floors),

(iv) Religious Place

(i) Commercial Complex

(ii) Computer units/Office Building, ITES Complex

Assembly Hall/Cinema Theater /Community Hall/

(iii) 12
B2 Function Hall/Marriage Hall

(iv) General Industry/Godown

(v) Group Development Scheme;

 R.53 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 98

Minimum abutting
existing road width
Category Type/Use of Building Plot permissible
required
(in meters)
(1) (2) (3)
(vi) Group Housing with more than 100 units,

High Rise Buildings/Complexes up to height of 24

(vii)
meters
High School/Middle School/Junior College/Tutorial
(viii)
Institution
Non High Rise Group Housing (Cellars as applicable +
(xi)
6 floors)

(x) Nursing Home/Hospital of not more than 20 beds

Others not specified in the Table and all Non High-

(xi)
Rise buildings up to 18m height

(xii) Petrol / Diesel / Gas Filling Station/LPG

1
[xxx] [(a) Smaller Restaurants (without lodging) in
9
site area below 200 sq.m
(xiii)
(b) Restaurants coming up in plot sizes 200 sq.m and
12]
above – 12.00 m.”

(xiv) Service establishment

12
(xv) Workshop

(i) General Degree and other non-professional College

(ii) High-Rise buildings above 24m and up to 30m height

(iii) Hospitals of more than 20 beds

(iv) Multiplex Complex

B3 18
(v) Professional College Campus

(vi) Shopping Malls (above 4000sq.m)

(vii) Technical Educational Institution-Polytechnic/ITI

All High Rise Building above 30 meters will be permitted as per the Minimum Road
B4
width and setbacks as specified in Table-18.
(2) *In case of Sites in Category-A, if a Site is abutting to a road which is less than 9m in
width, a building may be permitted with a maximum height of 10m in such site, [xxx]

1
Deleted following data “Restaurant – 12 m” in Rule 53(1) Table 14, entry B2 (xiii) column (2) & (3) with B2
(xiii) (a) and (b) vide GO Ms.No. 401 MAUD Dept, Dt: 15.11.2017.
 R.54 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 99

[by insisting widening of road to 9m or lesser width as per the circulation network
approved by the Competent authority. The site affected in such cases shall be handed
over to the Local Body/UDA/APCRDA through registered gift deed for which relaxations
can be considered in situ as prescribed in these Rules. TDR generated in such sites will
not be allowed to utilize for construction of additional built-up area in congested areas.
Buildings upto 18m height may be permitted in the sites of Category–A if the site is
having access through the existing 12m wide road.]1
(3) [(a)]2**In case of Sites in Category-B, if a Site is abutting to a road which is less than
9m in width, Individual Residential Building may be permitted with a
maximum height of 12m, after leaving 4.5m from the Centre Line of such road
for widening and the same shall be handed over to the Local Body and shall
leave the prescribed setback as per Table-17 after the said road widening
portion. No relaxations are permissible in such cases.
[(b) All Industries shall be permitted in the sites abutting to existing road width of 9m,
subject to handing over of the applicant’s site required for widening the
existing road to 12m.]3
(4) In case of Notified Slums/Economically Weaker Section (EWS) Buildings, the special
regulations as notified by the Government from time to time shall be followed.
(5) [xxx] [ The sites in Old/Existing Built-up Areas/Congested Areas/Settlement/Gram
Khantam/Abadi and List of Areas Prohibited for High-Rise Buildings shall be notified
by the Competent Authority. Till such time, the Locality/Area of the Districts in
Andhra Pradesh mentioned in Annexure-I and Annexure-II of GO.Ms.168, MA&UD,
dt:07-04-2012 shall prevail. The Government may add to or delete from the list of the
said areas.]4
(6) In case of single plot sub-division approved by the competent authority, a means of
independent access of minimum 3.6m pathway may be considered for Individual
Residential Building and 6m for Non-High-Rise Group Housing Building.

54. Restrictions of Building Activity

(1) Airport
(a) Buildings
(i) For building activity within the Restricted Zone/Air Funnel Zone near the
airport, necessary clearance from the concerned Airport Authority shall be
obtained.

1
Following words in Rule 53(2) deleted and replaced vide GO.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018.
“after leaving 4.5m from the Centre Line of such road for widening and the same shall be handed over to the
Local Body and shall leave the prescribed setback as per Table-17 after the said road widening portion. No
relaxations are permissible in such cases. Buildings more than 10 Mts. height may be permitted in the sites
abutting the existing 18 Mts. (60’-0”) wide roads subject to complying other rules. This will transform the
slum character.”
2
Rule 53(3) renumbered as rule 53(3)(a) vide GO.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018.
3
Rule 53(3) (b) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018.
4
Following words in Rule 53(5) substituted vide GO.Ms.145 MAUD Dept Dt: 23-11-2023. “The sites in
Old/Existing Built-up Areas/Congested Areas/Settlement/Gram Khantam/Abadi (Annexure-7) and List of
Areas Prohibited for High-Rise Buildings (Annexure-8). The Government may add to or delete from the list
of the said areas.”
 R.54 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 100

(ii) The building heights and other parameters shall be regulated as per the
stipulations of the Airport Authority of India as notified in Gazette of India
Extraordinary (S.O.1589) dated 30-06-2008 and as amended from time to
time by Ministry of Civil Aviation, Government of India.
(iii) Irrespective of their distance from the aerodrome, even beyond 22km limit
from the Aerodrome Reference Point, no radio masts or similar
installation exceeding 152m in height shall be erected except with the
prior clearance from Civil Aviation Authorities.
(iv) In respect of any land located within 1000m from the boundary of Military
Airport no building is allowed except with prior clearance from the
concerned airport authority with regard to building height permissible and
safe distance to be maintained between the building and boundary of the
aerodrome.
(b) Other Structures
(i) Within a 5km radius of the Aerodrome Reference Point, every
structure/installation/building shall be designed so as to meet the
pigeon/bird proofing requirement of the Civil Aviation Authorities. Such
requirement may stipulate the prohibition of any cavity, niche or other
opening on the exterior of such building / installation / structure so as to
prevent the nesting and habitation of pigeon or other birds.
(ii) No chimneys or smoke producing factories shall be constructed within a
radius of 8km from the Airport Reference Point.
(iii) Slaughter House, Butcheries, Meat shops and Solid Waste Disposal Sites
and other areas for activities like depositing of garbage which may
encourage collection of high flying birds, like eagles and hawks, shall not
be permitted within 10 km from the Airport Reference Point.
(2) Defense Establishments
(a) In case of Sites within 500m distance from the boundary of Defense
Areas/Military Establishments prior clearance of Defense Authority shall be
obtained.
(b) In case of Naval Science and Technological Laboratory (NSTL), Visakhapatnam,
no building shall be allowed with in a distance of 20m from the boundary wall
of NSTL, Visakhapatnam.
(3) Electrical Lines
(a) No building or part of a building shall be constructed or re-constructed and no
additions or alterations to any existing building shall be made in the intervening
spaces between the building and any overhead electric supply line unless as
described in Table below and specified in the Indian Electricity Rules as amended
from time to time.
TABLE 15 : Clearance from Overhead Electric Lines
Sl. Type of Minimum Vertical Minimum Horizontal
No. Electrical Supply Line Clearance (m) clearance (m)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Low and Medium Voltage
1. 2.5 1.2
lines and service lines
High Voltage lines up to and
2. 3.7 1.2
including 11000 volts
High Voltage lines above
3. 3.7 2.0
11000V and up to including
 R.54 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 101

33000 volts
Extra High Voltage lines 3.70 plus 0.30m 2.00 plus 0.30m
4. above 33000 volts for every additional for every additional 33000
33000 volts or part thereof volts or part thereof
(b) In case of Electricity Tower lines, the land all along below the tower line shall be
developed as green belt to an extent of the width of tower base and on either side
of green belt there shall be a minimum of 10m wide roads or as defined in the
Master Plan. [Wherever the road is not feasible on either side of Tower lines, green
belt can be provided and this will be in addition to 10% open space to be provided as
per the rules and such cases, TDRs as applicable to road widening cases shall be
given.]1
(4) Environmental Impact Assessment Notification-2006
As per the provisions laid under the EIA Notification S.O.1533, Dt.14.9.2006 and it’s
amendment dt.01.12.2009 issued by MOE&F, GOI and Notifications issued from time
to time with reference to “Building / Construction Projects/Area Development
Projects and Townships” complying with the following threshold limits fall under
category B and are required to obtain prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from State
Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Ministry of Environment and
Forests, Government of India.
TABLE 16 : Building/Construction Projects/Area Development Projects and Townships
B Category
Project / Activity Conditions, if any
with threshold limit
(A) (B) (C)
8(a) Buildings and >20000sq.m and #(Built up area for
Construction <1,50,000sq.m of built up covered construction; in
Projects area# case of facilities open to
the sky, it will be the
activity area
8(b) Townships and Covering an area > 50ha ++All Projects under
Area Development and or built up area Item8(b) shall be
Projects >1,50,000sq.m ++ appraised as Category B1

[Note: As per Model Building Byelaws of Government of India, prior Environmental

clearance shall be insisted for built up space of 1,50,000 sq.m and above and township
development projects in 50 ha and above. The environmental aspects to be complied in 3
categories of built up spaces below 1,50,000 sq.m as classified in rule 165 in Chapter XI-3.]2

(5) Heritage Structures / Geo Heritage Sites

(a) In case of Sites located within the distance up to 100m from protected
monuments as notified under Archeological Monuments and Ancient Sites and
Remains Act 1955 and as amended no construction is allowed.
(b) For the Sites located within distance of above 100m and up to 200m from the
protected monuments, the construction is allowed only after obtaining prior
permission from the National Monument Authority.

11
Text inserted vide GO.Ms.No.223. of MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018.
2
Note inserted to rule 54(4) Table 16 vide GO.Ms.No401 of MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
 R.54 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 102

(c) For the Sites located within the vicinity of any Heritage Structure / Geo Heritage
Sites notified as per the respective law, the prior clearance from the concerned
authority shall be obtained.
(d) For the development/redevelopment of any notified Heritage Structure/ Geo
Heritage Sites the stipulations as prescribed by the respective authority shall be
followed.
(6) Oil / Gas Pipelines
In case of Sites in the vicinity of Oil/Gas pipelines, clearance distance and other
stipulations of the Respective Authority shall be complied with. The Oil/Gas
Authorities shall also specify the clearances required stretch wise to Local Body.
(7) Railways
The distance between the Railway Property Boundary and the edge of the building
shall be 30m as per Indian Railways Works Manual or as per No Objection Certificate
(NOC) given by the Railway Authorities.
(8) Religious Structures
(a) In case of Sites located within a radius of 100m from the notified religious
structure from time to time by the sanctioning authority, the construction is
allowed up to 12m height only.
(b) For the Sites located within a radius of above 100m and up to 300m from the
notified religious structure as notified from time to time, only non-high rise
structures are allowed.
(9) Site and Land Use Pattern
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Rules, no building permit on any site
shall be sanctioned if:
(a) the proposed land use does not correspond to the land use in the Development
Plan/Master Plan/Layout Plan or any draft/sanctioned plan for the area or the
zoning regulations.
(b) the use of building or place will be a source of annoyance to, or injurious to
the health of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood.
(c) the construction of any building is for public worship, which in the opinion of
the Sanctioning Authority will affect the religious feelings of any class or
persons in the vicinity thereof.
(d) there is deposited refuse, excreta or other offensive matter, which is
considered objectionable, until such refuse, excreta or other offensive matter
has been removed there from and the plot has been prepared or left in a
manner suitable for land development, redevelopment or building purpose.
(e) it comprises or includes a pit, quarry or other similar excavation or any part
thereof unless such plot has been prepared or left in a manner or condition
suitable for land development or redevelopment or building purposes.
(f) it is liable to flood or on a slope forming an angle of more than 45 degrees with
the horizontal or on soil unsuitable for percolation or on area shown as
floodable area in any plan/scheme or in sandy beds, unless it is proved by the
owner that construction of such a building will not be dangerous or injurious to
health and the site will not be subjected to flooding or erosion, or cause undue
expenditure of public funds in the provision of roads, sewers, sanitation, water
supply or other public services.
(g) it is for any land development or redevelopment of land or construction in any
area notified by Government of India as Coastal Regulation Zone under the
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986) and Rules made there under
 R.54 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 103

and it shall be subject to the restrictions that may be imposed by Government

of India contained in the said notification as amended from time to time.
(h) it is in areas of natural waterways or drains and if the building is to be
constructed over or under a municipal drain, sewerage line, electrical line,
water main, any other government or public land, or public utility services;
(i) the required permission/No Objection Certificates of any other
Departments/Agencies as required under law has not been obtained for any
land developments and constructions.
(10)Vicinity of important buildings
No private building exceeding 10m height shall be permitted within 200m radius
from the boundary of the Governor’s House, State Secretariat, Legislative
Assembly, Official Residences of Chief Justice of High Court, Chief Minister, Heads
of Legislature and such other buildings as may be notified by the ULB/Government
from time to time.
(11) Water Bodies
(a) No building / development activity shall be allowed in the bed of water bodies
like river or nala and in the Full Tank Level (FTL) of any lake, pond, cheruvu or
kunta / shikam lands.
Unless and otherwise stated, the area and the Full Tank Level (FTL) of a Lake /
Kunta shall be reckoned as measured and as certified by the Irrigation
Department and Revenue Department.
(b) The above water bodies and courses shall be maintained as Recreational/Green
Buffer Zone and no building activity shall be carried out within:
(i) [xxx]1 50m within the limits of the Local Authorities. The boundary of the
river shall be as fixed and certified by the Irrigation Department and
Revenue Department.
(ii) 30m from the FTL boundary of Lakes / Tanks / Kuntas of area 10Ha and
above.
(iii) 9m from the FTL boundary of Lakes / Tanks / Kuntas of area less than
10Ha / shikam lands;
(iv) 9m from the defined boundary of Canal, Vagu, Nala, Storm Water Drain
of width more than 10m.
(v) 2m from the defined boundary of Canal, Vagu, Nala, Storm Water Drain
of width up to 10m.
(c) Unless and otherwise specified in the Master Plan/Zonal Development Plan.
(i) In case of (b) (i) & (ii) above, the buffer zone may be utilised for road of
minimum 12m width, wherever feasible.
(ii) In case of (b) (ii) above, in addition to development of recreational /
green belt along the foreshores, a ring road or promenade of minimum
12m may be developed, wherever feasible 3.6m walking / cycle track
within the 30m buffer strip may be provided.
(iii) The above buffer zone to be left may be reckoned as part of tot lot or
organized open space and not for setback requirements.
(d) In case of areas along the sea coast, the Coastal Regulation Zone Regulations
shall be followed.

1
The words “100m from the boundary of the River outside the limits of Local Authorities and” omitted vide
GO.Ms.No.223 of MAUD Dept Dt: 09-07-2018
 R.54 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 104

(12) Swimming Pool:

(a) Definition: A pool or a tank indoor or outside the building, used for the purpose
of swimming, bathing, aquatic sports or games, training, treatment (Therapy)
or recreation, meant exclusively for human being, having a depth of water not
less than that 60cm and the surface area exceeding 23.25sq. m both for the use
of public or the institution concerned.
(b) Swimming Pool may be permitted on ground or on the terrace of the building
subject to submission of Structural Designs and Structural Stability Certificate
issued by the Licensed Structural Engineer along with the Building Application.
This shall not be constructed in the tot-lot or organized open space area meant
for mandatory requirement for such purpose as per these rules.
(c) The applicant shall submit an Undertaking along with the Building Application
that necessary safety measures are undertaken regarding construction and
also the safety of the users.
(d) The following guidelines shall be followed:
(i) “Capacity of Pools in Relation to Bathers”: The maximum number of
persons in bathing attire within the pool enclosures of the bathing area
shall not exceed one person per 1.86sq. m (20sq. ft.) of pool i.e. the area
of the water surface.
(ii) “Hand Rail”: A side handrail extending up above and returning to the
horizontal surface of the pool deck curb or coping shall be provided at
each side of each ladder.
(iii) “Depth Markers”: Depth of water shall be clearly marked at or above the
water surface on the vertical pool wall and on the edge of the deck or
walk-way next to the pool, at maximum points and at the points of break
between the deep and shallow portions and at intermediate increments of
depth, spaced at not more than 7.62cm (2’.5”) intervals. Depth markers,
contrasting with background shall be on both sides of the pool.
(iv) “Lighting and Wiring”: Where submarine lightning is used, not less than
0.5 watts shall be employed per sq. ft. of pool area.
(v) “Area Lightning”: Where submarine lightning is employed, area lightning
shall be provided for the deck areas and directed towards the deck areas
and away from the pool surface so far as practicable, in a total capacity of
not less than 0.6 watt per sq. ft of deck area. Where submarine lighting is
not provided and night swimming is not permitted combined pool
lightning shall be provided in an amount of not less than 2 watts per sq. ft.
of total area. All submarine lightning shall be individually earthed and must
be water tight and damp proof.
(vi) “Over Head Wiring”: No electrical wiring for electrical or power shall be
permitted to pass over within 6m (20feet) of the pool enclosure.
(vii) “Shallow Minimum Depth”: Every swimming pool shall have a minimum
depth in the shallow area of the main swimming area of not less than
0.9m (3feet), but not more than 1.07m (3'-6”) from the overflow level to
the floor.
(viii) “Shallow Areas”: In a swimming pool with a diving area, the shallow area
of the pool shall be defined as the portion between the shallow end and
the break point between the shallow area and the diving area. The slope
of the floor shall be uniform from the break point between the diving area
 R.55 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 105

and the shallow portion to the outside edge of the shallow portion and
shall not be greater than 1 in 2m.
(ix) “Vertical Wall Depth”: The pool walls shall be vertical at all points for a
depth of not less than 0. 76m (2’. 6".)

55. Special requirements for Occupancy/Land Development

NOTE: The relevant provisions, standards contained in these Rules and also as given in
the NBC shall apply to the following type of occupancy/development in addition
to requirements mentioned specifically below depending on the type proposal.
(1) Assembly buildings (Cinema, Theatres, etc.)
(a) The relevant provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955
and Andhra Pradesh Cinema (Regulation) Rules 1970 and the Provisions for
Construction and Regulation of Multiplex Complexes as given in these Rules and
the IS: 4878 code or any other relevant code of National Building Code shall apply
for planning, design and construction of Cinema Building.
(b) Parking spaces wherever not specifically given shall conform to provisions as
mentioned in these Rules.
(c) Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation shall conform to
provisions as given in the Annexure to these Rules.
(2) Educational buildings (schools/colleges)
(a) No basement or cellar room shall be designed, constructed, altered, converted or
used for the purpose of study or instruction.
(b) Every building exceeding two storeys in height shall be constructed of fire
resisting material throughout.
(c) The minimum size of a study room or room used for purposes of instruction shall
be 5.5m x 4.5m and no part of such room shall be distant more than 7.5m from an
external wall abutting on the requisite open space. Every such room shall have
minimum ventilation to the extent of 1/5th of its floor area.
(d) A minimum of 1.0sq m. of net floor space per student shall be provided. A central
hall will not be counted in the accommodation, nor will a class room for cookery,
laundry, manual instruction, drawing or science. The number of students in such
building shall be calculated on this basis for the purpose of this clause.
(e) Every assembly room, gymnasium shall have a clear height of 3.6m except under
a girder which may project 0.6m below the required ceiling height. A clear
internal height under balcony or a girder shall not be less than 3.0m. A minimum
room height for classroom in all schools and other institutions shall not be less
than 3.0m. The minimum head room under beams shall be 2.75m.
(f) Exit requirements shall conform to as mentioned in these Rules. No door shall be
less than 1.2m in width and 2.20m in height.
(g) Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation shall conform to
provisions as given in the Annexure to these Rules.
(h) Prior permission shall be obtained from the Education Department before
applying for the Building Permission.
(i) Playground shall be provided as per norms prescribed by the concerned
Education Department.
 R.55 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 106

(3) Farm Shed

(a) Shed should be constructed on pillars with walls on two longer sides not
higher than 1.2m.
(b) The remaining height of the farm sheds in respect of two longer sidewalls can
be covered with netting or other similar material.
(c) The maximum height of the roof of the farm shed shall not exceed 6.0m.
(d) There should be a minimum distance of 6.0m between sheds in the farm.
(e) The minimum distance of any farm building from the property line should be
4.5 m.
(f) The minimum distance of any farm shed or farm building from the dwelling unit
should be 7.5 m.
(4) Dwelling Units as a Farm House
(a) The maximum coverage for the dwelling unit shall be as per the provision of the
Master Plan / Zonal Plan.
(b) The requirements of parts of dwelling shall be as provided in these rules.
(c) Any other special requirements as specified by the Authority.
(5) Industrial buildings (factories, workshops, etc.)
(a) The relevant provisions contained in the Factory Act, 1948 shall apply for the
construction of factory buildings. The minimum internal height of workrooms
shall not be less than 3m with subject to height of the ground floor being not
less than 3.6m (both being clear height under the structural members) provided
that this bye-law shall not apply to room intended for storage, go-downs and the
like purposes but only in rooms occupied by workers for purposes of
manufacture. In case of small factories, for purposes of manufacturing and
carrying manufacturing covered under the flatted factories and service
industries as per Master Plan/Zonal Plan, the Authority may allow minimum
height up to 3.66m (all the above shall be in conjunction with Chief Inspector
of Factories o f Andhra Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh Disasters Response and Fire
Services Department norms).
(b) Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation shall conform to
provisions as given in the Annexure to these Rules but in no case less than one
W.C. and one urinal shall be permitted.
(c) Notwithstanding the provision of exits requirements, each working room shall be
provided with adequate number of exits not less than two in number.
(d) No exit shall be less than 1.2m in width and 2.1m in height and doors of such exit
shall be so arranged that it can be opened easily from inside.
(e) No staircase, lobby corridors or passage shall be less than 1.2m in width.
(f) There shall be provided at all time for each person employed in any room of
factory at least 3.5sq m of floor space exclusive to that occupied by the
machinery and a breathing space of at least 15 cum. (Further the provision of Part
VIII Section 1 Lighting and Ventilation of National Building code of India with
amendments time to time) shall be followed.
(g) The effluents from industries (industrial and biological in nature) shall be treated
and shall be of quality to the satisfaction of the concerned local bodies before
letting out the same into a watercourse or municipal drain.
 R.56 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 107

(6) Poultry farms (wherever allowed as per Master Plan)

(a) The coverage for poultry farms shall be as allowed in case of farmhouses.
(b) Setback: The setback for farm building from the right of way shall be as under:
Road Width & Front Setback for Poultry Farms
Road width Front Setback
S. No.
(m) (m)
(A) (B) (C)
1 90 60
2 60 37
3 30 22
4 18 13

(7) Provision for conservation of Heritage Sites including Heritage Buildings, Heritage
Precincts and natural feature areas:
The building regulations for above are given in CHAPTER-IX-1.
(8) Provisions in the public buildings for Differently-Abled Persons, Elderly and Children:
The buildings to be designed for Differently-Abled Persons, Elderly and Children need
special treatment and the provisions for site planning, building requirements etc. are
given in CHAPTER-IX-2.
(9) Special buildings not covered
In case of special buildings not covered above, norms will be followed as decided by
the Authority.
(10) Rules for Development of land
The provisions of Master Plan/Development Plan and norms formulated by
Authority shall apply regarding sub-division of a large parcel of land into plots,
open areas, roads, spaces for services and community facilities.

56. Compliance with Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code

(APECBC) (see Annexure):
(1) [xxx] [Energy Conservation Building Code, 2017 and subsequent
updations/clarifications/ amendments made from time to time as adopted by the
Bureau of Energy efficiency (BEE) is applicable to the buildings mentioned in sub rule
(2) of Rule (56).]1
(2) The code shall be applicable to commercial buildings and other Non-Residential
Buildings that have a plot area of more than 1000 Square Meters or built up area of

1
The following words in Rule 56(1) is substituted vide GO.Ms. No. 180 MAUD Dt: 01-10-2020
“‘Energy Conservation Building Code’ or ‘ECBC’ is the energy code adopted by the Bureau of Energy
Efficiency in 2007 and revised in 2008, that provides the minimum requirements for energy-efficient
building design and construction. The Energy Conservation Building Code (2008) when locally adapted to
Andhra Pradesh’s climate is termed as the “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC).”
All definitions included in the Energy Conservation Building Code (2008) and not otherwise defined herein
are applicable to the Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code.” Accordingly the Government of
Andhra Pradesh while adopting the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) amended the Andhra
Pradesh Building Rules, 2012 and issued the notification in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 as given in
the Annexure.”
 R.57 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 108

2000 Square Meters and certain categories of buildings such as multiplexes,

Hospitals, Hotels, and Convention Centers irrespective of their built up area shall
comply with the APECB Code.
(3) The code is mandatory for all new buildings, as stated above, to comply with AP* (AP
ONE STAR) with prescriptive/whole building performance method of compliance for
the buildings. The prescriptive method format is given in Appendix G of APECBC, as
given Annexure. The whole building performance method is given in Appendix B of
APEC BC, as given in Annexure.
(4) At the time of plan approval, the Owner and Builder/developer shall submit the AP*
(AP ONE STAR) compliance, sealed and signed by AP Empanelled Architect with
MAUD and NREDCAP or Bureau of Energy Efficiency Empanelled Architect against
the mandatory requirement of compliance of APECBC to respective Urban Local
Body. The details of compliance documentation, administration and energy analysis
is given in the APEC BC in chapter 3 as given Annexure.
(5) At the time of issuance of occupancy certificate, the builder/owner/developer shall
submit the professional statement by AP Empanelled Architect with MAUD and
NREDCAP / BEE Empanelled Architect verifying that the building has been built in
accordance with the approved design and plan approval. Once the professional
statement is submitted along with any other necessary requirements as per the
Building Rules, the occupancy certificate will be issued.

*******

CHAPTER - VIII
DEVELOPMENT CODES
(Provisions for Non-High Rise Development)

57. Permissible Setbacks & Height for All Types of Non-High Rise Buildings
(1) The height of buildings permissible in a given site/plot shall be subject to restrictions in
the areas notified as (a) Sites in Old /Existing Built up areas/Congested
areas/Settlement/Gram Khantam and (b) Areas Prohibited for High Rise Buildings
given in the Annexures.
(2) [(a)]1 The minimum setbacks and permissible height as per Table – 17 and other
conditions stipulated below shall be followed.

1
Rule 57(2) renumbered as Rule 57(2)(a) vide GO.Ms.No.223MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018.
 R.57 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 109

TABLE 17 : Minimum Setbacks and Height Permissible

Building Line or Minimum Front Setback to
Minimum
be left (in m)
Plot Size Height setbacks
Abutting Road Width
Sl. (in Sq.m) Parking (in m) on
Above Above Above
No. Above – provision Permissible Up remaining
12m & 18m & 24m & Abov
Up to Up to to sides
up to up to up to e 30m
12m (in m)
18m 24 m 30m
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) (I) (J)
1 Less than 50 7 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 -
7 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 -
2 50-100 -
10 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 0.5
Stilt
3 100 - 200 10 1.5 1.5 3 3 3 1.0
floor
7 2 3 3 4 5 1.0
Stilt
4 200 - 300
floor 10 2 3 3 5 6 1.5
7 3 4 5 6 7.5 1.5
Stilt
5 300 - 400
floor 12 3 4 5 6 7.5 2.0
7 3 4 5 6 7.5 2.0
Stilt
6 400 - 500
floor 12 3 4 5 6 7.5 2.5
7 3 4 5 6 7.5 2.5
Stilt
7 * 500 - 750 floor 12 3 4 5 6 7.5 3.0
15 3 4 5 6 7.5 3.5

Stilt + 7 3 4 5 6 7.5 3.0

One 12
8 750 - 1000 3 4 5 6 7.5 3.5
Cellar
floor 15 3 4 5 6 7.5 4.0
7 3 4 5 6 7.5 3.5
Stilt + 12 3 4 5 6 7.5 4.0
9 1000 - 1500 2 Cellar
15 3 4 5 6 7.5 5.0
floors
18** 3 4 5 6 7.5 6.0
7 3 4 5 6 7.5 4.0
Stilt +
10 1500 - 2500 2 Cellar 15 3 4 5 6 7.5 5.0
floors 18** 3 4 5 6 7.5 6.0
Stilt + 7 3 4 5 6 7.5 5.0
2 or
15 3 4 5 6 7.5 6.0
11 Above 2500 more
Cellar 18** 3 4 5 6 7.5 7.0
floors
 R.57 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 110

[(b) In sites up to 200 Sqm, attached buildings are also permissible with front set back as
specified in Table-17. In such cases no openings are allowed towards neighbour sites.
The applicant is responsible for ensuring all necessary precautions to safeguard
neighbour structure. This type of buildings shall be permitted only with the consent
of adjacent plot owners.
These buildings shall be permitted subject to following conditions,-
(1) The abutting road width shall be maintained as per Master plan / Circulation
pattern approved by competent authority.
(2) Parking requirements shall comply as per rules.
(3) Ventilation requirement shall be satisfied.
(4) Structural Engineer shall certify that all necessary measures are taken in the
designs to protect the safety of adjacent buildings.]1
(3) Stilt Floor meant for parking is excluded from the permissible height in the above
Table. Height of stilt floor shall not be less than 2.5m. In case of parking floors where
mechanical system and lift are provided, height of such parking floor shall not be less
than 4.5m. Parking floors in High rise buildings are also excluded from calculation of
height of building.
(4) *In case of commercial buildings proposed in plots having an extent of 500-750sq.m,
cellar floor for parking may be considered subject to fulfillment of the required Parking
space Requirements for the proposed building as given in these Rules.
(5) **Buildings of height above 15m and below 18m in Sl.Nos.9, 10 and 11 above, shall be
permitted only if such plots abut minimum 12m wide roads only.
(6) Other conditions:
(a) The setbacks are to be left after leaving the affected area of the plot/site, if any,
for road widening.
(b) Where a site abuts more than one road, then the front setback should be insisted
towards the bigger road width and for the remaining side or sides, the setback as
at Column- (J) shall be insisted.
(c) A strip of at least 1m greenery/lawn along the frontage of the site within the front
setback shall be developed and maintained with greenery.
(d) For Plots above 300sq.m in addition to (c) above, a minimum 1m wide continuous
green planting strip in the periphery on remaining sides are required to be
developed and maintained within the setback.
(e) For all residential/institutional/industrial plots above 750sq.m, in addition to (c)
and (d) above, 5% of the site area to be developed as organized open space and
be utilized as greenery, tot lot or soft landscaping etc., and shall be provided over
and above the mandatory setbacks. Such organized open space could be in more
than one location and shall be of a minimum width of 3m with a minimum area of
15sq.m at each location.
(f) If the strip of greenery/lawn and the organized open space (tot lot) are not
maintained, 10% of additional Property Tax every year shall be imposed as penalty
by the Sanctioning Authority till the condition is fulfilled.

1
Rule 57(2)(b) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.223MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018
 R.57 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 111

(g) In all plots 750sq.m and above, provision shall be made for earmarking an area of
3m X 3m for the purpose of setting of public utilities like distribution transformer,
etc. within the owner’s site subject to mandated public safety requirements.
(h) In case of plots 300 – 750 sq.m it is permitted to transfer up to 1.00m of setback
from any one side to [xxx] [other sides]1 without exceeding overall permissible
plinth area [subject to maintaining minimum 1.50 m setback for the buildings of
height exceeding 10.00 m.2] The transfer of setback from front setback is not
allowed.
(i) In case of plots above 750 sq.m, it is permitted to transfer up to 2m of setback
from any one side to [xxx]3[other sides] without exceeding overall permissible
plinth area, subject to maintaining of a minimum 2.50m setback [xxx]4. The
transfer of setback from front setback is not allowed.
(j) For narrow plots having extent not more than 400sq.m and where the length is 4
times of the width of the plot, the setbacks on sides may be compensated in front
and rear setbacks so as to ensure that the overall aggregate setbacks are
maintained in the site, subject to maintaining a minimum of side setback of 1m in
case of buildings of height up to 10m and minimum of 2m in case of buildings of
height above 10m and up to 15m without exceeding overall permissible plinth
area. (This Rule shall not be applicable for made-up plots).
(k) The space between 2 blocks shall not be less than the minimum side setback of
the tallest block as mentioned in Table–17 and this shall not be considered for
organised open space (tot lot).
(l) Where all the owners of sites along an abutting road come forward for widening
of the road by undertaking preparation of a Road Development Plan which would
improve circulation in the area and duly approved by the competent authority,
and by leaving the area affected in the widening of such road free of cost and
implement it within one year, then higher height of the corresponding widened
road width would be considered for such sites.
(m) Stepped type buildings or incremental type buildings may be allowed only in
respect of individual residential or educational/institutional buildings and such
incremental development would be considered only after a minimum time period
of 5 years.
(7) Compliance of National Building Code Provisions for Amenities and Facilities in all Non
High Rise Buildings:
(a) The building requirements and standards other than heights and setbacks
specified in the National Building Code - 2005 shall be complied with.
(b) Such buildings shall be undertaken by owners by engaging registered architect,
licensed builders / developers and licensed structural engineers. The designs and
building plans shall be countersigned by the owner, licensed developer,
registered architect, licensed engineer and a qualified & licensed Structural

1
Substituted the words “any other side” vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
2
Words inserted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
3
Word “any other side” is substituted vide GO.Ms.401 MAUD Dt: 15-11-2017
4
Words”on other side and a minimum building line” omitted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
 R.57 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 112

Engineer who shall be responsible for the supervision, structural safety, fire
safety and specifications compliance of such buildings.
(c) The work of the building services like sanitation, plumbing, fire safety
requirements, lifts, electrical installations, and other utility services shall be
executed under the planning, design and supervision of qualified and competent
technical personnel.
(d) The parking requirements shall comply as given in these rules. The parking
facilities and vehicles driveways etc. shall be maintained to the satisfaction of the
Sanctioning Authority.
(e) All Public and Semi-Public Buildings and Institutional Buildings shall be designed
and constructed to provide facilities to the Differently Abled Persons, Elderly and
Children as given in these Rules and as prescribed in the National Building Code of
India.
(f) In all Buildings, the requirements of parts of the building like size and area
requirements of habitable rooms, kitchen, bathrooms and Water closets, other
areas, corridor and staircase widths, service ducts, etc. shall conform to these
Rules given separately and also as per National Building Code of India.
(g) Rain Water Harvesting Structures shall be provided as given in these Rules.
(h) Provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Water, Land and Trees Act, 2002 shall be
complied in such sites and schemes where ever applicable.
(i) Buildings shall be designed for compliance with earth quake resistance and
resisting other natural hazards. The Completion Certificate shall mention that the
norms have been followed in the design and construction of buildings for making
the buildings resistant to earthquake, compliance with structural safety and fire
safety requirements.
(j) In case of Group Housing Buildings where there are 100 units and above, a
minimum 3% of built up space or 50,000 sft which ever is lesser shall be planned
and developed for common amenities and facilities like convenient shopping,
committee hall / club house, crèche, gymnasium etc. as per National Building
Code of India (NBC)-2005. Amenities block shall not be part of the residential
blocks. However, in case of single apartment block, amenities can be provided in
the same block.
(k) [xxx]1
(l) [xxx]2

1
Rule 57(7)(k) with following words omitted vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dt: 09-07-2018
“(k) In case of sites more than 1000 sq.mts. for Residential Buildings and buildings proposed for Nursing
Homes, Hospitals and Hotels provision for Solar Water Heating System and Solar Lighting System
shall be provided and the compliance of the same shall be confirmed before issuing occupancy
certificate.”
2
Rule 57(7)(l) with following words omitted vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dt: 09-07-2018
“(l) In case of sites more than 1000 sq.mts. and above for Residential, Nursing Homes, Hospitals and
Hotels provision for Recycling of Water shall be made and the compliance of the same shall be
confirmed before issuing occupancy certificate.”
 R.58 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 113

[m] 1(k) Baby Feeding Room / facility shall be provided in Shopping Malls, Public Buildings
and Organizations/Establishments/Institutions where more than 15 women are
employed.

58. Row Type Housing / Row Type Shopping Precincts

(1) Row Houses shall abut internal roads only.
(2) Minimum site area shall be not less than 1000sq.m.
(3) Minimum size of individual plot shall be 50sq.m.
(4) Maximum plot size shall be 125sq.m.
(5) Number of plots in a row shall not be more than 8.
(6) Separation between two blocks shall not be less than 6 m which may be an open
space or an alley/pedestrian plaza.
(7) Only internal staircase is allowed.
(8) Minimum width of internal roads: 9m.
(9) Internal cul-de-sac road 6m with maximum length 50m is allowed.
(10) Minimum open space: 10 % of site area.
(11) Height permissible:
(12) Ground + 1 floor or 7m in plot area up to 100sq.m.
(13) Ground + 2 floors or 10m in plot area of above 100sq.m.
(14) Minimum setbacks: Front 3m; Rear 1.5m.
(15) The setbacks in a row can be interchangeable.
(16) In case of row type shopping precincts, back to back shops with above front setback
of 3m would be allowed.
(17) In case of very large projects more than 5 acres, common amenities and facilities like
shopping center, community hall/club house etc. are required to be provided in
minimum 5 % of the site area.
(18) In case of Row Type Shopping Precincts, common basement parking in one or more
levels would be permissible subject to fulfilling the Parking Requirements under
these Rules.

59. Cluster Housing

(1) Minimum site area shall be not less than 1000sq.m.
(2) Minimum Plot size 25sq.m with maximum number of 20 houses in a cluster.
(3) Minimum size of cluster open space 36sq.m with a minimum width of 6m.
(4) Height permissible 2 floors or 6m.
(5) Minimum access road 9m.
(6) Internal access may be through pedestrian paths of 6m.
(7) Minimum space between two clusters shall be 6m which may be utilised as pathway /
alley.

1
Rule 57(7)(m)renumbered as Rule 57(7)(k) vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dt: 09-07-2018
 R.60 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 114

(8) Building setbacks: No setbacks are needed for interior clusters as the lighting and
ventilation is either from the central open space of cluster and the surrounding
pedestrian pathway / access road of the cluster. However, interior courtyards may be
provided for larger plots and building areas to facilitate lighting and ventilation. For
end clusters sides that are abutting peripheral thoroughfare roads or property
boundary, setback / building line shall be as per Table – 17.
(9) In case of very large projects more than 5 acres, common amenities and facilities like
shopping center, community hall/club house etc. are required to be provided in
minimum 5 % of the site area.

60. Buildings with Central Courtyard for Commercial Use

(1) ‘U’ type commercial buildings with central courtyard are allowed with a minimum
plot area of 2000sq.m with the following conditions:
(2) The Front setback shall be as per Table-17 & Table-18 for Non High Rise & High Rise
buildings respectively.
(3) The minimum open space / setback on sides and rear except front, shall be
(a) 2m for building height up to 15m;
(b) 3m for building height up to 18m;
(c) 7m in case of high rise buildings up to 30m height and buildings coming under
purview of Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act-1999.
(4) The area so saved is transferred to the central area / space or court yard;
(5) The depth of such courtyard shall be at least 50% of the average building depth and
the minimum width shall be 10m.

61. Group Development Schemes

(1) The minimum site/plot area shall be 4000sq.m.
(2) The minimum abutting existing road width shall be 12m and black topped.
(3) If the site is not abutting to an existing road, the proposals should be promoted with
the immediate improvement of the accessibility of the site from the nearest main
road by way of an approved Road Development Plan by the Competent Authority
with a minimum width of 12m which should be implemented by the Licensed
Developer within a period of three years.
(4) Group Development Schemes shall be considered where the site is developed
together with construction of building and all amenities and facilities and not
disposed as open plots.
(5) All such applications shall in addition to the requirements under these Rules be
accompanied by the following provisional plans.
(i) A Services and Utilities Plan as per standards for water supply system, drainage
and storm water disposal system, sewerage system, rain water harvesting
structures, and for other utilities.
(ii) A Landscaping plan including rain water harvesting / water recycling details.
(iii) Parking & Internal Circulation Plan along with common pool parking area plan,
if any.
 R.61 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 115

(6) The above shall be drawn to suitable scale with relevant details.
(7) Minimum of 10% of [net]1 site area shall be earmarked for organized open space and
be utilized as greenery and shall be provided over and above the mandatory
setbacks at suitable location accessible to entire community to the satisfaction of
the competent authority. Such open space shall be open to sky [xxx]2.
(8) No additional or proportionate open space charges need to be levied in such
schemes.
(9) These shall not be applicable in case of Government sponsored Housing
Scheme/approved Non-Government Organizations (NGOs) or private schemes, and
the guidelines and requirements as given in the National Building Code for Low Cost
Housing / Government orders shall be followed.
(10) The Building setbacks shall be as per the type of housing & requirements given above
for the said type of housing and as per Table - 17 and Table – 18.
(11) The open space to be left between two blocks also shall be equivalent to the setback
mentioned in Column – (J) of Table-17 and Column – (E) of Table- 18 for Non High Rise
& High Rise buildings respectively.
(12) A thorough public access road of 12m width with 2-lane black-topped is to be
developed within the applicant’s site on any one side at the periphery / as per
suitability and feasibility for the convenience of accessibility to improve the
circulation pattern in the locality to satisfaction of the competent authority. This
condition would not apply if [xxx] [the site is surrounded by proper road circulation
network as per the planning standards to the satisfaction of competent authority.]3
[However, in respect of industrial proposals, above condition of peripheral road is
applicable when the total site area is above 10,000 sq.mts]4.
(13) Road requirements:
(a) 9m to 18m for main internal approach roads;
(b) 9m for other internal roads and also for looped roads.
(c) 8m for cul-de-sacs roads (with a minimum radius 9m.) between 50-100m length.
(14) All roads and open spaces mentioned in this Rule shall be handed over to local body
at free of cost through a registered gift deed [in the format prescribed by the
Government]5 before issue of occupancy certificate. The society / association [of
residents are responsible]6 [xxx] for utilizing, managing and maintaining the roads
and open spaces. In case of any violation or encroachment, the local authority shall
summarily demolish the encroachments [xxx]7.

1
Inserted vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018
2
Words “and shall not be over cellar floors” omitted vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018
3
Words “there is an existing abutting peripheral road on any side” substituted vide GOMs.223 MAUD
Dt:09-07-2018
4
Inserted vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept Dt: 01-10-2020
5
Inserted vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018
6
Words “may in turn enter into agreement with the local authority” substituted vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD
Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018
7
Words “ and resume back the roads and open spaces and keep it under its custody” omitted vide
GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018
 R.62 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 116

(15) [In respect of industrial proposals of single industry, the applicants shall provide a
minimum of 10% of the net site area for organized open space and submit an
undertaking in the prescribed format that they will maintain the open space so
provided intact for greenery and if any structure comes in that open space, the local
authority can demolish that structure without any notice. This open space shall be
provided maximum in two locations up to site area of 40,000 sq.mts (10 acres) and
for the sites beyond 10 acres, it can be allowed in more than two locations subject to
condition that the extent shall not be less than 2000 sq.mts at any location.]1
*******

CHAPTER - IX
PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT

62. High Rise Buildings/Complexes

(1) High Rise Building means a building with 18m or more in height.
(2) Chimneys, cooling towers, boiler rooms, lift machine rooms, cold storage and other
non-working areas in case of industrial buildings and water tanks and architectural
features in respect of other buildings are excluded in including the height.
Note: High Rise Buildings shall conform to these provisions in addition to the Rules
specifically given in CHAPTER-III [Procedural Requirement], CHAPTER-IV [General Space
Requirements and Services], CHAPTER-V [Provisions for Structural Safety of Buildings]
CHAPTER-VI [Fire Protection and Fire Safety Requirements] and CHAPTER-VII [General
Building Requirements] and also those given in other Chapters.

63. Application
(1) Every application to construct or reconstruct a high rise building or alteration to
existing high rise building shall be made in the prescribed form and accompanied by
detailed plans, floor plans of all specifications duly certified by a qualified licensed
structural engineer.
(2) Such buildings shall be undertaken by owners by engaging registered architect,
licensed builders/developers and licensed structural engineers. The designs and
building plans shall be countersigned by the owner, licensed developer, registered
architect, licensed engineer and a qualified & licensed Structural Engineer who shall
be responsible for the supervision, structural safety, fire safety and specifications
compliance of such buildings.
(3) The work of the building services like sanitation, plumbing, fire safety requirements,
lifts, electrical installations, and other utility services shall be executed under the
planning, design and supervision of qualified and competent technical personnel.
(4) Prior Clearance from Airport Authority
For any High Rise Building located in the vicinity of airports as given in the National
Building Code, the maximum height of such building shall be decided in consultation
with the Airport Authority and shall be regulated by their rules/requirements.
(5) Prior No Objection Certificate (NOC) from the Andhra Pradesh State Disaster
Response & Fire Services Department [APSDR&FSD]

1
Rule 61(15) inserted vide GOMs.180 MAUD Dept, Dt: 01-10-2020.
 R.64 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 117

For all High Rise Buildings prior No Objection Certificate (NOC) from the Andhra
Pradesh State Disasters Response & Fire Services Department shall be obtained and
copy of the approved plan and No Objection Certificate (NOC) issued by the said
department shall be enclosed along with the building application.
(6) The facilities for providing fire protection and firefighting facilities in such buildings
should be in compliance with the stipulations laid down and clearance issued by the
Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response & Fire Services Department as required
under Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999)/National Building Code of India (NBC)-
2005 from time to time.
(7) The designs and installations regarding fire protection and safety measures including
exit requirements and smoke containment and smoke management measures shall
be undertaken through a fire engineer/fire consultant.
(8) Buildings shall be designed for compliance with earth quake resistance and resisting
other natural hazards. The Completion Certificate shall mention that the norms have
been followed in the design and construction of buildings for making the buildings
resistant to earthquake, compliance with structural safety and fire safety
requirements.
(9) The building requirements like size and area requirements of habitable rooms,
kitchen, bathrooms and Water closets, other areas, corridor and staircase widths,
service ducts, etc. and standards as specified in these rules and in National Building
Code-2005 shall be complied with.

64. Location and Plot Area

(1) High Rise Buildings/Complexes shall be permissible only in areas notified by the
Sanctioning Authority with prior approval from the Competent Authority from time
to time.
(2) High Rise Buildings/Complexes shall not be permissible in congested areas and in
gram kantam areas.
(3) The minimum plot area shall not be less than 2000sq.m.
(4) In respect of sites/plots proposed for high rise buildings and affected in road
widening where there is a shortfall of the net plot size, up to 10% of such shortfall in
net plot area would be considered with the proposed height and corresponding
minimum all round setbacks.

65. Means of access

(1) A plot/site shall abut on a public road/public street with a minimum width of 12m.
(2) Main entrances to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to
the fire engine and in no case it shall measure less than 6 m. The entrance gate shall
fold back against the compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior
access way within the plot free for movement of fire service vehicles. If archway is
provided over the main entrance the height of the archway shall not be at a height
less than 5m.

66. All round Open Spaces /Set Backs

(1) The minimum abutting road width and all-round open space/setback for High Rise
Buildings shall be as follows:
 R.66 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 118

TABLE 18 : Minimum abutting road width and all-round open space / setback for High Rise
Buildings
Sl. No. Height of building Minimum abutting Minimum
(in meters) road width all-round open space
Above Up to (in meters) (in meters)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
1 - 21 12 7
2 21 24 12 8
3 24 27 18 9
4 27 30 18 10
5 30 35 24 11
6 35 40 24 12
7 40 45 24 13
8 45 50 30 14
9 50 55 30 16
10 After 55m 0.5m additional setback for every 5m of height shall be insisted
(2) The open space to be left between two blocks shall be equivalent to the open space
mentioned in Column – (E) of the above Table and this shall not be considered for
organized open space (Tot lot).
(3) In case of high rise buildings up to 30m height, it is permitted to transfer up to 2m of
setback from one side to the other side, which needs to be uniform at any given
point, subject to maintaining the minimum setback of 7m on all sides and not
exceeding the permissible/allowable plinth area.
(4) The balcony projection of up to 2m may be allowed projecting onto the open spaces
for upper floors from 6m height onwards.
(5) Where the lighting and ventilation of a building is through the means of a chowk or
inner courtyard or interior open space/duct, such open space shall be open to sky
and area of at least 25sq.m and no side shall be less than 3m.
(6) In every high rise building site, an organized open space shall be utilized as greenery,
tot lot or soft landscaping, etc. and this shall be provided over and above the
mandatory setbacks to be left in and around the building. This space shall be at least
10% of total site area at ground level open to sky and shall be a minimum width of
4.5m. This may be provided in one or more pockets with minimum area of 50sq.m at
each location.
(7) A minimum of 2m wide green planting strip in the periphery on all sides within the
setbacks [xxx] [where the setback is 9m and above has]1 to be developed and
maintained.
(8) Buildings abutting major road of 30m and above width shall be permitted only after
providing black-topped service roads of minimum 7m width with minimum 2 Lane
carriageway within the defined right of way. It will be the responsibility of the
developer/builder/owner to provide the above service road of the standards fixed by
the Sanctioning Authority at his own cost. The Sanctioning Authority may consider
sanctioning building permission if the developer/builder/ owner deposits the full cost

1
Words “(All round open spaces) are required” replaced videGOMs.No.223 MAUD Dept Dt: 09-07-2018.
 R.67 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 119

for laying such service road to the Sanctioning Authority. The amount so levied and
collected shall be maintained in a separate exclusive account by the Sanctioning
Authority and utilized only for this purpose.

67. Parking Requirements

The parking requirements shall be in accordance with Rule 6 (30) and Table – 11 of
CHAPTER-IV [General Space Requirements and Services-Requirements of Parts of Buildings-
Parking Spaces] which is as given below.

[Extract of TABLE – 11]

Parking Requirements in Buildings
Parking area to be provided
as percentage of total built up area
Municipal First Grade, Second Grade
Sl. Corporations Municipalities, Nagar
Category of building/activity
No. & Selection Panchayats and Gram
Grade, Special Panchayats in Master Plan
Grade areas and in Development
Municipalities Authority Areas
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Multiplexes 60 50
2 Information Technology Enabling Services
50 40
Complexes, Shopping Malls (above 4000sq. m)
3 Business buildings, Cinema halls, Hotels,
Kalyana Mandapams, Lodges, Offices, Other
Commercial buildings, Restaurants & High-Rise 30 25
Buildings / Complexes of Non Residential
Category
4 Colleges, Godowns, Hospitals, Industrial
buildings, Institutional buildings, Residential
20 20
Apartment Complexes, Schools, Educational
Buildings & Other Buildings

68. Building components

(1) Basement
(a) As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(b) Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction as given in the Table
below shall be followed. If travel distance exceeds that given in the table
below, additional staircases shall be provided.

TABLE 19 : Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction

Maximum Travel Distance Construction (m)
Sl. No. Group of Occupancy
Type 1 & 2 Type 3 & 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Residential(A) 30.0 22.5
 R.68 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 120

2 Educational(B) 30.0 22.5

3 Institutional 30.0 22.5
4 Assembly(D) 30.0 30.0
5 Business(E) 30.0 30.0
6 Mercantile(F) 30.0 30.0
7 Industrial(G) 45.0 Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
8 Storage(H) 30.0 Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
9 Hazardous(J) 22.5 Construction type 3 and 4 not permitted.
Notes:
1. For fully sprinkled building, the travel distance may be increased by 50% of the values
specified above.
2. Ramps shall be counted as one of the means of escape wherever permitted in National
Building Code 2005.
(2) Compartmentation
(a) The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remains
confined to the area where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to
the remaining part of the building.
(b) Compartmentation and Pressurization method shall be adopted (as per clause
4.10 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005) to protect escape routes against ingress of smoke,
or toxic gases into the escape routes will be prevented.
(c) Pressurization shall be adopted for high rise buildings and building having
mixed occupancy/multiplexes having covered area more than 500 m2.
(3) Corridors
(a) Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate
required width of exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to
the exterior.
(b) The minimum width of a corridor in a residential building shall be 1.2m for single
loaded and 2.0m for double loaded and in all other buildings shall be 1.5m.
(c) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height of
corridors and passageways shall be not less than 2.4m.
(d) All means of exit including staircases, lifts lobbies and corridors shall be
ventilated.
(4) Doorways
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(5) Glass Façade/Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents
(a) An opening to the glass façade of minimum width 1.5m and height 1.5m shall be
provided at every floor at a level of 1.2m from the flooring facing compulsory
open space as well as on road side.
(b) Construction that complies with the fire rating of the horizontal segregation and
has any gap packed with a non-combustible material to withstand thermal
R.68 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 121

expansion and structural movement of the walling without the loss of seal
against fire and smoke.
(c) Mechanism of Opening: The openable glass panel shall be either left or right shall
have manual opening mechanism from inside as well as outside. Such openable
panels shall be marked conspicuously so as to easily identify the openable panel
from outside.
(d) Fire seal to be provided at every floor level between the external glazing and
building structure.
(e) The glazing used for the façade shall be of toughened (tempered) safety glass as
per I.S.2553.
(f) To avoid fire propagation vertically from one floor to another floor, a continuous
glass must be separated internally by a smoke/ fire seal which is of
noncombustible material having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours.
(g) Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls and doors with fire resistance
rating as given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005. All such ducts/shafts
shall be properly sealed and stopped fire ingress at all floor levels.
(h) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having an area
between one-fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft.
(i) The openable vent of minimum 2.5% of the floor area shall be provided. The
openable vent can be pop out type or bottom hinged provided with fusible link
opening mechanism and shall also be integrated with automatic Smoke
Detection System.
or
(i) Alternate vertical glass panels of the façade shall be openable type with
the mechanism mentioned above in order to ventilate the smoke.
(ii) Refuge areas covered with the glass façade shall have all the panels fully
openable (either left or right hinged) both from inside as well as outside.
(j) Glass quality and Practice of use of Glass in buildings shall have to be in
conformity with the BIS codes as given in Table below:
TABLE 20 : Glass quality and Use of glass in buildings
Sl. No. IS Code Specifications
(A) (B) (C)
2553 Specification for safety glass: Part 1 General purpose
1
(Part 1):1990 (third revision)
Specification for flat transparent sheet glass
2 2835:1987
(third revision)
Specification for silvered glass mirrors for general purposes
3 438:1994
(second revision)
Specification for figured rolled and wired glass
4 5437:1994
(first revision).
5 14900:2000 Specification for transparent float glass.
6 16231 Part 1 General methodology for selection
 R.68 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 122

7 16231 Part 2 Energy and Light

8 16231 Part 3 Fire and Loading
9 16231 Part 4 Safety related to Human Impact

(6) Lifts
General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:
(a) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts.
(b) The lifts provided in the buildings shall not be considered as a means of escape
in case of emergency.
(c) In a dual line arrangement (lifts opposite to each other) the lobby may be
between 1.5 times to 2.5 times the depth of one car.
(d) For in-line (single line) arrangements the lobby may be typically half of the above
recommendations.
(e) Grounding switch, at ground floor level, to enable the fire service to ground the
lift shall also be provided.
(f) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be
installed there in.
(g) Walls of lift enclosures and lift lobby shall have fire rating of 2 hour; (as given in
Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005);
(h) Lifts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2sq.m.
(i) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
(j) Lift lobby doors in lift enclosures shall have fire resistance as given in Tables 1 to
18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005;
(k) Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with
fire resistance of at least 1 hour.
(l) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure
between 25 and 30 Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of
50 Pa shall be maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall
act automatically with the fire alarm; it shall be possible to operate this
mechanically also.
(m) Lifts if communicating with the basement, the lift lobby of the basements shall
be pressurized as suggested below:
(i) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive pressure
between 25 and 30 pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a possible
pressure of 50 pa shall be maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for
the pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm/sprinkler
system and it shall be possible to operate this mechanically also.
(ii) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be
through a self-closing fire smoke check door of one-hour fire resistance.
(n) Telephone or other communication facilities shall be provided in lift cars and to
be connected to fire control room for the building.
(o) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a
self-closing fire door of half an hour fire resistance.
(p) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby shall be
made to prevent water used during firefighting, etc., at any landing from
entering the lift shafts.
 R.68 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 123

(q) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating
that in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise.
(r) The sign shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the locations of the
stairways.
(s) Alternate source of power supply shall be provided for all the lifts through a
manually operated changeover switch.
(t) For Pressurization Specifications of various building components refer NBC
Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety Clause 4.10 Pressurization of Staircases (Protected
Escape Routes)
(7) Ramps
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(8) Stairways
(a) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.
(b) The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a vent at
the top;
(c) The vent openings shall be of 0.5sq.m in the external wall and the top.
(d) If the staircase cannot be ventilated, because of location or other reasons, a
positive pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained inside. The mechanism for
pressurizing the staircase shall operate automatically with the fire alarm. The
roof of the shaft shall be 1m above the surrounding roof.
(e) Glazing or glass bricks if used in staircase, shall have fire resistance rating of
minimum 2 hour.
(f) The Minimum width of staircase for different types of high-rise buildings shall be
as per the table given below:
TABLE 21 : Minimum width of staircase for different types of high-rise buildings
S. No. Types of Building Width (m)
(A) (B) (C)
1 Residential buildings (dwellings) 1.0
2 Residential hotel buildings 1.5
Assembly buildings like auditorium,
3 2.0
theatres and cinemas
4 Educational buildings up to 30m in height 1.5
5 Institutional buildings like hospitals 2.0
6 All other buildings 1.5

(g) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 0.25m for staircase for
residential buildings.
(h) In the case of other buildings the minimum width of tread shall be 0.3m.
(i) The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
(j) The maximum height of riser shall be 0.19m in the case of residential buildings
(k) The maximum height of riser shall be 0.15m in the case of other buildings.
(l) The no. of risers shall be limited to 15 per flight.
(m) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 0.9m from the center of
the tread.
 R.69 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 124

(n) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase and under
the staircase shall be 2.2m.
(o) Access to main staircase shall be gained through adequate fire resistance rating
as given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005. Automatic closing doors
placed in the enclosing walls of the staircases. It shall be a swing type door
opening in the direction of the escape.
(p) No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the staircase or
staircases.
(q) External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to
the open spaces or can be reached without passing through any door other than
a door provided to form a draught lobby.
(r) The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be provided
at a height of 0.5m from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by
electric light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs should be
flushed with the wall and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur to
them due to moving of furniture or other heavy equipment.
(s) All landings of floor shall have floor indication boards indicating the number of
floor. The floor indication board shall be placed on the wall immediately facing
the flight of stairs and nearest to the landing. It shall be of size not less than
0.5m x 0.5m and it shall be prominently on the wall facing the staircase.
(t) In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the
access to the basement shall be by a separate staircase. However, the second
staircase may lead to basement levels provided the same is separated at ground
level by either a ventilated lobby with discharge points at two different ends or
through enclosures with fire resistance rating door as given in Tables 1 to 18 of
Part IV of the NBC 2005 or through a fire protected corridor.
(u) There shall be at least one fire escape staircase and lift.
(v) These staircases and lifts shall be got certified from the manufacturer’s
authorized service technical personnel from time to time.

69. Building Services

(1) Air-conditioning
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(2) Alternate Source of Electric Supply
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(3) Boiler Room
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(4) Electrical Services
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(5) Gas supply
(a) Town Gas/L.P. Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same
shall be run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on
external walls, away from the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of this
shaft with the rest of the floors.
(b) LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of these
pipes shall be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area,
apart from providing hood, covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust
 R.69 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 125

system should be designed to take care of 30cu.m per minute per sq. m of hood
protected area. It should have grease filters using metallic grill to trip oil vapors
escaping into the fume hood.
Note: For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made
to Para.9 ‘Plumbing Services, Section 3 Gas Supply’, of National Building Code of
India.
(c) For large/commercial kitchens all wiring in fume hoods shall be of fiberglass
insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed into fume hoods of large kitchens
for hotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise buildings. Arrangements
shall be made for automatic tripping of the exhaust fan in case of fire.
(d) If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100 V DC
operated with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type
and shall be located in an area segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be
easily accessible. The hood shall have manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide
gas injection, depending on duty condition; and Gas meters shall be housed in a
suitably constructed metal cupboard located in a well-ventilated space, keeping
in view the fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.
(6) Helipad
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(7) Staircase and Corridor Lighting
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(8) Transformers
(a) If transformers are housed in the building below the ground level it shall be
necessarily in the first basement in separate fire resistance room of 4 hours
rating.
(b) Transformer shall be dry type and shall be kept in an enclosure with walls,
doors and cut-outs having fire resistance rating of 4 hour.
(c) The room shall necessarily be at the periphery of the basement having separate
and direct access from open area at ground floor through a fire escape staircase.
(d) The entrance to the room shall be provided with a steel door of 2 hours fire
rating. A curb of a suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to
prevent the flow of oil from ruptured, transformer into other parts of the
basement.
(e) The switchgears shall be housed in a separate room separated from the
transformer bays by a fire-resisting wall with fire resistance not less than 4
hours.
(f) The transformer shall be protected by an automatic foam sprinkler system.
When housed at ground floor level it/they shall be cut-off from the other portion
of premises by Fire Resisting Walls of 4 hours rating.
(g) A tank of RCC construction of adequate capacity shall be provided at lower
basement level, to collect the oil from the catch pit in case of emergency. The
pipe connecting the catch-pit to the tank shall be of non-combustible
construction and shall be provided with a flame-arrester.
 R.70 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 126

(h) The electric sub-station shall be located in a separate building in accordance to

I.E. Rules 68(I) and 64(I) (a).
(i) If this is not possible due to site conditions, the sub-station shall be located on
the ground floor.
(j) As far as possible sub-station shall not be installed in a basement, for such
situations special provisions like mechanical ventilation, wherever required, cable
ducting, cable trays, top/bottom entry of HV/LV cable, hooks on Transformer(s) &
HV panels, adequate fire detection and firefighting arrangement, adequate
drainage, effective measures to prevent flooding etc. shall be provided.
(k) Adequate precautions shall also be taken for water proofing to prevent seepage
of water.
(l) A ramp shall also be provided with a slope, not steeper than 1 in 7, for easy
movement of equipment to and from sub-station.
(m) Fire regulations – The installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local
regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force. At other places NBC
guidelines shall be followed.
(9) Fire Safety / Disaster Management
Refer Chapter-VI [Fire Protection & Fire Safety Requirements of these Rules.
(10) Structural Safety
Refer Chapter-V [Provisions for Structural Safety] of these Rules.
(11) Sustainable Environment and Buildings
Refer Chapter-X-5 [Green Buildings] of these Rules.
(12) General
(a) Architectural elements such as louvers, pergolas, other sunshine materials should
be free from FAR.
(b) Any architectural roof top structures would also be permitted out of FAR if not
used for habitable or commercial purposes.
(c) Building elements such as sky bridges and landscape terraces which are meant
for community purposes only shall be permitted free of FAR
(d) Services can be permitted on roofs with adequate screening for the same.
(e) Atrium/ Atria at any floor will be counted only once in the FAR. Atrium may be
enclosed by light roofing or R.C.C.
(f) Scissor staircase would be permitted provided all travel distance and fire norms
are adhered to.
(g) Stilts in high-rise will not be restricted to height of 2.4m as long as it is used for
parking.
(h) Multilevel car parking with car lifts would be permitted with adequate fire safety.

70. Special type of High rise buildings

These buildings shall follow the specifications as given below while conforming to all the
other provisions as given above:
 R.71 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 127

(1) Tower and Podium Type Building:

(a) Height of the building shall be allowed up to 50m.
(b) For Podium, i.e., Ground plus first floor: all-round setbacks shall be 7m.
(c) For Tower block: The maximum coverage shall be 50 % of the Podium Block i.e.
setback area shall be at least 50% of the Podium Block subject to a minimum of
3m on any side.
(d) No projection shall be made into the setback.
(e) The fire safety and fire escape measures for the Tower Block shall be
independent of the Podium Block.
(2) “Stepped Type” or “Pyramidal Type” Building:
(a) Such type of High Rise Building blocks may be allowed for heights above 30m
with the following open space requirements:
(b) At Ground level: Minimum 9m all round open space for the first five floors.
(c) At Upper floors: Increase of [xxx] [1.00 mt]1. all round open space or more, for
every 5 upper floors or 15 m height or part thereof, over and above the ground
level open space of minimum 9m.”
(d) No projection shall be made into the setback.

*******

CHAPTER-X-1
CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES, HERITAGE BUILDINGS,
HERITAGE PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS

71. Applicability and General

(1) These regulations shall apply to heritage sites which shall include those
buildings, artifacts, structures, streets, areas and precincts of historic,
architectural, aesthetic, cultural or environmental value (hereinafter referred to as
Listed Heritage Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts) and those natural feature areas
of environmental significance or of scenic beauty including, but not restricted to,
sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same),
open areas, wooded areas, points, walks, rides, bridle paths (hereinafter
referred to as ‘listed natural feature areas’) which shall be listed in notification(s)
to be issued by the State Government/identified in Master Plan or any other plans
notified by the Authority.
(2) The provisions in this chapter are beyond the regulations applicable on the
Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by Ancient Monuments and
Archaeological Sites and Remains (AMASR) Act 2010, where site specific Heritage

1
Value “2m” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
 R.72 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 128

Bye-Laws are prepared and notified by the Competent Authority (National

Monuments Authority) under the AMASR Act shall be applicable.
(3) NOC shall have to be obtained by submission of required documents as may be
necessary, including “Heritage Impact Assessment report”, if so necessitated by the
National Monuments Authority.

72. Definitions
(1) “Heritage building” means and includes any building of one or more premises or
any part thereof and/or structure and/or artifact which requires conservation
and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or artisanry and/or
aesthetic and/or cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose and
includes such portion of land adjoining such building or part thereof as may be
required for fencing or covering or in any manner preserving the historical and/or
architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural value of such building.
(2) “Heritage Precincts” means and includes any space that requires conservation
and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural
and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose. Walls or other boundaries of a
particular area or place or building or may enclose such space by an imaginary line
drawn around it.
(3) “Conservation” means all the processes of looking after a place so as to retain its
historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural significance and
includes maintenance, preservation, restoration, reconstruction and adoption or a
combination of more than one of these.
(4) “Preservation” means and includes maintaining the fabric of a place in its existing
state and retarding deterioration.
(5) “Restoration” means and includes returning the existing fabric of a place to a
known earlier state by removing accretions or by reassembling existing
components without introducing new materials.
(6) “Reconstruction” means and includes returning a place as nearly as possible to a
known earlier state and distinguished by the introduction of materials (new or
old) into the fabric. This shall not include either recreation or conjectural
reconstruction.

73. Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings

It shall be the duty of the owners of heritage buildings and buildings in heritage precincts
or in heritage streets to carry out regular repairs and maintenance of the buildings.
The State Government/Local Authority/Development Authority concerned shall not be
responsible for such repair and maintenance except for the buildings owned by the
Government/Local Authority/Development Authority.

74. Restrictions on development / re-development / repairs etc.

(1) No development or redevelopment or engineering operation or additions /
alterations, repairs, renovations including painting of the building, replacement of
special features or plastering or demolition of any part thereof of the said listed
 R.75 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 129

buildings or listed precincts or listed natural feature areas shall be allowed except
with the prior permission of Local Authority/Development Authority.
(2) Before granting such permission, the agency concerned shall consult the Heritage
Conservation Committee to be appointed by the State Government and shall act in
accordance with the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
(a) Provided that, before granting any permission for demolition or major
alterations/additions to listed buildings (or buildings within listed streets or
precincts), or construction at any listed natural features, or alteration of
boundaries of any listed natural feature areas, objections and suggestions
from the public shall be invited and shall be considered by the Heritage
Conservation Committee.
(b) Provided that, only in exceptional cases, for reasons to be recorded in writing,
Local Authority/Development Authority may refer the matter back to the
Heritage Conservation Committee for reconsideration.
(c) However, the decision of the Heritage Conservation Committee after
such reconsideration shall be final and binding.

75. Penalties
(1) Violation of the regulations shall be punishable under the provisions regarding
unauthorized development under the provisions of the respective Acts of Local
Authority/Development Authority. In case of proved deliberate neglect of and/or
damage to Heritage Buildings and Heritage Precincts, or if the building is allowed to
be damaged or destroyed due to neglect or any other reason, in addition to penal
action provided under the concerned Act, no permission to construct any new
building shall be granted on the site if a Heritage Building or Building in a
Heritage Precinct is damaged or pulled down without appropriate permission
from Local Authority/Development Authority.
(2) It shall be open to the Heritage Conservation Committee to consider a request for
re-building/reconstruction of a Heritage Building that was unauthorizedly
demolished or damaged, provided that the total built-up area in all floors put
together in such new construction is not in excess of the total built-up area in all
floors put together in the original Heritage Building in the same form and style in
addition to other controls that may be specified.

76. Preparation of list of heritage sites including heritage buildings, heritage

precincts and listed natural feature areas
(1) The list of heritage sites including Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and listed
Natural Features Areas is to be prepared and supplemented by the Local
Authority/Development Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation
Committee and shall obtain the preliminary approval of the Government.
(2) Before being finalized, objections and suggestions of the public are to be invited
and on the recommendation of the Heritage Committee on the objections and
suggestions, the Government shall accord the final approval of the list heritage o f
sites including Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and listed Natural Features
Areas which shall be notified.
 R.77 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 130

(3) The said list to which the regulation applies shall not form part of this regulation
for the purpose of Building Rules.
(4) The list may be supplemented from time to time by Government on receipt of
proposal from the agency concerned or by Government suo-moto provided that
before the list is supplemented, objections and suggestions from the public be
invited and duly considered by the State Government after obtaining a detailed
recommendation from the Heritage Conservation Committee on the objections and
suggestions received.
(5) When a building or group of buildings or natural feature areas are listed, it
would automatically mean (unless otherwise indicated) that the entire property
including its entire compound/plot boundary along with all the subsidiary
structures and artifacts etc. within the compound/plot boundary, etc. shall form part
of list.

77. Alteration/modification/relaxation in development norms

On the advice of the said Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by the
Government and for reasons to be recorded in writing, the Local Authority/Development
Authority shall follow the procedure as per Development Authority Act, to alter,
modify or relax the Development Control Norms prescribed in the Master Plan, if
required, for the conservation or preservation or retention of historic or aesthetic or
cultural or architectural or environmental quality of any heritage site.

78. Heritage precincts / Natural feature areas

(1) In cases of streets, precincts, areas and (where deemed necessary by the
Heritage Conservation Committee) natural feature areas notified, development
permissions shall be granted in accordance with the special separate regulation
prescribed for respective streets, precincts/natural feature areas which shall be
framed by the Local Authority/Development Authority on the advice of the
Heritage Conservation Committee.
(2) Before finalizing the special separate regulations for precincts, streets, natural
features, areas, the draft of the same shall be published in the official gazette and in
leading newspapers for the purpose of inviting objections and suggestions from the
public.
(3) All objections and suggestions received within a period of 30 days from the date of
publication in the official gazette shall be considered by the Local
Authority/Development Authority/Heritage Conservation Committee.
(4) After consideration of the above suggestions and objections, the agency concerned,
acting on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee shall modify (if
necessary) the aforesaid draft separate regulations for streets, precincts, areas and
natural features and forward the same to Government for notification.

79. Road widening

Widening of the existing roads under the Master Plan or Town/Zonal Development
Plan or in the Layout Plan shall be carried out considering the existing heritage buildings
 R.80 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 131

(even if they are not included in a Heritage Precinct) or which may affect listed natural
features areas.

80. Incentive uses for heritage buildings

In cases of buildings located in non-commercial use zones included in the Heritage
Conservation List, if the owner/owners agree to maintain the listed heritage building as it
is in the existing state and to preserve its heritage state with due repairs and the
owner/owners/lessees give a written undertaking to that effect, the owner/owners/lessees
may be allowed with the approval of the Heritage Conservation Committee within
permissible use zone to convert part or whole thereof of the non-commercial area
within such a heritage building to commercial/office use/hotel. Provided that if the
heritage building is not maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the building is
spoiled in any manner, the commercial/office/hotel use shall be disallowed.

81. Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony

After the guidelines are framed, buildings within heritage precincts or in the vicinity of
heritage sites shall maintain the skyline in the precinct and follow the architectural style
(without any high-rise development) as may be existing in the surrounding area, so as not to
diminish or destroy the value and beauty of or the view from the said heritage sites. The
development within the precinct or in the vicinity of heritage sites shall be in accordance
with the guidelines framed by the Local Authority/Development Authority on the advice of
the Heritage Conservation Committee or separate regulations/guidelines, if any, prescribed
for respective zones by Local Authority/Development Authority.

82. Restrictive covenants

Restrictions existing as imposed under covenants, terms and conditions on the leasehold
plots either by the State Government or by the Local Authority/Development Authority shall
continue to be imposed in addition to Development Control Regulations. However, in case
of any conflict with the heritage preservation interest/environmental conservation, this
Heritage Regulation shall prevail.

83. Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts

(1) Listed Heritage Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts may be graded into three
categories.
(2) The definition of these and basic guidelines for development permissions are as
given below.
(3) Listing does not prevent change of ownership or usage.
(4) However, change of use of such Listed Heritage Building/Listed Precincts is not
permitted without the prior approval of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
(5) Use should be in harmony with the said listed heritage site.
 R.83 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 132

TABLE 22 : Grading of Listed Heritage Buildings / Precincts

(A) Definition
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III
Heritage Grade-I Heritage Grade-II (A&B) Heritage Grade-III comprises
comprises buildings and comprises of buildings and building and precincts of
precincts of national or precincts of regional or local importance for townscape;
historic importance, importance possessing special that evoke architectural,
embodying excellence in architectural or aesthetic merit, aesthetic, or sociological
architectural style, design, or cultural or historical interest through not as much
technology and material significance though of a lower as in Heritage Grade-II. These
usage and/or aesthetics; scale than Heritage Grade-I. contribute to determine the
they may be associated They are local landmarks, which character of the locality and
with a great historic contribute to the image and can be representative of
event, personality, identity of the region. lifestyle of a particular
movement or institution. They may be the work of master community or region and
They have been and are craftsmen or may be models of may also be distinguished
the prime landmarks of proportion and ornamentation by setting, or special
the region. or designed to suit a particular character of the façade and
climate. uniformity of height, width
All natural sites shall fall and scale.
within Grade-I.
(B) Objective
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III

Heritage Grade-I Heritage Grade-II deserves Heritage Grade-III deserves

richly deserves careful intelligent conservation. intelligent conservation
preservation. (though on a lesser scale
than Grade-II and special
protection to unique
features and attributes).
(C) Scope for Changes
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III
 R.84 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 133

No interventions be Grade-II (A): Internal changes and Internal changes and

permitted either on adaptive re-use may by and large adaptive re- use may by and
exterior or interior of the be allowed but subject to strict large be allowed. Changes
heritage building or scrutiny. Care would be taken to can include extensions and
natural features unless it ensure the conservation of all additional buildings in the
is necessary in the special aspects for which it is same plot or compound.
interest of strengthening included in Heritage Grade- II. However, any changes
and prolonging the life should be such that they
Grade-II (B): In addition to the
of the buildings/or are in harmony with and
above, extension or additional
precincts or any part or should be such that they do
building in the same plot or
features thereof. For this not detract from the
compound could in certain
purpose, absolutely existing heritage
circumstances, be allowed
essential and minimum building/precinct.
provided that the extension /
changes would be
additional building is in harmony
allowed and they must
with (and does not detract
be in conformity with the
from) the existing heritage
original.
building(s) or precincts especially
in terms of height and façade.

(D) Procedure
Grade-I Grade-II Grade-III

Development permission Development permission for the Development permission for

for the changes would be changes would be given on the changes would be given on
given on the advice of the advice of the Heritage the advice of the Heritage
Heritage Conservation Conservation Committee. Conservation Committee.
Committee.
(E) Vistas/Surrounding Development
Grade-I Grade-II Development:
(C) Vistas/Surrounding Grade-III

All development in areas All development in areas All development in areas

surrounding Heritage surrounding Heritage Grade-II surrounding Heritage Grade-
Grade-I shall be regulated shall be regulated and III shall be regulated and
and controlled, ensuring controlled, ensuring that it does controlled, ensuring that it
that it does not mar the not mar the grandeur of, or does not mar the grandeur
grandeur of, or view from view from Heritage Grade-II. of, or view from Heritage
Heritage Grade-I. Grade-III.

84. Opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee

Nothing mentioned above should be deemed to confer a right on the owner/occupier of
the plot to demolish or reconstruct or make alterations to his heritage
building/buildings in a heritage precinct or on a natural heritage site if in the opinion of
the Heritage Conservation Committee, such demolition/reconstruction/alteration is
undesirable.
 R.85 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 134

85. Approval to preserve the beauty of the area

The Heritage Conservation Committee shall have the power to direct, especially in
areas designated by them, that the exterior design and height of buildings should have
their approval to preserve the beauty of the area.

86. Signs and outdoor display structures/including street furniture on heritage sites
Local Authority/Development Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation
Committee shall frame regulations or guidelines to regulate signs, outdoor display
structures and street furniture on heritage sites.

87. Composition of Heritage Conservation Committee

(1) The Heritage Conservation Committee shall be appointed by the State
Government1.
(2) The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt up to three additional members
who may have related experience.
(3) The tenure of the Chairman and Members of other than Government Department
/Local Bodies shall be as prescribed by the Government.

88. The terms of reference of the Committee

(1) To advice the Local Authority/Development Authority whether development
permission is to be granted under Building Rules and the conditions of permission if
any required.
(2) To prepare a supplementary list of heritage sites, which include buildings artifacts,
structures, streets, areas, precincts of historic, aesthetic, architectural, cultural, or
environmental significance and a supplementary list of natural feature areas of
environmental significance, scenic beauty including but not restricted to sacred
groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas,
wooded areas, points, walks, rides, bridle paths etc. to which this Building Rule
would apply.
(3) To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of any of
the Building Rules is required in connection with conservation and preservation of
any Listed Heritage Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts.
(4) To frame special regulations/guidelines for precincts and if necessary for natural
feature areas to advise the Local Authority/Development Authority regarding the
same;
(5) To recommend to the Local Authority/Development Authority guidelines to be
adopted by those private parties or public/government agencies who sponsor
beautification schemes at heritage sites;
(6) To prepare special designs and guidelines/publications for listed buildings, control of
height and essential façade characteristics such as maintenance of special types of
balconies and other heritage items of the buildings and to suggest suitable designs
adopting appropriate materials for replacement keeping the old form intact to the
extent possible.
(7) To prepare guidelines relating to design elements and conservation principles to be
adhered to and to prepare other guidelines for the purposes of this Regulation;

1
Heritage Conservation Committee constituted by the Government vide GO.Ms.No.65 MAUD Dept Dt:
30.05.2022.
 R.89 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 135

(8) To advise the Local Authority/Development Authority /on any other issues as may
be required from time to time during course of scrutiny of development
permissions and in t h e overall interest of heritage/conservation;
(9) To advice the Government either independently or through or on behalf of the
Local Authority/Development Authority in cases of Appeals under Local
Authority/Development Authority Act in cases of listed buildings/heritage buildings
and listed precincts/heritage precincts and listed natural feature areas.

89. Implications of listing as heritage buildings

The Regulations do not amount to any blanket prevention of demolition or of changes to
Heritage Buildings. The only requirement is to obtain clearance from Local
Authority/Development Authority as the case may be and Heritage Conservation
Committee from heritage point of view.

90. Ownership not affected

Sale and purchase of Heritage Buildings does not require any permission from Local
Authority/Development Authority/Heritage Conservation Committee. The Regulations do
not affect the ownership or usage. However, such usage should be in harmony with the
said listed precincts/buildings. Local Authority/Development Authority shall ensure that
the development permission relating to these buildings is given within 30 days
whenever such application is submitted.
*******

CHAPTER–X-2
PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN

91. Applicability and General

(1) These regulations shall apply to all buildings and facilities used by the public such
as educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile buildings
constructed on plot having an area of more than 2000sq.m.
(2) It does not apply to private and public residences.
(3) These requirements are concerned with non-ambulatory disabilities, semi-
ambulatory disabilities, sight disabilities, hearing disabilities, and disabilities of in-
coordination, aging, allergies, heart and lung diseases, epilepsy, hemophilia,
incontinence and enterostomy.
(4) It is intended to make all buildings and facilities used by the public accessible to, and
functional for the differently abled, elderly and children through and within their
doors, without loss of function, space or facility where the general public is
concerned.
(5) In case of practical difficulty, unnecessary hardship, or extreme differences, the
Authority may grant exceptions from the literal requirements of these provisions
(guidelines) or permit the use of other methods or materials, but only when it is
clearly evident that equivalent facilities and protection are thereby secured.
 R.92 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 136

92. Definitions
(1) Aging
Those manifestations of the aging processes that significantly reduce mobility,
flexibility, co-ordination, and perceptiveness but are not accounted for in the
categories mentioned in ‘Disabilities’ (3) (a) to (i).
(2) Appropriate Number
The number of a specific item that would be necessary, in accordance with the
purpose and function of building or facility, to accommodate individuals with specific
disabilities in proportion to the anticipated number or individuals with disabilities
who would use a particular building or facility.
(3) Disabilities
(a) Non-ambulatory disabilities
Impairments that, regardless of cause or manifestation, for all practical
purposes, confine individuals to wheelchairs.
(b) Semi-ambulatory disabilities
Impairments that cause individuals to walk with difficulty or insecurity.
Individuals using braces or crutches, amputees, arthritis, spastics and those with
pulmonary and cardiac ills may be semi-ambulatory.
(c) Sight disabilities
Total blindness or impairments affecting sight to the extent that the individual
functioning in public areas is insecure or exposed to danger.
(d) Hearing disabilities
Deafness or hearing handicaps that might make an individual insecure in public
areas because he is unable to communicate or hear warning, signals.
(e) Disabilities of in-coordination
Faulty co-ordination or palsy from brain, spinal or peripheral nerve injury.
(f) People with allergies
People with allergies may be sensitive to dust, mildew, pollen, animal hair,
formalin, turpentine, etc. Some are sensitive to contact with substances and
materials, such as, nickel, chromium and rubber.
(g) People with heart and lung diseases
People with heart and lung diseases may only be able to walk short distances
and may be unable to climb stairs. The requirements of these people are similar
to those with impaired mobility.
(h) People with epilepsy, hemophilia, etc.
The requirements of those with epilepsy, hemophilia, etc. are related primarily
to the design of buildings and the need to minimize the risk of injury caused by
falling or encountering obstacles.
(i) People with incontinence, enterostomy operations, etc
The requirements of people with incontinence, enterostomy operations, etc.
(colostomies, ileostomies and urostomies) are mainly related to bathroom
 R.93 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 137

provision. In certain circumstances, for example, in public water-closet

compartments, it may be desirable to provide a special sink for emptying urine
bags.
(4) Fixed Turning Radius, Front Structure to Rear Structure
The turning radius of a wheelchair, left front-foot platform to right rear wheel, or
right front-foot platform to left rear wheel, when pivoting on a spot.
(5) Fixed Turning Radius Wheel
The tracking of the caster wheels and large wheels of a wheelchair when pivoting on
a spot.
(6) Involved (Involvement)
A portion or portions of the human anatomy or physiology, or both, that have a loss
or impairment of normal function as a result of genesis, trauma, disease,
inflammation or degeneration.
(7) Ramps, Ramps with Gradients
Ramps with gradients (gradual slope joining two level surfaces) that deviate from
what would otherwise be considered the normal level. An exterior ramp, as
distinguished from a ‘walk’, would be considered an appendage to a building leading
to a level above or below the existing ground level.
(8) Walk-Walks
‘Walk’ and ‘walks’ defined as a predetermined prepared surface, exterior pathway
leading to or from a building or facility, or from one exterior area to another, placed
on the existing ground level and not deviating from the level of the existing ground
immediately adjacent.

93. Site Development

(1) Accessibility
Almost any building can be made accessible to differently abled persons by so
planning the site that the terraces, retaining walls and winding walks are used
effectively. Site development is the most effective means to resolve the problems
created by topography, definitive architectural designs or concepts, water table,
existing streets, and typical problems, singularly or collectively, so that aggress,
ingress and egress to buildings by differently abled maybe facilitated while
preserving the desired design and effect of the architecture.
(2) Walks
(a) Public walks should be at least 1200mm wide and should have a gradient not
greater than 1 in 20.
(b) It is essential that the gradient of walks and driveways be less than that
prescribed for ramps, since walks would be devoid of handrails and kerbs and
would be considerably longer and more vulnerable to the elements.
(c) Walks of near maximum grade and considerable length should have level areas
at intervals for purposes of rest and safety.
(d) Walks or driveways should have a non-slip surface.
 R.93 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 138

(e) Such walks shall be of a continuing common surface not interrupted by steps or
abrupt changes in level.
(f) Wherever walks cross other walks, driveways, or parking lots they should blend
to a common level.
(i) This requirement, does not require the elimination of kerbs, which,
particularly if they occur at regular intersections, are a distinct safety
feature for all of the challenged, particularly the blind. The preferred
method of meeting the requirement is to have the walk incline to the level
of the street.
(ii) At principal intersections, it is vitally important that the kerbs run parallel to
the street, up to the point where the walk is inclined, at which point the
kerb would turn in and gradually meet the level of the walk at its highest
point. A less preferred method would be to gradually bring the surface of
the driveway or street to the level of the walk. The disadvantage of this
method is that a blind person would not know when he has left the
protection of a walk and has entered the hazards of a street or driveway
(see Fig 1).

(g) A walk shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1500mm long, if a
door swings out onto the platform or towards the walk. This platform shall
extend at least 300mm beyond each side of the doorway.
(h) A walk shall have a level platform at least 900 mm deep, if the door does not
swing onto the platform or towards the walk. This platform shall extend at least
300 mm beyond each side of the doorway.
(3) Parking Space
(a) Spaces that are accessible and approximate to the facility should be set aside
and identified for use by individuals with physical disabilities.
(b) A parking space open on one side, allowing room for individuals in wheelchairs
or individuals on braces and crutches to get in and out of an automobile onto a
level surface, is adequate. It should have a minimum width of 2700 mm
preferably 2800mm for ambulant disabled and minimum 3000 mm preferably
3300mm for wheel chair users.
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 139

(c) Parking spaces for individuals with physical disabilities when placed between
two conventional diagonal or head-on parking spaces should be 3.6m to 3.8m
wide and the length of the aisle should be 7.3m, 6.1m and 6.5m for head-on, 90°
and 60° parking respectively.
(d) Care in planning should be exercised, so that individuals in wheelchairs and
individuals using braces and crutches are not compelled to wheel or walk behind
parked cars.
(e) Consideration should be given to the distribution of spaces for use by the
disabled in accordance with the frequency and persistency of parking needs.
Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance for the
physically handicapped persons with maximum travel distance of 30m from
building entrance.
(f) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users shall be
conspicuously displayed.
(g) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually
impaired persons with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the same
purpose, shall be provided.
(h) Walks shall be in conformity with 93 (2) [Walks].

94. Buildings
(1) Ramps with Gradients
Where ramps with gradients are necessary or desired, they shall conform to the
following requirements (see Fig. 2).mm
(a) A ramp
(b) when provided should not have a slope greater than 1 in 20 or maximum of 1 in
12 for short distance up to 9000mm.
(c) A ramp shall have handrails on at least one side, and preferably two sides, that
are 900mm high, measured from the surface of the ramp, that are smooth, and
that extend 300mm beyond the top and bottom of the ramp. Where major
traffic is predominantly children, the handrails should be placed 760mm high.
Notes:
(i) Where handrails are specified to be of heights other than 80cm, it is
recommended that two sets of handrails be installed to serve all people.
(ii) Where major traffic is predominantly children, particularly physically disabled
children extra care should be exercised in the placement of handrails, in
accordance with the nature of the facility and the age group or groups being
serviced (see also 94. Buildings).
(iii) Care should be taken that the extension of the handrails is not in itself a
hazard. Extension up to 300 mm may be made on the side of a continuing wall.
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 140

(d) A ramp shall have a surface that is non-slip surface and if length is 3500mm, the
minimum width shall be 1500mm.
(i) The provision of non-slip surfaces on ramps greatly assists the challenged
persons with semi ambulatory and ambulatory disabilities. Non-slip surfaces
are provided by many finishes and materials.
(ii) The surfaces of the concrete ramps can be made nonskid by brooming the
surface or by finishing with an indenting roller.
(e) A ramp shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1800mm long, if a
door swings out onto the platform or toward the ramp. This platform shall
extend at least 300mm beyond each side of the doorway (see Fig.3).

(f) Each ramp shall have at least 1800mm of straight clearance at the bottom.
(g) Ramps shall have level platforms at 10m to 12m intervals for purposes of rest
and safety, and shall have platforms minimum 1.5m length wherever they turn.
(h) For visually impaired people, ramps may be colour contrasted with landing.
(i) To minimize rise to wheelchair users, ramps should be equipped with herbs
approximately 50 mm high at exposed sides.
(2) Entrances
(a) At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by individuals in
wheelchairs (see Fig.4A) and shall be indicated by a sign (see Fig.4B).
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 141

(b) At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheelchairs shall be on a level that
would make the elevators accessible.
(3) Corridor connecting the entrance/exit
The corridor connecting the entrance/exit leading directly outdoors to a place where
information concerning the overall use of the specified building can be provided to
visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs, shall be provided as
follows:
(a) Guiding floor materials' shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide
visually impaired persons.
(b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
(c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of
1:12.
(d) Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.

(4) Doors and Doorways

(a) Door width
To enable wheelchair users to pass through doors, the minimum clear width
should be 900mm and shall be operable by a single effort. In certain cases the
clear width should be 900mm to 1000m, for example, if the wheelchair has to be
turned in the doorway, where there is a door-closer or at entrance doors to
public buildings and in other situations where there is considerable traffic.
(i) Two-leaf doors are not usable by those with disabilities defined in 92 (1)
[Aging], 92 (2) [appropriate Number] and 92 (5) [Fixed Turning Radius
Wheel] unless they operate by a single effort, or unless one of the two
leaves meets the requirements of 94 (4) (a) [Door width].
(ii) Side-hung doors
To facilitate wheelchair maneuver, doors should be hung with the hinges in
room corners. Doors opening out into corridors or circulation spaces should
be avoided as far as possible.
(iii) It is recommended that all doors have kick plates extending from the
bottom of the door to at least 400mm from the floor, or be made of a
material and finish that would safely withstand the abuse they might
R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 142

receive from canes, crutches, wheelchair foot platforms, or wheelchair

wheels.
(b) Wheelchair Maneuvering Space
To enable wheelchair users to approach doors maneuvering space is needed as
shown in the Fig.5. A corridor should have a width of at least 1200 mm to allow a
90° turn to be made through a door. In narrow spaces sliding doors may be
preferable.

(c) Threshold
Raised thresholds should be avoided, but where this is not possible, their height
should not exceed 25mm, Rubber thresholds are advantageous for wheelchair
users.
(i) Care should be taken in the selection, placement and setting of door closers
so that they do not prevent the use of doors by the physically disabled.
Time-delay door closers are recommended.
(ii) Self–Closing doors
Wheelchair user and other with impaired mobility have difficulty in using
self–closing doors. The force required to open them should be reduced as
for as possible. Public buildings should preferably have sliding automatic
doors.
(d) Door Identification
To help people with impaired vision to see doors, the door and frame should be
in a colour which contrasts with the adjoining wall. Glass or glazed doors should
be marked with a coloured band or frame a little below eye-level.
(e) Handles
Door handles and locks should be easy to manipulate. To facilitate the closing of
a door by wheelchair users (for example, a water closet compartment), the door
should have a horizontal handle approximately 800mm from the floor. Self–
closing doors should be equipped with an easy gripped vertical pull-handle with
a length of at least 300mm, and with and the lower end approximately 800mm
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 143

above floor. For many people and especially those with impaired vision, it is
helpful to make clear whether doors are to be pulled or pushed.

(f) Windows
Windows should be designed to avoid the glare which is a particular problem for
people with impaired vision. Large glass areas close to circulation spaces should
be marked a little below eye-level with a coloured band or frame. To enable
wheelchair users to see through a window comfortably, the sill should be easy
to open and close. Their controls should be placed in the zone 900 to 1200mm
from floor (see Fig.7)

(5) Stairs
Stairs should not be the only means of moving between floors. They should be
supplemented by lifts or ramps.
(a) Straight flights of steps are preferred by ambulant disabled people. Treads
should be approximately 300 mm deep and risers not higher than 150mm. Steps
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 144

should be of a consistent height and depth throughout the stair. Projecting

nosing and open stairs should be avoided to minimize the risk of stumbling.
(b) Handrails should be provided to both sides of any stairway. They should be
continuous and extend not less than 300 mm beyond the top and bottom step
(otherwise it is difficult for the disabled to use the rail at the first and last step.
See Fig 8).
(c) For people with impaired vision, there should be a colour contrast between
landings, and top and bottom steps of a flight of steps, or the front edge of each
step should have a contrasting colour.

(6) Floors
(a) Floors shall have a non-slip surface.
(b) Floors on a given storey shall be of a common level throughout or be connected
by a ramp in accordance with [Ramps and gradients] 94 (1) (a) to 94 (1) (h).
(i) A gentle slope up to 10mm may be given between the level of the floor of
the corridor and the level of the floor of the toilet rooms.
(ii) There should not be a difference between the level of the floor of a corridor
and the level of a meeting room, dining room, or any other room, unless
proper ramps are provided.
(7) Refuge
An alternative to immediate evacuation of a building via staircases and/or lifts is the
movement of disabled persons to areas of safety (refuge area) within a building. If
possible, they could remain there until the fire is controlled and extinguished or until
rescued by the fire fighters.
(a) It is useful to have the provisions of a refuge area, usually at the fire protected
stair landing on each floor that can safely hold one or two wheelchairs.
(b) Have Doorways with clear opening width of 900 mm and regular compliance.
(c) Have an alarm switch installed between 900mm and 1200mm from floor level.
(8) Sanitary Facilities
R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 145

It is essential that sanitary facilities, in accordance with the nature and use of a
specific building or facility, be made accessible to and usable by, the differently-
abled.
(a) Sanitary facilities shall have space to allow traffic of individuals in wheelchairs
(see Fig.9 and 10)

(b) Sanitary facilities shall have at least one water-designs demand, so that they are
usable by individuals closet cubical for the ambulant disabled (see Fig.11 in
wheelchairs and 12), that
(i) is 900 mm wide;
(ii) is at least 1500 mm, preferably 1600 mm deep;
(iii) has a door (where doors are used), that is, 900mm wide and swings out;
(iv) has handrails on each side, 780 mm high and parallel to the floor, 50 mm
clearance between rail and wall, and fastened securely at ends and centre;
(v) has a water-closet with the seat 500 mm from the floor.
Note: The design and mounting of the water-closet is of considerable importance.
A wall-mounted water closet with a narrow understructure that recedes sharply is
most desirable. If a floor mounted water-closet must be used, it should not have a
front that is wide and perpendicular to the floor at the front of the seat. The bowl
should be shallow at the front of the seat and turn backwards more than
downwards to allow the individual in a wheelchair to get close to the water-closet
with the seat of the wheelchair.
R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 146

(c) Sanitary facilities shall have wash basins with narrow aprons, which when
mounted at standard height are usable by individuals in wheelchair or they shall
have wash basins mounted higher, when particular designs demand, so that
they are usable by individuals In wheelchair.
(d) The drain pipes and hot-water pipes under a sanitary appliance that be covered
or insulated so that a wheelchair individual do not find it inconvenient.
(e) Some mirrors and shelves shall be provided above the wash basins at a height as
low as possible as and not higher than 1m above the floor, measured from the
top of the shelf and the bottom of the mirror.
(f) Sanitary facilities for men shall have wall mounted urinals with the opening of
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 147

the basin 460mm from the floor, or shall have floor-mounted urinals that are on
level with the main floor of the toilet room.
(g) Toilet rooms shall have an appropriate number of towel racks, towel dispensers,
and other dispensers and disposal units mounted not higher than 910 mm from
the floor.
(9) Drinking Fountains
An appropriate number of drinking fountains or other:
(a) Drinking water fountains or water coolers have wash basins mounted higher,
when particular shall have up front spouts and control.
(b) Drinking water fountains or water coolers shall be hand-operated, or hand and
foot-operated.
(i) Conventional floor mounted water coolers may be convenient to individuals
in wheelchairs if a small fountain is mounted on the side of the cooler 800
mm above the floor.
(ii) Fully recessed drinking water fountains are not recommended.
(iii) Drinking water fountains should not be set into an alcove unless the alcove
is wider than a wheelchair.
(10) Public Telephones
An appropriate number of public telephones should be made accessible to and
usable by the physically disabled.
Note: The conventional public telephone booth is not usable by most physically disabled
individuals. There are many ways in which public telephones may be made accessible
and usable. It is recommended that architects and builders confer with the telephone
companies in the planning of the building or facility.
(a) Such telephones should be kept so that the dial is placed at minimum 1200mm
from floor and the handset may be reached by individuals in wheelchairs.
(11) Handrails
(a) Handrails are used as a vocational and mobility aid by blind and visually impaired
people and as a support for people with mobility impairments. The handrail
should be securely fitted to the wall to withstand heavy pressure. Handrails
should turn in towards the wall at either end.
(b) Handrails should be approximately 900mm from the floor. The rail should be
easy to grip, having a circular section with a diameter of approximately 40 mm
and fixed as shown in Fig: 13.
(c) To aid identification, the color of the rail should contrast with the wall behind.
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 148

(12) Elevators
In a multi-storey building, elevators are essential to the successful functioning of
physically disabled individuals. They shall conform to the requirements given below.
(a) Elevators shall be accessible to, and usable by the physically disabled on the
level that they use to enter the building, and at all levels normally used by the
general public.
(b) Elevators shall allow for traffic by wheelchairs (see also 94 (4) (Doors and
doorways)).
(c) Provision of at least one lift shall be made for the wheel chair user with the
following cage dimensions of lift recommended for passenger lift of 13 person’s
capacity of Bureau of Indian Standards.

Desirable Lift size

Clear internal width 1100 mm

Clear internal width 2000 mm

Entrance door width 900 mm

(d) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed
adjacent to the control panel.
(e) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 1800 mm or more.
(f) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the
closing speed should not exceed 0.25 m/sec.
(g) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the
floor, the cage has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit
is either open or closed.
(13) Controls
 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 149

It is advantageous for wheelchair users if controls are placed at low level. For visually
impaired people, they should be at eye-level.
(a) To enable wheelchair users to reach controls while not placing them too low for
visually impaired people, controls should be in the zone $00mm to 1200mm from
the floor. It is advantageous if controls in, for example, lifts are placed at an
angle of approximately 45° to the wall so that they are easier to read and
operate. To cater for wheelchair users, controls should be placed not less than
400mm from room comers. All the power and electric points should be placed at
one metre above the floor level and should not project outside walls.
(b) Again, to cater for visually impaired people, controls should be colour-
contrasted with backgrounds. Information should preferably be in relief for
tactile reading.
(c) To aid operation for people with impaired co-ordination or impaired vision,
switches, etc, should have large push plates.
(d) Controls for powered door openers to hinged doors should be located so that
the doors do not conflict with wheelchairs, sticks, walking aids, etc.
(e) To facilitate operation for people with limited strength in arms and hands,
handles should be easy to grip and turn.
(14) Identification
Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building used by the public is
particularly essential to the blind.
(a) Raised letters or numbers shall be used to identify rooms or offices.
(b) Such identification should be placed on the wall, to left of the door, preferably
at a height of 1500mm from the floor.
(c) Doors that are not intended for normal use, and that might prove dangerous if a
blind person were to exit or enter by them, should be made quickly identifiable
to the touch by knurling the door handle or knob (see Fig. 14).

Fig: 15

(15) Warning Signals & Proper signage

 R.94 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 150

(a) Audible warning signals shall be accompanied by simultaneous visual signals for
the benefit of those with hearing disabilities.
(b) Visual signals shall be accompanied by simultaneous audible signals for the
benefit of the blind. To assist blind people, lettering and symbols on signs should
be in relief for tactile reading and the information board in brail should be
installed on the wall at a suitable height and it should be possible to approach
them closely.
(c) Signs should be designed and located so that they are easy to read. For visually
impaired people, signs should preferably be at eye-level and it should be
possible to approach them closely. Text and symbols should be color-contrasted
with the background. The letters should not be less than 20mm high.
(d) Signs should be well illuminated and surfaces should not cause mirroring or
reflections. Signs should not be behind glass or similar materials.
(e) Information based on colour codes only should be avoided; colorblind people
may find them difficult to understand.
(f) Public Address system may also be provided in busy public areas.
(g) To ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates
obstruction in walking.
(h) International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase,
parking areas, etc., that have been provided for the handicapped.
(16) Work Bench
This should be at least 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep and 650 mm to 700 mm high. For
wheelchair users, the convenient height of work tops is between 750 mm and 850
mm; flexible provision is preferred. Further, for wheelchair access to a work bench,
wash basin or table, a clear space for knees and footrests is needed.
(17) Hazards
Every effort shall be exercised to obviate hazards to individuals with physical
disabilities.
(a) Access panels or manholes in floors, walks, and walls may be extremely
hazardous, particularly when in use, and should be avoided.
(b) When manholes or access panels are open and in use, or when an open
excavation exists on a site, particularly when it is in proximity of normal
pedestrian traffic, barricades shall be placed on all open sides, at least 8.5 m
from the hazard and warning devices shall be installed in accordance with 94(15)
(b).
(c) Low-hanging door closers that remain within the opening of a doorway, when
the door is open or that protrude hazardously into regular corridors or traffic
ways when the door is closed, shall be avoided.
(d) Low-hanging signs, ceiling lights, and similar objects or signs and fixtures that
protrude into regular corridors or traffic way shall be avoided. A minimum
height of 2.1m measured from the floor is recommended.
(e) Ramps shall be adequately lighted.
 R.95 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 151

(f) Exit signs shall be in accordance with good practices.

(g) Equipment and materials causing allergic reactions should as far as possible be
avoided in dwellings and buildings.

95. Designing for Children

The dimensions given above are for adults of average stature. In designing buildings for
use by children, it may be necessary to alter some dimensions, such as, height of handrails,
in accordance with accepted standards.

96. Additional Information

For additional information regarding other facilities and conveniences required in buildings
meant for use of differently abled, reference may be made to accepted standards.
[Refer: 1. Guidelines and space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for Disabled and
Elderly Persons, 1998, CPWD, Government of India.
2. Hand Book on Barrier Free and Accessibility, 2014, CPWD, Government of India.
URL:http://cpwd.gov.in).
3. Part – III, Annexure – D, (Cause 12.21) of NBC-2005 – Special Requirement for Planning of
Public Buildings meant for use of Physically Challenged.]
*******

CHAPTER-X-3
PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND REGULATION OF MULTIPLEX COMPLEXES

97. Definitions:
(1) "Multiplex complex" means an integrated entertainment and shopping
center/complex or a shopping mall and having at least three (3) cinema halls/screens.
Apart from Cinema Halls, the entertainment area may have restaurants, cafeteria,
fast food outlets, video games parlors, pubs, bowling alleys, health spa/centers,
convention centers, hotels and other recreational activities. Active floors like I.T
offices shall be allowed in Multiplexes. However, habitable areas like hotels, service
apartments shall not be allowed in the same block where the Multiplexes are set up
and shall be allowed only as a separate block. Such a Complex may be spread over
the site or be in one or more blocks which may be high-rise buildings or normal
buildings.
(2) ‘Approving Authority for Multiplex Complexes’:
S. Location of the
No. Approving Authority
Proposed Multiplex Complex
(A) (B) (C)

Commissioner of Municipal
1 Municipal Corporation
Corporation

2 Other Than Municipal Corporation

Vice-Chairman of the Respective
located in Development Authority
 R.98 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 152

Areas Development Authority

Respective Commissioner of the Local

Other Than Municipal Corporation
Body Subject to Obtaining Prior
3 located in Other Than Development
Technical Approval of The Director of
Authority Areas
Town & Country Planning.

(3) "Licensing Authority: means the licensing authority under the Andhra Pradesh
Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and rules made there under for issuing licenses for
cinema theatres in the Multiplex Complex.
(4) Words, expressions and definitions not defined herein shall have the same meaning
as given in the National Building Code of India, 2005.

98. Applicability of Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and Rules made
there under:
Provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 shall be strictly adhered
to. The Andhra Pradesh Cinema (Regulation) Rules 1970 shall apply to the multiplex
complex as a whole and not limited to the individual cinema halls within it. The provisions
of the Andhra Pradesh Cinema (Regulation) Rules 1970 are deemed to be relaxed to allow
activities mentioned in the definition of Multiplex.

99. Redevelopment of existing cinema halls into Multiplex Complex:

Conversion of existing cinema hall to multiplex complex is allowed subject to complying
with the requirements given hereunder.

100. Site Requirements for Multiplex Complexes:

(1) The minimum size of plot for a Multiplex shall be 3000sq. m.
(2) The site shall abut to an existing road whose width shall be not less than 18m.
(3) The abutting road has to be black-topped with minimum 2 lane carriageway. Service
roads are required for sites abutting 30m and above roads and approach shall be
allowed only through service road. The width of the service road shall be minimum
7m with minimum 2 lane black topped carriageway and shall be undertaken by the
owners of such buildings to the extent of the width of their site.

101. Location Criteria:

(1) The location criteria of a Multiplex Complex shall be the same as given in the Andhra
Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and in addition to this, it shall comply with
Clause 3.2 of Part 4 of National Building Code (wherever applicable).
(2) Where zoning regulations of a statutory Plan/Scheme are in force, the location of
multiplex complex shall be governed as per such zoning regulations.
(3) Multiplex complex may be permitted in a zone or scheme declared as tourism
zone/area along with other recreational facilities.
(4) Multiplex Complex shall not be allowed in
(a) Congested areas;
(b) Settlement areas/Abadi/Gram khantam areas;
(c) Areas restricted for High-rise buildings;
 R.102 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 153

(d) Abutting to major road junctions of above 18m wide;

(e) Pure residential areas/localities.
(5) Government may by Notification, declare certain roads/areas in any
APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/ULB area where Multiplex Complex shall not be allowed.

102. Documents to be submitted:

In addition to the documents required to be submitted for sanction of building
permission of High rise building, the following are also mandatory to examine the
Multiplex Complex Application.
(1) Prior No Objection Certificate shall be submitted from the Airport Authority of India
(if applicable).
(2) Prior No Objection Certificate shall be submitted from the Director General of
Disaster Response and Fire Services Department. The fire safety requirements shall
be duly certified by a fire engineer.
(3) Prior No Objection Certificate from the Police Department [Traffic] shall be
submitted.
(4) Traffic Impact Study Report and Traffic Management Plan for the proposed
Multiplex Complex prepared by a qualified Traffic Engineer shall be submitted
along with application.

103. Building Requirements:

(1) Every application to construct or reconstruct a Multiplex Complex shall be made in
the prescribed form and accompanied by detailed plans and floor plans of all floors
drawn by a registered architect, along with complete set of structural drawings and
detailed specifications duly certified by a qualified structural engineer.
(2) The building bulk, coverage and height shall be governed by the minimum all-round
setbacks to be left, the organized open spaces to be left and the height restrictions
imposed by the Airport authority (if applicable)/Defense authorities (if applicable)
and Fire Services Department and the Area-level Impact fee on built up area required
to be paid, as applicable.
(3) The maximum height of the block/portion wherein the Multiplex screens are set up
shall not exceed 30m;
(4) In case of sites located in Gram Panchayat areas and outside Development Authority
areas, the maximum height of all blocks permissible shall be 30m;
(5) In case of two or more blocks in the same site, the space between the two blocks
shall be as given in Column (D) of the Table given below;
(6) For heights of blocks above 30m and up to 45m, the minimum abutting road width
shall be 24m while for blocks of height above 45m, the minimum abutting road
width shall be 30m.
(7) The minimum all-round setbacks for a multiplex Complex shall be as follows.

TABLE 23 : Minimum all-round setbacks for a Multiplex Complex

Minimum open
Minimum
S. Height of the Building space on
front open space
No. (m) remaining sides
(m)
(m )
(A) (B) (C) (D)
 R.104 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 154

1 Up to 15 6
2 Above 15m & Up to 21m 7
3 Above 21m & Up to 24m 8
4 Above 24 m & up to 27m 12 9
5 Above 27m & Up to 30m 10
6 Above 30m & up to 35m 11
7 Above 35m & Up to40m 12
8 Above 40m & up to 45m 13 13
9 Above 45m & up to 50m 14 14
10 Above 50m 15 16

(8) [xxx]1

104. Construction requirements:

(1) The building requirements, building services, specifications and standards specified
in the National Building Code, 2005 shall be complied with.
(2) Construction of such buildings shall be undertaken by owners by engaging registered
architect, licensed builder, fire engineer and licensed structural engineer.
(3) The designs and building plans shall be countersigned by the owner, licensed builder,
registered architect, licensed engineer, qualified & licensed structural Engineer and a
fire engineer who shall be responsible for the supervision, structural safety, fire
safety and compliance of the specifications for such buildings.
(4) Buildings shall be designed for earth quake resistance and resistance for other
natural hazards. The Completion Certificate obtained from the Licensed Technical
Personnel shall mention that the norms have been followed in the design and
construction of buildings for making the buildings earthquake resistant, compliance
with structural safety and fire safety requirements as per the relevant provisions of
National Building Code & Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999.
(5) The exit and fire safety requirements shall be in accordance with Part IV of National
Building Code of India. The fire safety measures shall be undertaken by engaging the
services of a fire protection engineer.
(6) The following minimum Fire Fighting Installations are to be provided as per Table 23,
Part - 4 of National Building Code of India, 2005:

TABLE 24 : Fire Fighting Installations

Sl. No. Fire Fighting Installation
(A) (B)
1 Fire Extinguishers as per IS 2190
2 Hose reel
3 Wet riser
4 Yard hydrant
5 Automatic sprinkler system in entire Building
6 Automatic detection and alarm system in entire Building (except

1
Rule 103 (8) with words “No relaxation in the minimum all-round setbacks or transfer of setbacks shall be
allowed.” Omitted vide GOs.No.180 MAUD Dept Dt: 1-10-2020.
 R.104 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 155

Cellars)
7 Manually operated electrical alarm system in entire Building (except
Cellars)
8 Underground static water tank of 2,00,000 Liters capacity
9 Terrace tank of 20,000 Liters capacity
10 Two Electrical Main pumps of 2850 LPM capacity
11 Diesel pump (Standby of 2850 LPM capacity
12 Electric Jockey pump of 180 LPM capacity

(7) The work of other building services like sanitation, plumbing, lifts, electrical
installations, and other utility services shall as per National Building Code
standards and shall be executed under the planning, design and supervision
of qualified and competent technical personnel.
(8) The means of escape shall be provided as per the Clause 4 (Exit
Requirements), Part 4 of National Building Code of India.

TABLE 25 : Means of escape and Exit Requirements for Multiplex Complex

Clause of
S. No. Item
Part 4 of NBC
(A) (B) (C)
1 Capacities of Exists 4.4
2 Arrangement of Exits 4.5
3 Number of Exits 4.6
4 Doorways 4.7
5 Corridors and Passageways 4.8
6 Internal Staircases 4.9
7 Pressurization of Staircases 4.10
8 External Staircases 4.11
9 Horizontal Exits 4.12
10 Fire Tower 4.13
11 Ramps 4.14
12 Fire Lift 4.15
13 Emergency and Escape Lighting 4.16
14 Illumination of Means of Exit 4.17
15 Fire Detection and Warning 4.18

(9) Smoke Management

The following measures are to be provided to prevent the spread of smoke easily to
the other floors, which may affect the life safety of the occupants, particularly, the
Cinema viewers:
(a) For Types 1 to 3 constructions as given Clause 3.3 in the National Building Code
(Part-IV), a doorway or opening in a separating wall on any floor shall be limited
to 5.6sq.m in area with a maximum height/width of 2.75m. Every wall opening
shall be protected with fire-resisting doors having the fire rating of not less than
R.104 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 156

2 h in accordance with accepted standard [4(7)]. All openings in the floors shall
be protected by vertical enclosures extending above and below such openings,
the walls of such enclosures having a fire resistance of not less than 2 h and all
openings therein being protected with a fire resisting assembly as specified in
clause 3.4.8 & 3.4.9 of Part-4 of NBC.
(b) Openings in walls or floors which are necessary to be provided to allow passages
of all building services like cables, electrical wirings, telephone cables, plumbing
pipes, etc, shall be protected by enclosure in the form of ducts/shafts having a
fire resistance not less than 2 h . The inspection door for electrical shafts/ducts
shall not be less than2 h and for other services shafts/ducts, the same shall have
fire resistance not less than 1 h. Medium and low voltage wiring running in
shafts/ducts, shall either be armored type or run through metal conduits.
Further, the space between the conduits pipes and the walls/slabs shall be filled
in by a filter material having fire resistance rating of not less than 1 h as per
clause 3.4.8.3 of Part-4 of National Building Code.
(c) Openings in separating walls and floors-Attention shall be paid to all such factors
as will limit fire spread to these opening and maintain fire rating of the structural
member. Every wall opening shall be protected with Fire resisting doors having
fire rating of not less than two hours. All openings in the floors shall be
protected by vertical enclosures extending above and below such openings, the
wall of such enclosures having a fire resistance of not less than two hours and all
openings therein being protected with a fire resisting assembly as per Clause 3,
4, 8, Part 4 of National Building Code of India, 2005.
(d) Every vertical opening between the floors shall be suitably enclosed or
protected, as necessary to provide the following:
(i) Reasonable safety to the occupants while using the means or egress by
preventing spread of fire, smoke, or fumes through vertical openings from
floor to floor to allow occupants to complete their use of the means of
egress. Further it shall be ensured to provide a clear height of 2100 MM in
the passage/escape path of the occupants.
(ii) Limitation of damage to the building and its contents (Clause 3.4.8.4) Part-4
of National Building Code of India, 2005.
(e) Where openings are permitted, they shall not exceed three-fourths the area of
the wall in the case of an external wall and they shall be protected with fire
resisting assemblies or enclosures having fire resistance equal to that of the wall
or floor in which these are situated. Such assemblies and enclosures shall also
be capable of preventing the spread of smoke or fumes through the openings so
as to facilitate the safe evacuation from the building in case of fire.
(f) Air conditioning and ventilating systems
(i) Air conditioning and ventilating systems shall be so installed and maintained
as to minimize the danger of spread of fire, smoke or fumes from one floor
to other or from outside to any occupied building or structure (Clause
3.4.11.1) Part 4 of National Building Code of India 2005.
(ii) Air-conditioning and ventilating systems circulating air to more than one
floor or fire area shall be provided with dampers designed to close
automatically in case of fire and thereby preventing spread of fire or smoke
 R.105 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 157

and shall be in accordance with the accepted standard (4(10). Such a

system shall also be provided with automatic controls to stop fans in case
of fire, unless arranged to remove smoke from a fire, in which case these
shall be designed to remain in operation.
(iii) Effective means for preventing circulation of smoke through the A C system
in case of fire in air filters or from other sources drawn into the system, and
shall have smoke sensitive devices for actuation in accordance with the
accepted standards (Clause 3.4.11.3) Part 4 of National Building Code of
India 2005.
(iv) Separate air handling units for each floor shall be provided to avoid the
hazards arising from spread of fire and smoke through air conditioning
ducts (Clause 3.4.11.4) Part 4 of National Building Code of India 2005.
(v) Fire Dampers shall be provided in the AC system in accordance with the
accepted standards designed so as to close automatically in case of fire and
thereby preventing spread of fire or smoke.
(g) Pressurization of stair cases shall be done as per Clause 4.10, Part 4 of National
Building Code of India 2005.
(h) Provision of pressurized lift lobby with self-closing smoke stop doors of 2 hour
Fire resistance, one in the lift lobbies of all the cellars.
(i) Smoke venting facilities for safe use of exits shall be provided as per Clause
3.4.12, Part 4 of National Building Code of India 2005.
(j) Basement ventilation shall comply to Clause C 1.6 of Annexure-C of Part 4 of
National Building Code of India, 2005.

105. Parts of the Building requirements

The parts of the Building requirements shall conform to National Building Code of India,
2005 with regard to:

(1) Materials:
Flame retardant material only should be made use for interior decoration and
upholstery to prevent generation of toxic smoke/flames. The surface interior finishes
shall comply as per Clause 3.4.15, Part 4 of NBC of India 2005.
(2) Compartmentation:
(a) The Building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that Fire/Smoke remained
confined to the area where Fire Incident has occurred and does not spread to
the remaining part of the Building as per Clause C - 9, Annexure "C" Part 4 of
National Building Code of India, 2005.
(b) Fire doors with 2 hour fire resistance shall be provided at appropriate place
along the escape route and particularly at the entrance to the lift lobby and stair
well to prevent spread of fire and smoke as per Clause 4.2.9, Part 4 of National
Building Code of India 2005.
(c) In Multiplexes, large inter floor openings may be there, in which conventional
compartmentation may be difficult. In such case, special compensative
measures are required as per reputed Standards. (eg. NFPA, 1992).

(3) Fire Lift:

Fire lifts complying with Clause C 1.5 Q of Annexure-C of Part 4 of National Building
 R.106 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 158

Code of India 2005 shall be provided.

(4) Emergency Lighting:
Illumination of means of exit in stair case and corridors shall comply with Clause
C.1.14 of Annexure-C, Part 4 of National Building Code of India 2005.
(5) Fire Officer:
Qualified Fire Officer with experience of not less than 3 years shall be appointed who
will be available on the premises as per Clauses C 6, Annexure-C, and Part - 4 of
National Building Code of India 2005.
(6) Building Evacuation Supervisor: Appointment of Building Evacuation Supervisor as
per Annexure “E” part 4 of National Building Code of India, 2005 for conducting
periodical Fire Drills and to ensure safe evacuation in case of any emergency.

106. Seating arrangements in theatres:

(1) The seating arrangements shall conform to the Exit facilities as per Clause 6.4.4, Part-
4 of National Building code of India, 2005.
(2) Notwithstanding (a) above, the distance between the screen and the first front row
of seats shall not be less than the height of the screen or the top picture height of
the screen.

107. Parking requirements

(1) The parking requirements within the site shall be as follows:
TABLE 26 : Parking requirements for Multiplex Complex

Parking area to be provided as percentage of total

built up area (inclusive of all internal aisles, driveways,
stairs, etc.)
Type of Building
In Municipal Corporation
In other areas
areas

(A) (B) (C)

Multiplex Complexes 60% 50%

(inclusive of all activities areas)

(2) The parking spaces may be provided in:

(a) basements or cellars or
(b) on stilt floor or
(c) in the open space over and above the minimum required setbacks (except the
front setback) to be left around the building with adequate vehicular access,
aisle, drives, ramps required for maneuvering of vehicles.
(d) Multi-Level Parking Complex [MLPC] adjoining to the complex within the site
may be considered provided that a minimum clear open space of 6 m from the
site boundary is ensured.
 R.108 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 159

108. Landscaping and greenery:

(1) A minimum 2 m wide green planting strip in the periphery on all sides within the
setbacks are required to be developed and maintained
(2) In addition to (a) above, an organized open space of at least 10 % of total site area
shall be maintained and utilized as greenery over and above the mandatory alround
setbacks. This could be part of the interior open space or be in one or more pockets.
(3) The landscaping and greenery shall be undertaken as per the guidelines given in the
National Building Code and subject to provision of hard and motorable leveled
ground to facilitate operation of Hydraulic Platform.
(4) Trees shall be planted within the periphery of the site at the rate of 1 tree per 100 sq
m of site area.

109. City/Area Level Impact Fee Payable:

(1) In addition to the building permit fees and other charges payable, City Area level
impact fee shall be payable for height of floors above 15m where the height of the
building or block is more than 15m at the following rates;

TABLE 27 : City/Area Level Impact Fee Payable for Multiplex Complex

Rate in Rs. Per sq. m Built up area

Greater Other
S.
Height Visakhapatnam/ Other Municipalities
No.
Vijayawada Municipal &
Municipal Corporations Panchayat
Corporations areas
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

1 Above15m and Up to 24m 1000 800 500

2 Above 24m and Up to30m 1500 1200 800

3 Above 30m & Up to 50 m 2000 1500 1000

4 Above 50m 2500 2000 1500

(2) While calculating the Impact fee parking areas/blocks are exempted.
(3) The Impact fees so collected by the Sanctioning Authority shall be maintained in a
separate escrow account and utilized only for upgrading of infrastructure and
services in the area concerned
(4) Fire Precaution Fund: A fee at the rate of Rs 10 per sq. m of built up area shall be
payable towards Fire Precaution Fund to the Andhra Pradesh Disasters Response and
Fire Services Department.

110. Building Permission to be obtained before commencement of construction:

After obtaining the provisional license and site clearance from the Licensing Authority as
required under the Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and Rules made there
under, the owner/applicant shall obtain necessary building permission from the
Sanctioning Authority as the case may be, before commencing the construction.
 R.111 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 160

111. Occupancy Certificate to be obtained:

(1) The final license shall be issued by the Licensing Authority only after the
owner/applicant submits a final NOC from the Fire Service department and an
Occupancy Certificate in the prescribed format from the Building Approving
Authority
(2) For obtaining the Occupancy Certificate, the owner shall submit a notice of
completion through the registered architect and licensed builder/developer along
with prescribed documents and plans and Final NOC from the Andhra Pradesh
Disasters Response and Fire Services Department to the Building Approving
Authority. The Building Approving Authority on receipt of such notice of completion
shall undertake inspection with regard to the following aspects and shall
communicate the approval or refusal of the occupancy Certificate within 15 days.
a. Number of floors
b. External setbacks
c. Parking space provision
d. Abutting road width
e. Rain Water Harvesting Structures, as applicable.
f. Solar roof top structures, as applicable.
g. Recycle of water treatment plants, as applicable.
h. [The Provisions made in In-Building Solutions as applicable and mandated in
Annexure -7 in Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017 shall be followed.]1

112. Maintenance & Management:

Such multiplex complexes shall be under the overall control and management of a single
management body who shall be responsible for the public safety, maintenance and public
convenience/amenities.
***

CHAPTER-X-4
PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND REGULATION OF
HIGH-RISE HOSPITAL BUILDINGS (ABOVE 30M HEIGHT)

113. This Chapter sets out the standard Fire Prevention and Safety Measures for High–
rise Hospital Buildings.
114. DEFINITIONS
In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,
(a) 'Building' means a building intended for the use of a hospital of the height of above
30 meters;
(b) 'Municipal Laws' means,-
(i) The Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920.

1
Rule 111(2)(h) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept Dt: 10-11-2022
 R.115 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 161

(ii) The Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation Act, 1979 in respect of the

Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation.
(iii) The Vijayawada Municipal Corporation Act, 1981 in respect of Vijayawada
Municipal Corporation.
(iv) The Andhra Pradesh Municipal Corporation Act, 1994 in respect of the
Municipal Corporations;
(v) The Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act, 1965 in respect of the Municipalities;
(vi) The Andhra Pradesh Urban Areas (Development) Act, 1975;
(vii) The Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 in respect of the Gram
Panchayats;
(viii) Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority Act, 2014;
(ix) Andhra Pradesh Metropolitan Region and Urban Development Authorities Act,
2016;
(c) Words used but not defined in the rules shall have the meaning assigned to in the
Municipal Laws and the Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999.

115. HEIGHT AND OPEN SPACES

(a) In order to facilitate firefighting operations and also to prevent fire exposure to
adjacent buildings, it is essential to have adequate open spaces around the building.
(b) Open spaces around the building shall be as per section 8.2.3.1 Table 2, NBC Part III.

TABLE 28 : HEIGHT AND OPEN SPACES FOR HIGHRISE HOSPITAL BUILDING

Minimum open space on all sides
Height of the Building (m)
(in m)
(A) (B)
Above 30 m & up to 35 m 11
Above 35 m & up to 40 m 12
Above 40 m & up to 45 m 13
Above 45 m & up to 50 m 14
Above 50 m & up to 55 m 15
Above 55 m & up to 60 m 16
(c) Minimum 7 meters wide hard leveled motor able open to sky drive-way shall be
provided around the building for the movement and operation of specialized fire
vehicles e.g. Hydraulic Platform, Turn Table Ladder, etc.
(d) The Maximum permissible height of Hospital Buildings shall be 60 meters.
(e) The height of each floor shall be not less than 4 meters.
(f) No relaxation in the above mentioned open spaces and height, even in case of road
widening shall be allowed.
(g) Abutting Road on any side shall not be considered as open space for this purpose.

116. FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS

(a) Exterior Walls, Columns and Beams
(i) Load bearing exterior walls shall be 3 hour fire resistance provided the building
is protected with automatic sprinkler system.
 R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 162

(ii) Columns and beams shall be 3 hour fire resistance provided the building is
protected with automatic sprinkler system.
(iii) Non-load bearing exterior walls shall be 2 hour fire resistance provided the
building is protected with automatic sprinkler system.
(iv) Opening protection, where required, shall correspond to the rating of the
exterior wall. The allowable maximum area of exterior wall openings shall be in
accordance with IBC Table 704.8.
(b) Interior Walls
(i) Load bearing interior walls shall have minimum 3 hour fire resistance rating
provided the building is protected with automatic sprinkler system. They shall be
permitted to be reduced to 2 hour fire resistance rated based on compliance
with the high-rise provisions in NFPA 5000, Section 33.1.3 as follows:
(1) Exits are constructed as smoke proof enclosures;
(2) Sprinkler control valves with supervisory initiating devices, and water flow
initiating devices are provided on each floor; and
(3) There are no areas that exceed the maximum allowable quantities per
control area in accordance with NFPA 5000, Section 34.1.3.
(ii) Non-load bearing interior walls shall be permitted to have no fire resistance
rating based solely on the specified construction type herein, provided the
building is protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system. Interior walls
shall be fire resistance rated where required by other provisions in this code.
(c) Separation of Occupancies
(i) Where separated use design is employed and distinct separated occupancies are
provided, the health care part of the building shall be separated from other
occupancies with 2 hour fire resistance rated barrier construction.
(ii) Other occupancies shall be separated in accordance with NFPA 5000, Section
6.2.3 and 6.2.4.
(d) Protection of Openings
(i) Opening protection, where required, shall be fire resistance rated based on the
rating of the wall assembly having the opening in accordance with NFPA 5000,
Table 8.7.2, unless otherwise specified herein.
(ii) Every opening in a fire barrier shall be protected to limit the spread of fire and
restrict the movement of smoke from one side of the fire barrier to the other.
(iii) The fire resistance rating for opening protectives in 2-hour rated fire barriers,
smoke barriers and smoke partitions shall be a minimum of 1-1/2 hours.
(e) Suites
(i) Corridor walls shall be effective in limiting the transfer of smoke and shall be
permitted to terminate at the ceiling where the ceiling is constructed to limit the
transfer of smoke.
(ii) The walls shall be 1 hour barrier fire resistance rated in buildings provided with
full automatic sprinkler protection.
(iii) Sleeping Suites - The size limit on sleeping suites shall not exceed an area of 460
m2.
Exception: The area shall be permitted not to exceed 700 m2 when the following
conditions are met:
 R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 163

Direct visual supervision is provided from a normally attended location within the
suite, and,
The patient sleeping room is provided with a total coverage smoke detection system
per NFPA 101 Sections 9.6.2.8 and 18.3.4
Non-Sleeping Suites – The size limit shall not exceed 930 m2.
(f) Doors
See section on Exit Corridors – Doors herein.
(g) Miscellaneous Openings
In other than smoke compartments containing patient bedrooms, miscellaneous
openings, such as mail slots, pharmacy pass-through windows, laboratory pass-
through windows, and cashier pass-through windows, shall be permitted to be
installed in vision panels or doors without special protection, provided that both of
the following criteria are met:
(1) The aggregate area of openings per room does not exceed 80 in.2 (0.05 m2).
(2) The openings are installed at or below half the distance from the floor to the
room ceiling.
(h) Transfer Grilles
Transfer grilles are not permitted in walls or doors of suites, regardless of whether or
not they are protected by fusible link-operated dampers.
Exception: Doors to toilet rooms, bathrooms, shower rooms, sink closets, and similar
auxiliary spaces that do not contain flammable or combustible materials shall be
permitted to have ventilating louvers or to be undercut.
(i) Exit Access Corridors
(i) Walls
(1) Corridor walls shall form a barrier to limit the transfer of smoke and shall be
permitted to terminate at the ceiling where the ceiling is constructed to limit
the transfer of smoke. The walls shall be 1 hour fire rated provided the
building is protected with automatic sprinkler system. The exceptions are as
follows:
(2) Exception No. 1: Such spaces may be unlimited in size and open to the
corridor where the following are met:
(a) The spaces are not used for patient sleeping rooms, treatment rooms, or
hazardous areas.
(b) The open space is protected by an electrically supervised, automatic
smoke detection system, or the entire space is arranged and located to
permit direct supervision by the facility staff from a nurses’ station or
similar space.
(c) The corridors onto which the spaces open in the same smoke
compartment are protected by an electrically supervised, automatic
smoke detection system, or the smoke compartment in which the space
located is protected throughout by quick response sprinklers.
(d) The space does not obstruct access to required exits.
(3) Exception No. 2: Waiting areas and similar spaces shall be permitted to open
to corridors without opening protection provided the following are met:
(a) The aggregate waiting area in each smoke compartment does not
exceed 55.7 m2.
R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 164

(b) Each area is protected by an electrically supervised, automatic smoke

detection system, or each area is arranged and located to permit direct
supervision by the facility staff from a nurses’ station or similar space;
and
(c) The area is arranged not to obstruct access to required exits.
(4) Exception No. 3: This requirement shall not apply to spaces for nurses’
stations.
(5) Exception No. 4: Gift shops not exceeding 46.45 m2 in area shall be permitted
to open to a corridor or lobby without opening protectives, provided the
building is protected throughout by an approved automatic sprinkler system.

(ii) Doors
Corridor doors in fully sprinkled buildings shall be 3/4-hour fire resistance rated
with positive latching, and shall be effective in limiting the transfer of smoke.
They shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 18.2.2.2. Roller latches shall not be
permitted. Door closing devices shall not be required on doors in corridor wall
openings other than those serving required exits, smoke barriers, enclosures of
vertical openings, and hazardous areas.
(iii) Glazing
Vision panels consisting of fire rated glazing or wired glass panels in approved
frames shall be fire rated in accordance with the provisions for opening
protection and shall be smoke-tight. Glazing in fire rated assemblies shall also
comply with NFPA 101, Section 8.3.3.
Fire window assemblies shall not be permitted in fire barriers having a fire
resistance rating of 2 hours or greater (see NFPA 5000, Table 8.7.2).
(iv) Elevator Lobbies
Elevator lobbies shall be required on every floor and shall be enclosed by smoke
partition walls having a minimum fire resistance rating of 1-hour.
(1) Exception No. 1: Elevator lobbies are not required at the street floor
protected with an automatic sprinkler system.
(2) Exception No. 2: Elevator lobbies are not required where elevators are not
required to be located in a shaft enclosure.
(3) Exception No. 3: Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the
elevator hoist way is pressurized.
(v) Miscellaneous Openings
In other than smoke compartments containing patient bedrooms, miscellaneous
openings, such as mail slots, pharmacy pass-through windows, laboratory pass-
through windows, and cashier pass-through windows, shall be permitted to be
installed in vision panels or doors without special protection, provided that both
of the following criteria are met:
(1) The aggregate area of openings per room does not exceed 80 in.2 (0.05
m2).
(2) The openings are installed at or below half the distance from the floor to
the room ceiling.
(vi) Transfer Grilles
Transfer grilles are not permitted in walls or doors of corridors, regardless of
whether or not they are protected by fusible link-operated dampers.
 R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 165

Exception: Doors to toilet rooms, bathrooms, shower rooms, sink closets, and
similar auxiliary spaces that do not contain flammable or combustible materials
shall be permitted to have ventilating louvers or to be undercut.
(j) Smoke Partitions
(i) Materials
The walls shall be constructed of materials as permitted by the building
construction type.
(ii) Fire Resistance Rating
Unless otherwise required, smoke partitions shall have a minimum fire
resistance rating of 1 hour and shall limit the transfer of smoke.

(iii) Continuity
Smoke partitions should extend from the floor to the underside of the floor or
roof deck above, through any concealed spaces, such as those above suspended
ceilings, and through interstitial structural and mechanical spaces. Other
alternatives are provided in NFPA 101, Section 8.4.
(iv) Penetrations and Joints
Penetrations through a smoke partition shall be protected by a system or
material that is capable of limiting the transfer of smoke and shall be fire
resistance rated per NFPA 5000, Table 8.7.2 based on the rating of the
penetrated assembly unless otherwise specified herein.
(v) Ducts and Air Transfer Openings
Air-transfer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with approved
combination fire and smoke dampers designed and tested in accordance with
the requirements of UL Standards 555 and 555S or ISO equivalent. Dampers shall
limit the transfer of smoke and be fire resistance rated based on the rating of
the wall assembly having the opening in accordance with NFPA 5000, Table
8.7.2, unless otherwise specified herein. Where the installation of dampers will
interfere with the operation of a smoke control system, approved alternative
protection shall be utilized.
(vi) Opening Protectives
Opening protectives for smoke partitions shall comply with NFPA 5000, Section
8.10.3. Doors shall be fire resistance rated based on the rating of the wall
assembly having the opening in accordance with NFPA 5000, Table 8.7.2, unless
otherwise specified herein. Doors shall limit the transfer of smoke and shall not
include transfer grilles. Doors that are normally required to be kept closed shall
be automatic-closing or self-closing per NFPA 5000, Section 11.2.1.8.1.
Fire window assemblies, where provided, shall have a minimum fire resistance
rating of 20 minutes per Table 8.7.2.
(k) Horizontal Exits
(i) Walls
Fire barriers separating building areas between which there are horizontal exits
shall have hour fire resistance rating and shall provide a separation that is
continuous to ground.
Where a fire barrier provides a horizontal exit in any story of a building, such fire
barrier shall not be required on other stories, provided that the following criteria
are met:
 R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 166

(1) The stories on which the fire barrier is omitted are separated from the story
with the horizontal exit by construction having a fire resistance rating at
least equal to that of the horizontal exit fire barrier.
(2) Vertical openings between the story with the horizontal exit and the open
fire area story are enclosed with construction having a fire resistance rating
at least equal to that of the horizontal exit fire barrier.
(3) All required exits, other than horizontal exits, discharge directly to the
outside.

Where walls terminate at exterior walls at an angle of less than 180 degrees, the
outside walls shall be 1-hour fire resistance rated with ¾-hour opening
protection for a distance of 3.05 m on each side of the intersecting wall.
(ii) Openings
Every opening in a fire barrier shall be protected to limit the spread of fire and
restrict the movement of smoke from one side of the fire barrier to the other.
Doors in horizontal exits shall be designed and installed to minimize air leakage
in accordance with NFPA 105, Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door
Assemblies.
The fire protection rating for opening protectives in horizontal exits (fire
barriers), shall be 1-1/2 hours in accordance with Table 8.7.2, NFPA 5000. Fire
window assemblies shall not be permitted in wall openings unless as part of the
door assembly.
All fire doors in horizontal exits shall be self-closing or automatic-closing and
shall have positive latching hardware. An approved vision panel shall be required
in each horizontal exit door. Center mullions shall be prohibited.
(l) Exit Passageways
(i) Walls
An exit passageway that serves as a discharge from a stair enclosure for more
than 3 stories shall have a fire resistance barrier rating of not less than 2-hours.
An exit passageway not serving as a stair discharge or serving stairs connecting
3 stories or less shall have an enclosure fire resistance barrier rating of not less
than 1 hour.
(ii) Openings
The fire resistance ratings of opening protectives shall be as follows:
(1) 1-1/2-hour for 2-hour exit passageways; and 3/4-hour for 1-hour exit
passageways.
(2) Openings in exit passageways shall be limited to only those necessary to
provide egress from normally occupied areas and those necessary for
egress from passageways.
(iii) Penetrations
(1) Penetrations into and openings through an exit enclosure assembly shall be
prohibited except for the following:
Electrical conduits serving the enclosure, required exit doors, ductwork and
equipment necessary for independent stair pressurization, water and steam
piping necessary for the heating or cooling of the exit enclosure, sprinkler
piping, standpipes, fire alarm circuits that are protected in accordance with
NFPA 101, Section 8.3.5
 R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 167

(2) Penetrations shall also be prohibited between adjacent exit enclosures.

(m) Smoke Barriers
(i) Walls
(1) Smoke barrier walls shall be constructed per NFPA 101, Section 8.5 and shall
have a minimum 1- hour fire-resistance rating.
(2) Walls shall form an effective membrane continuous from outside wall to
outside wall and from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly
below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above,
including continuity through concealed spaces, such as those found above
suspended ceilings, and interstitial structural and mechanical spaces. The
supporting construction should be protected to afford the required fire-
resistive rating of the wall or floor supported.
(3) Exception: Smoke barriers are not required in interstitial spaces where such
spaces are designed and constructed with ceilings that provide resistance to
the passage of fire and smoke equivalent to that provided by smoke barrier
walls.
(ii) Opening Protectives
Smoke barrier doors shall have a minimum 45-minute fire rating. Fire window
assemblies shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of 45 minutes per Table
8.7.2, NFPA 5000. Doors shall be automatic-closing or self-closing. Cross-corridor
openings in the means of egress shall be protected by a pair of swinging doors
or a horizontal sliding door per NFPA 101, Section 18.3.7.7. Corridor openings not
in the means of egress shall be permitted to use single leaf doors.
Where, a pair of opposite swinging doors is installed, they shall be without a
center mullion. Vision panels shall also be provided, as for horizontal sliding
doors and vision panels shall consist of fire-rated glazing materials in approved
frames, the area of which should not exceed that tested. The doors shall be
close fitting within operational tolerances, and shall not have undercuts, louvers
or grilles. The doors shall have head and jamb stops, astragals or rabbets at
meeting edges and shall be automatic closing by smoke detection or self-
closing. Positive latching devices shall not be required. Air leakage criteria and
installation requirements shall be per NFPA 101, Section 8.5.2.
(n) STRUCTURAL FRAME
The structural frame shall have 3 hour fire resistance rating.
(o) FLOORS AND FLOOR–CEILINGS
Floor-Ceiling assemblies shall have a minimum 2 hour fire resistance rating.
(i) Openings for Floor-Ceilings
Openings in floors shall comply with the requirements for vertical openings
herein. Penetrations shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 5000, Section
8.8.
(p) ROOFS AND ROOF-CEILINGS
Roof-Ceiling assemblies shall have a minimum 1-½ hour fire resistance rating. Roofing
systems shall be permitted to include combustible supports, decking, or roofing in
accordance with NFPA 101, Sections 18.1.6.5 and 18.1.6.6.
(i) Openings for Roof-Ceilings
 R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 168

Openings in roof-ceiling assemblies shall be protected identically as openings for

floor-ceiling assemblies herein. Skylights shall additionally be permitted per
NFPA 5000, Section 8.2.2.3.3.
(ii) Roof Covering
The roof covering based on the type of construction specified herein, shall have
a minimum classification of Class B per NFPA 5000 Table 38.2.2 and Chapter 38.
(q) VERTICAL OPENINGS
(i) Protection Requirements
Openings through floors shall be enclosed with 2-hour fire resistance rated
barrier walls that shall be continuous from floor to floor, or floor to roof in
accordance with NFPA 101, Section 8.6.
(1) Exception No. 1: pneumatic tube conveyors protected in accordance with
NFPA 101, 8.3.5.1.
(2) Exception No. 2: atriums as permitted by NFPA 101, 8.6.7.
(3) Exception No. 3: convenience openings protected in accordance with NFPA
101, 8.6.8.
(4) Exception No. 4: escalators and moving walks protected in accordance with
NFPA 101, 8.6.8.
Note: Unprotected openings in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 8.6.6,
Communicating Space, shall not be permitted.
(ii) Shafts.
(1) Enclosures
Shaft enclosures shall have minimum 2 hour fire resistance rating.
(2) Extent of Enclosures
Shafts that do not extend to the bottom of the building or structure shall:
(a) Be enclosed at the lowest or highest level of the shaft with
construction of the same fire resistive rating as the lowest floor
through which the shaft passes, but not less than the rating of the
shaft enclosure, or,
(b) Terminate in a room having a use related to the purpose of the shaft.
The room shall be separated from the rest of the building by a fire
barrier having a fire-resistance rating and opening protection at least
equal to the protection required for the shaft enclosure, or,
(c) Be protected by approved fire dampers installed in accordance with
their listings at the lowest or highest floor level of the shaft, as
applicable.
(3) Opening Protection
Opening protection (doors) for 2-hour rated enclosures shall have a 1½ hour
fire resistance rating and shall be self-closing or automatic - closing and
positive latching. Openings shall be limited to only those that are necessary
for the purpose of the shaft. Fire window assemblies are not permitted in
interior walls of shafts.
(4) Stair Penetrations
(a) Penetrations into and openings through an exit enclosure assembly
shall be prohibited except for the following:
Electrical conduits, required exit doors, ductwork and equipment
necessary for independent stair pressurization, water and steam piping
 R.116 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 169

necessary for the heating or cooling of the exit enclosure, sprinkler

piping, standpipes
(b) Penetrations shall also be prohibited between adjacent exit enclosures.
(5) Refuse and Laundry Chutes
(a) Access Rooms
Access openings for refuse and laundry chutes shall be located in
rooms or compartments enclosed by a fire barrier that has a fire-
resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings into the access
rooms shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire
protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour. Doors shall be self- or
automatic-closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with IBC
Section 715.4.7.3.
(b) Termination Rooms
Refuse and laundry chutes shall discharge into an enclosed room
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire barrier that has a
fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings into the
termination room shall be protected by opening protectives having a
fire protection rating of not less than ¾ hour. Doors shall be self- or
automatic closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with IBC
Section 715.4.7.3.
(r) PENETRATIONS
Penetrations of fire resistance rated or smoke resistant construction shall be
protected as follows.
(1) Fire Rated Assemblies
Fire stop systems and devices protecting through-penetrations and membrane-
penetrations of fire resistance rated walls and horizontal assemblies shall be
protected in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 8.3.5.
Where required per NFPA 5000, Section 8.8.8, fire dampers shall have minimum
damper ratings as follows:
• 3 hours for fire resistance rated assemblies of 3 hours or greater
• 1-1/2 hours for fire resistance rated assemblies of less than 3 hours.
Fire dampers shall also comply with NFPA 101, Section 8.3.5 for penetrations.
(2) Smoke Resistant Assemblies
Penetrations passing through smoke barrier or smoke partition assemblies shall
be protected by a system or material capable of restricting the transfer of
smoke per NFPA 101, Section 8.5.6.
Where a smoke resistant assembly is also constructed to have a fire resistance
rating, penetrations shall also comply with the requirements in NFPA 101,
Section 8.3.5 for purposes of limiting the spread of fire for a time period equal to
the fire resistance rating of the assembly.
 R.117 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 170

Where smoke dampers are provided, they shall be designed and tested in
accordance with the requirements of UL 555S, Standard for Smoke Dampers.
Where combination fire/smoke dampers are required, they shall be designed
and tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 555, Standard for Fire
Dampers.

117. SPECIAL HAZARDS

(a) SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS
The following special hazard rooms and spaces shall be separated from the
remainder of the building as follows.
(i) Transformer Location
The location of different types of transformers, the required enclosure
construction and enclosure fire-rating shall conform to Part B of Article 450 and
Section 450-41 of NEC.
(ii) Rooms containing combustion engine or gas, turbines, emergency generator
room
The enclosing construction of these rooms shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier
fire resistance rating.
(iii) Boiler and Fuel-fired Heaters
The Boiler and fuel-fired heaters housing / room shall have a minimum 2-hour
barrier fire resistance rating where the largest piece of equipment is over 15 psi
and 10 HP.
(iv) Gift Shops
Gift shops not exceeding 46.45 m2 in area shall be permitted to open onto a
corridor or lobby without opening protective’s, provided the building is
protected throughout by an automatic sprinkler system.
(v) Waste and Linen Rooms
Waste and linen rooms shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance
rating.
(vi) Storage Rooms and Laundries Greater than 9.29 m2
Storage rooms and laundries greater than 9.29 m2 shall have a minimum 2-hour
barrier fire resistance rating.
(vii) Plant Maintenance Shops
Plant maintenance shops shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance
rating.
(viii)Trash Collection Rooms
Trash collection rooms shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance rating.
(ix) Laboratories Using Hazardous Materials Considered a Severe Hazard
Laboratories using hazardous materials considered a severe hazard shall have a
minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance rating.
(x) Paint Shops
Paint shops shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance rating.
(xi) Vocational Shops Not Classified as Group H
 R.118 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 171

Vocational shops not classified as Group H shall have a minimum of 1-hour

barrier fire resistance rated construction.
(xii) Kitchens
Kitchens shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance rating. Separate
exhaust ducting for all kitchens/Cafeteria in the building shall be provided to
discharge the smoke and hot gases outside the building. Kitchen and cafeteria/
dining shall not be located in basement. They shall be located at Ground, first or
second floor.
(xiii) Boiler Rooms
Provision of boiler and boiler room (if applicable) shall conform to Indian Boiler
Act. The boilers shall be installed in a fire resistant room of 2-hours fire rating.
Catch pits shall be provided at the low level. The boiler room shall be provided
with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to atmosphere.
(xiv)Medical Gas Storage Areas
Medical gas storage areas shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance
rating
(xv) Anesthetizing Locations
These storage areas are considered as hazardous and protected in accordance
with Annex E of NFPA 99.
(b) LOCATION OF CRITICAL SERVICES:
All critical services such as Operation theatres, ICU, ICCU etc. shall be located at
lower floors in the Ground to 4th floor only.

118. INTERIOR FINISHES

(a) WALLS AND CEILINGS
(i) Minimum Flame Spread
The reduction in flame spread classification as indicated below shall be
permitted where the building is fully sprinkler protected in accordance with
NFPA 13. The occupancy group (Annexure-I) and minimum flame spread
classification requirement are given below:
Group I-2 Occupancy (Health care)
a. Exit enclosures and passageways Class B minimum.
b. Corridors Class B minimum. Class B minimum
c. Rooms and spaces Class B minimum
Group A occupancies (Assembly)
d. Exit enclosures and passageways Class B minimum.
e. Corridors. Class B minimum
f. Rooms and spaces. Class C minimum
Group B occupancies (Business)
g. Exit enclosures and passageways Class B minimum.
h. Corridors. Class C minimum
i. Rooms and spaces. Class C minimum
Group S-1 occupancies (Storage)
 R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 172

j. Exit enclosures and passageways Class C minimum.

k. Corridors Class C minimum
l. Rooms and spaces. Class C minimum
(ii) Textile Materials Applied to Walls and Ceilings
Class A, only permitted in rooms and areas protected throughout by an
approved sprinkler system.
(iii) Special Insulation Requirements
Cellular or foamed plastic materials shall not be used as interior wall or ceiling
finish unless specifically permitted by NFPA 101, Section 10.2.4.3.1 or 10.2.4.3.2.

119. MEANS OF EGRESS

(a) GENERAL
All components of egress shall be in accordance with NFPA 101, Chapter 7 unless
modified herein or by NFPA 101, Section 18.2.
(i) Occupant Load Factors
The occupant load factors (square meter per person) provided in Annexure II
shall be used for purposes of determining the required number of exits and exit
capacity for rooms, floors, areas, and buildings.
(ii) Number of Exits
(1) There shall be a minimum of 2 exits per floor and 2 exits from each smoke
compartment. Not less than one exit shall be one of the following:
(a) Door leading directly outside the building
(b) Stair
(c) Smoke proof enclosure
(d) Ramp
(e) Exit passageway
(2) Not less than 2 exits shall be provided from each smoke compartment.
Egress shall be permitted through an adjacent compartment or
compartments, but only if it shall not involve the return through the
compartment of fire origin.
(3) The general guideline for the number of required exits from various spaces
described by functional use is given below

TABLE 29 : Number of required exits for various occupancies in High-rise Hospital Building
S. No. Occupancy Number of Exits
(A) (B) (C)
1 Hospital Sleeping Rooms or Suites – Two exit access doors shall be
required from any patient sleeping rooms or suites over
93 m2.
Non-Sleeping Rooms or Suites – Two exit access doors
are required for rooms or suites exceeding 230 m2.
2 Assembly At least 2 exits required.
3 Office At least 2 exits are required in rooms or spaces exceeding
 R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 173

an occupant count of 49, or exceeding a common path of

travel of 30 m. Other variations may apply per NFPA 101,
Section 38.2.4.
4 Kitchen At least 2 exits are required in rooms or spaces exceeding
an occupant count of 29, or exceeding a common path of
travel of 30 m. Other variations may apply per NFPA 101,
Section 42.2.4.
5 Mechanical At least 2 exits are required in rooms or spaces exceeding
an occupant count of 29, or exceeding a common path of
travel of 30 m. Other variations may apply per NFPA 101,
Section 42.2.4.
6 Outpatient At least 2 exits required for any room exceeding 232 m2.
7 Retail Retail At least 2 exits are required in rooms or spaces
exceeding an occupant count of 49, or exceeding a
common path of travel of 30 m. Other variations may
apply per NFPA 101, Section 36.2.4.

(4) A minimum 3 exit staircases shall be provided where the calculated

occupant load on a floor is greater than 500 and does not exceed 1,000
persons.
(5) Minimum 4 Exit staircases shall be provided where the calculated occupant
load on a floor exceeds 1,000 persons.
(iii) Guard Rails
Where the elevation along open sides of a means of egress is more than 760 mm
above the adjacent grade level below, guards shall be provided in accordance
with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.2.4.
(iv) Impediments to Egress
Devices installed to restrict or impede the use of a means of egress under
normal conditions shall be designed and installed such that they will provide free
and clear access to the means of egress under emergency conditions unless
otherwise specified in the special locking arrangement provisions of 7.2.1.6 and
Chapter 18 of NFPA 101.
(v) Obstructions to Egress
Means of egress shall be maintained free of all obstructions or impediments at
all times in the case of fire or other emergency.
(b) ARRANGEMENT AND EXIT ACCESS
The exit access i.e. the portion of aggress system that leads from any occupied
portion of a building or structure to an exit shall comply with the following
requirements.
(i) Corridor Access
(1) Every habitable room shall have an exit access door leading directly to an
exit access corridor unless otherwise specified herein and NFPA 101, Section
18.2.5.5.1.
 R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 174

Exception: Rooms with exit doors opening directly to the outside at ground
level per NFPA 101, Section 18.2.5.5.3
(2) Sleeping suites and non-sleeping suites shall have a minimum of one means
of egress be directly to a corridor. Where suites are required to have two
means of egress, the second one shall be permitted through another suite,
provided that the separation between the suites complies with the corridor
separation requirements herein (NFPA 101, Sections 18.3.6.2 through
18.3.6.5.

(ii) Remoteness of Exits or Exit Access Doorways

When two means of egress are required, exits or exit access doorways shall be
separated by a minimum of one-third the maximum diagonal of a space or
building in a sprinklered building.
When three or more means of egress are required, two exits or exit access
doorways shall meet the requirements above and the additional exits shall be
arranged a reasonable distance apart, so that if one becomes blocked the others
will remain available.

(iii) Maximum Allowable Exit Access Travel Distances

The maximum travel distance of 45.0 meters is only allowed according to clause
4.5 Table (22) Part (4) of NBC, 2005

TABLE 30 : Maximum Allowable Exit Access Travel Distances in High-rise Hospital Building
S.
Occupancy/Location Travel Distance
No.
(A) (B) (C)
1 Sleeping Rooms – From any point in a 15.24 m
health care sleeping room and an exit
access door
2 Sleeping Suites – From any point in a 30.48 m. without having to pass
health care sleeping suite to an exit access through more than one intervening
door room
3 Non-Sleeping Suites – From any point in a 30.48 m where the suite is arranged
health care non-sleeping suite to an exit with one intervening room
access door 15.24 m where the suite is arranged
with two intervening rooms
4 From any room door required as an exit Within healthcare areas 45 m.
access door to a required exit
5 From any point within a room to an exit
6 Group I-2 occupancy (includes Child 45m
Care)
7 Laboratories classified as Group H 22.86 m. (H-1), 30.48 m. (H-2), 45 m.
Occupancies (H-3), 45 m (H-4) and 45 m. (H-5).
(Classification as per IBC 2006
Section 307)
8 Health Care 45 m.
9 Business 45 m.
10 Assembly 45 m. when protected throughout
by an approved, supervised
R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 175

automatic sprinkler system.

11 Storage 45 m
12 Outpatient 45 m
13 Common Path of Travel
14 Business 22.86 m
15 Assembly Permitted the first 6.10 m. from any
point where serving any number of
occupants and for the first 22.86 m.
from any point where serving not
more than 50 occupants.
16 Storage 30.48

(iv) Travel through Intervening Rooms

Exiting from any portion of the building shall be directly to an exit or a corridor.
Exceptions:
(1) Access to exits shall be permitted to occur through foyers, lobbies and
reception rooms when constructed as required for corridors (IBC 1017.5)..
(2) Access from rooms or spaces shall be permitted to be through adjoining or
intervening rooms, provided that such adjoining rooms are accessory to the
areas served and are of less or equal hazard, or as permitted herein for
Suites in the section on Maximum Allowable Travel Distances.
(3) Patient sleeping rooms shall be permitted to have one intervening room if
the intervening room is not used as an exit access for more than eight
patient beds.
(4) Special nursing suites shall be permitted to have one intervening room
where the arrangement allows for direct and constant visual supervision by
nursing personnel.
(5) For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms located within a suite, exit
access travel from within the suite shall be permitted through one
intervening room where the travel distance to the exit access door is not
greater than 30.48 m.
(6) For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms located within a suite, exit
access travel from within the suite shall be permitted through two
intervening rooms where the travel distance to the exit access door is not
greater than 15.24 m.
(v) Exit Access Components – Corridors

TABLE 31 : Exit Access Components – Corridors in High-rise Hospital Building

S.
Component Requirement
No.
(A) (B) (C)
(a) Width
1. In patient areas Minimum of 2.44 m
for bed
movement
2. Other than Minimum of 1.12 m
patient area
3. Reduction in Doors in fully opened position and handrails must not
width reduce the required width by less than 0.18 m.
R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 176

Doors in any position must not reduce width by more

than one-half.

Projections into the clear width shall not exceed 0.11 m

at or below the handrail height.
(b) Dead Ends Maximum of 9.14 m
(c) Separation See 2.2.3 Suites, and 2.2.4 Exit Corridors herein.
Requirements Doors compliant with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1 shall be
permitted
(d) Clear width -
minimum
Serving I-2 2.0 m
portions used for
movement of beds
Other doors 1.2 m.
(e) Width - maximum 2.0 m. max door leaf.
1. Means of Swing in the direction of exit travel when serving an
egress occupant load of 50 or more.
2. Roller latched Not permitted.
doors
(f) In smoke barrier 45-minute fire resistance rated, smoke- and draft
cross-corridor control doors shall be opposite swinging when installed
openings in the across corridors with egress in both directions.
means of egress Additionally these doors shall comply with the
following:
Have no center mullion.
Have vision panels.
Be closefitting and should be without undercuts,
louvers or grilles.
Have stops at the heads and jambs, and rabbet and
astragals at the meeting edges.
Be automatic closing by smoke detection.
Positive latching devices are not required.
(g) Other special Special doors, such as revolving doors or sliding doors,
doors may be used as egress doors per NFPA 101, Section
18.2.2.2.9.
(h) Panic hardware Each door in a means of egress from a Group A having
an occupant load of 50 or more and any Group H
occupancy should not be provided with a latch or lock
unless it is panic hardware or fire exit hardware.
(i) Locking Patient sleeping room doors shall not be permitted to
be locked except as permitted by NFPA 101, Section
18.2.2.2.2.
Doors within the required means of egress shall not be
equipped with a latch or lock requiring a tool or key
from the egress side except as permitted by NFPA 101,
 R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 177

Section 18.2.2.2.4.
Doors within the required means of egress that are
permitted by exception to be locked shall have
provisions made for the rapid unlocking of the locks or
locking devices per NFPA 101, Section 18.2.2.2.5.
Doors in an exit passageway, stairway enclosure,
horizontal exit, smoke barrier, or hazardous area
enclosure (except boiler rooms, heater rooms, and
mechanical equipment rooms) shall be permitted to be
held open only by an automatic release device that
complies with NFPA 101, 7.2.1.8.2.
The doors shall release upon an alarm signal from the
fire alarm system.
Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved
automatic flush bolts may be used, provided that the
door leaf having the automatic flush bolts has no
doorknob from the inside or surface-mounted
hardware. (IBC 1008.1.8.3)
Manually operated flush bolts or surface bolts are only
allowed where a pair of doors serves a storage or
equipment room. In these cases, the manually operated
edge- or surface-mounted bolts are permitted on the
inactive leaf. (IBC 1008.1.8.3)

(c) THE EXIT

(i) Permissible exits shall be as follows:
(1) Doors leading directly to the outside of the building.
(2) Stairs
(3) Smoke proof Enclosures.
(4) Ramps
(5) Exit Passageways.
(6) Horizontal Exits.
(ii) Exit Width and Capacity
For exit stairways, a factor of 7.6 mm per occupant shall be applied. For other
exit components, a factor of 5.0 mm per occupant shall be applied.
(iii) Stairs

Stairs shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.2 unless otherwise modified
herein.
TABLE 32 : Stairs requirement in High-rise Hospital Building
S.
Component Requirement
No.
(A) (B) (C)
a. Stair width Minimum stair width shall be 2.0 m. clear
width.
b. Permissible projections Shall not exceed 0.11 m. at or below the
handrail height. Not limited above the
R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 178

headroom height required.

c. Steps
Riser height Minimum of 0.1 m; Maximum of 0.18 m
Minimum tread Minimum of 0.28 m
d. Stair landing Dimension in the direction of travel equal to
the stair width
e. Handrails Required on both sides.
Continuity Shall be continuous, without interruption by
newel posts or other obstructions for the full
length of each flight of stairs.
Height Handrails shall be not less than 865 mm, and
not more than 965 mm above the surface of
the tread, measured vertically to the top of the
rail from the leading edge of the tread.
f. Roof access In building four or more stories in height, one
stair shall provide access to the roof.
g. Stairway identification Shall be provided per NFPA 101, Section
7.3.3.5.4.
h. Variation of riser height The variation of riser height for a flight of stairs
shall not exceed 9.5 mm.
i. Distance between landings The vertical distances between landings as
measured between the horizontal planes of
adjacent landings shall not exceed 3.66 m.
j. Exterior exit stairways Not permitted as a required means of egress
per IBC 1023.2 for Group I-2 occupancies or for
any occupancies in high-rise buildings.
k. Enclosures Stair enclosures shall have minimum 2 hour
barrier fire resistance rating. See Section 2.6.2
on Shafts herein.
l. Openings See protection of openings in Section 2.6.2.3
herein.
m. Stairway marking Stairway marking shall be in accordance with
NFPA 101, Section 7.2.2.5.4.
n. Stairway door locking Stairway doors other than the exit discharge
doors shall be permitted to be locked from
stairway side. Stairway doors that are locked
from the stairway side shall be capable of
being unlocked simultaneously without
unlatching upon a signal from the fire
command center
o. Stairway re-entry access Re-entry access for health care occupancies
shall be provided per NFPA 101 Section
7.2.1.5.7.
(iv) Smoke proof Exit Enclosures
Smoke proof enclosures shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.3 unless
otherwise modified herein. Every required stairway serving floors more than
R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 179

22.86 m. above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access shall comply
with the provisions for smoke proof enclosures In accordance with NFPA 101:
7.2.3.
(1) Enclosure
A smoke proof enclosure shall be enclosed from the highest point to the
lowest point and shall be separated from the remainder of the building by
not less than 2-hour fire barriers. Access to the stairway shall be by way of
a vestibule. The vestibule shall be within the 2-hour rated enclosure and
shall be considered part of the smoke proof enclosure. The smoke proof
enclosure shall be without openings other than the required means of
egress doors. Exception: When a stair pressurization system is used, a stair
entrance vestibule is not required.
(2) Vestibule
Access to the stairway shall be by way of a vestibule. The vestibule shall be
within the 2-hour rated enclosure and shall be considered part of the
smoke proof enclosure. The door opening into the vestibule shall be
protected with an approved fire door assembly having a minimum 1 ½-
hour fire protection rating. The door from the vestibule into the stairway
shall have a minimum 20-minute fire protection rating. Doors shall be self-
closing or shall be automatic-closing by actuation of a smoke detector
located within 3.05 m of the vestibule entrance door.
(3) Discharge
Every smoke proof enclosure shall discharge into a public way, into a yard
or court having direct access to a public way, or into an exit passageway.
Such exit passageways shall be without openings, other than the entrance
to the smoke proof enclosure and the door opening to the outside yard,
court, or public way. The exit passageway shall be separated from the
remainder of the building by a 2-hour fire resistance rating.
(4) Stair Pressurization Alternative
When a stair pressurization system is used, a stair entrance vestibule is not
required. Smoke proof enclosures using stair pressurization shall use an
approved engineered system with a design pressure difference across the
barrier of not less than 12.5 N/m2, and shall be capable of maintaining
these pressure differences under likely conditions of stack effect or wind.
The pressure difference across doors shall not exceed that which allows
the door to begin to be opened by a force of 133 N.
(5) System Activation
The activation of the stair pressurization system shall be initiated by
smoke detectors installed at each floor level in an approved location
within 3.05 m. of the entrance to the smoke proof enclosure. When the
closing device for the stair shaft is activated by smoke detection or power
failure, the mechanical equipment shall activate and operate at the
required performance levels. The required mechanical systems shall
operate upon the activation of the smoke detectors specified above and
by manual controls accessible to the fire department. The required system
shall also be initiated by the following, if provided:
(a) Water flow signal from a complete automatic sprinkler system
R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 180

(b) General evacuation alarm signal

(6) Ramps
Ramp (a) from Ground floor to the critical areas (b) from terrace to the
refuge floor shall be provided.
The open external ramp with fire doors on each floor in the mandatory
side and rear open space may also be considered after leaving clear 7.0
meters driveway.
(7) Exit Passageways
(a) Exit passageways shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.6 unless
otherwise modified herein.
(b) Separation of exit passageways from the rest of the building shall be
by construction having a minimum barrier fire resistance rating of not
less than 2-hours.
(a) Exception: Where the exit connects three stories or less, the
separation shall have a barrier fire resistance rating of not less
than 1-hour.
(c) Fire windows shall be permitted in openings per NFPA 101, Section
7.2.6.2.
(d) Exit passageways that discharge from stair enclosures shall have fire
resistance ratings and protection of openings not less than those
required of the stair enclosure (also see Section 2.2.7 herein).
(e) The width of an exit passageway shall be adequate to accommodate
the aggregate required capacity of all exits that discharge through it.
(b) Exception: the capacity shall not be required to be aggregated
where an exit passageway additionally serves occupants on the
level of exit discharge.
(f) The floor of an exit passageway shall be solid and without
perforations.
(8) Horizontal Exits
Horizontal exits shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.4 unless otherwise
modified herein or by NFPA 101, Section 18.2.2.5.
Accumulation space shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit
as follows:
• Not less than 2.8 (net) sq m per patient in a hospital or nursing home,
or not less than 1.4 (net) sq m per resident in a limited care facility,
shall be provided within the aggregated area consisting of corridors,
patient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas, and other
similar areas
• On stories not housing bed or litter borne patients, not less than 0.56
(net) sq m per occupant shall be provided for the total number of
occupants in adjoining compartments.
Horizontal exits shall be permitted for substitution of other exits to the
extent that the total exit capacity shall not be reduced by more than 1/3
for healthcare or more than 50 percent for other occupancies
A single door shall be permitted across a corridor of a horizontal exit if all
of the following conditions are met:
• The exit serves one direction only.
• Such door is a swinging door or a horizontal-sliding door complying
with 7.2.1.14.
• The door is not less than 411⁄2 in. (1055 mm) in clear width.
 R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 181

Horizontal exits serving as a means of egress from both sides shall be

permitted to be protected by a pair of swinging doors that swing in
opposite directions from each other and each having a clear width as
follows:
• Not less than 1055 mm for corridor widths of 2440 mm or greater,
and,
• Not less than 810 mm for corridor widths of 1830 mm but less than
2440 mm..
Exception: Openings shall be permitted to be protected by horizontal
sliding doors complying with NFPA 101 Section 7.2.1.14 that provide clear
widths as follows:
• Not less than 2110 mm for corridor widths of 2440 mm or greater,
and,
• Not less than 1625 mm for corridor widths of 1830 mm but less than
2440 mm

(d) THE EXIT DISCHARGE

Exit discharge shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.7 unless otherwise modified
herein.
(i) Termination
Exits shall be permitted to terminate at the following:
(1) directly at a public way, exterior exit discharge, yard, court, open space, or
other portions of the exit discharge that are of adequate width and size to
provide occupants with a safe and unobstructed access to a public way,
(2) to an interior exit discharge in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.7.2,
(3) to a rooftop exit discharge in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.7.6, or,
(4) to a vestibule or foyer in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.7.2.5
(ii) Discharge inside of a building through the level of exit discharge
Not more than 50 percent of the required number of exits, and not more than
50 percent of the required egress capacity shall discharge through areas on the
level of exit discharge. The discharge shall lead to a free and unobstructed way
to the exterior of the building, and such way shall be readily visible and
identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
The area on the level of discharge shall be separated from areas below by
construction having a fire resistance rating not less than that required for the
exit enclosure.
Exception: The separation shall not be required where the levels below are part
of anatrium with the level of discharge and the atrium is protected in
accordance with NFP Section 8.6.7.
(iii) Marking of Exit Discharge
Stairs shall be arranged and the exit discharge marked to make clear the
direction of egress to a public way. Stairs that continue more than one-half story
beyond the level of exit discharge shall be interrupted at the level of exit
discharge by partitions, doors, or other effective means.
(iv) Exit Courts
The width shall not be less than 1.12 m. The required width shall be unobstructed
to a minimum height of 2.13 m. An exit court serving an occupant load of 10 or
more and less than 3.05 m. in width shall have court walls of 1-hour fire-resistive
construction for a distance 3.05 m. above the floor of the court and openings
 R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 182

protected by fixed or self-closing assemblies having a 3/4 –hour fire-protection

rating.
(e) ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS
Accessible means of egress shall comply with the IBC as follows:

TABLE 33 : Accessible means of egress in High-rise Hospital Building

S.
Component Requirement
No.
(A) (B) (C)
1. Where Required Accessible spaces shall be provided with not less than
one accessible means of egress. Where more than one
means of egress is required from any accessible space,
each accessible portion of the space shall be served by
accessible means of egress in at least the same number
as the minimum required number of exits. In addition,
the means of egress which provides access to or egress
from, buildings for persons with disabilities, shall also
comply with the requirements.
Exceptions: 1. Not required in alterations to existing buildings.
2. One accessible means of egress is required from an
accessible mezzanine.
2. Continuity and Shall be continuous to a public way and shall consist of
components one or more of the following components:
1. Accessible routes.
2. Stairways with vertical exit enclosures.
3. Exterior exit stairways (not permitted in a Group I-2
occupancy).
4. Elevators.
5. Platform lifts.
6. Horizontal exits.
7. Ramps (exterior ramps not permitted for hospitals
or high-rise buildings).
8. Areas of refuge.
Exceptions: 1. Where the exit discharge is not accessible, an
exterior area of assisted rescue shall be provided.
2. Where the exit stairway is open to the exterior, the
accessible means of egress shall include either an
area of refuge or an exterior area for assisted
rescue.
3. Elevators One accessible means of egress shall be provided by an
elevator in buildings where a required accessible floor is
four or more stories above or below a level of exit
discharge.
In order to be considered part of an accessible means of
egress, an elevator shall comply with the emergency
operational and signaling device requirements of
Section 2.227 of ASME A17.1. Standby power shall be
provided and the elevator shall be accessed from either
R.119 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 183

an area of refuge or a horizontal exit.

4. Exit Stairways In order to be considered part of an accessible means of
egress, an exit stairway shall have a clear width of not
less than 1.22m between handrails and shall either
incorporate an area of refuge within an enlarged floor-
level landing or shall be accessed from either an area of
refuge or a horizontal exit.
5. Platform Lifts Shall not be part of an accessible means of egress
except where allowed as part of a required accessible
route in IBC Section 1109.7. Standby power shall be
provided and the lift should not be enclosed.
6. Areas of Refuge Shall be accessible from the space it serves by an
accessible means of egress. Every required area of
refuge shall have direct access to an enclosed stairway
or an elevator. Where an elevator lobby is used as an
area of refuge, the shaft and lobby shall be a smoke
proof enclosure except where the elevators are in an
area of refuge formed by a horizontal exit or smoke
barrier.
a. Size Sized to accommodate a wheelchair space of not less
than 30 inches by 48 inches for each 200 occupants or
portion thereof, based on the occupant load of the area
of refuge and areas served by the area of refuge. The
wheelchair space shall not reduce the required means
of egress width. Access to any of the required
wheelchair spaces in an area of refuge shall not be
obstructed by more than one adjoining wheelchair
space.
b. Separation Each area of refuge shall be separated from the
remainder of the story by a smoke barrier or a
horizontal exit except those located within vertical exit
enclosures.
c. Two-way Shall be provided between area of refuge and the
communication central control point. If the central control point is not
constantly attended, the area of refuge shall have
access to a public telephone system. The two-way
communication system shall include both audible and
visible signals.
d. Instructions Shall be posted adjoining the two-way communication
system.
e. Identification Each door providing access to an area of refuge shall be
provided with a sign stating “Area of Refuge” and the
International Symbol of Accessibility.
7. At exits and elevators serving as a required accessible
space but not providing an approved accessible means
of egress, signage shall be installed indicating the
 R.120 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 184

location of accessible means of egress.

8 Exterior area for Shall be open to the outside air and meet the
Assisted Rescue requirements of IBC Section 1007.6.1. Separation walls
shall comply with the requirements for exterior walls.
Where walls or openings between the area for assisted
rescue and the interior of the building, the building
exterior walls within 3.048 m. horizontally of a non-
rated wall or unprotected opening should have a fire-
resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings
within such exterior walls should be protected by
opening protective having a fire protection rating of
not less than ¾ hour. This construction should extend
vertically from the ground to a point 3.048 m. above the
floor level of the area for assisted rescue or to the roof
line, whichever is lower.
a. Openness Shall be at least 50 percent open.
b. Exterior exit Not permitted in Group I-2 occupancy.
stairway
c. Identification Shall be provided.

120. EMERGENCY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

(a) MEANS OF EGRESS IDENTIFICATION
Signs shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.10 unless otherwise modified herein.
(i) Required Locations: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved
exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall
be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of
egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement
shall be such that no point in a corridor is more than 30.48 m. or the listed
viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit
sign.
Exceptions:
(1) Exit signs are not required in rooms or areas that require only one means of
egress.
(2) Main exterior exit doors or gates that are obviously and clearly identifiable
as exits need not have exit signs where approved by the Authority Having
Jurisdiction.
(ii) Power Requirements: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure
continued illumination for duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of
primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an
emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or an
on-site generator.
Illumination of exit sign and directional signs shall be supplied by life safety
branch of the electrical system as described in NFPA 99, Standard for Health
Care Facilities.
(b) MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION (NFPA 101, 7.8)
(i) Lighting Requirements: Means of egress illumination shall be a minimum of 10.8
lux at the floor level throughout the means of egress (including the exit
discharge) at all times the building is occupied.
 R.120 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 185

(ii) Power Requirements: Means of egress illumination shall be on emergency

power supplied by life safety branch of the electrical system as described in
NFPA 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities.
The power supply shall normally be provided by the premises’ electrical supply.
In the event of power failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically
illuminate the following areas:
(1) Aisles and unenclosed stairways in rooms requiring two or more means of
egress.
(2) Corridors, exit enclosures, and exit passageways in buildings required to
have two or more exits.
(3) Interior exit discharge elements in buildings required to have two or more
exits.
(c) EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS
An emergency power system complying with IBC Section 2702 shall be provided for
the following emergency power loads:
(i) Exit signs and means of egress illumination
(ii) Elevator car lighting
(iii) Emergency voice/alarm communications systems
(iv) Automatic fire detection systems
(v) Fire alarm and monitoring systems
(vi) Power and lighting for the fire command center
(vii) Electrically powered fire pumps
(viii) Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smoke proof enclosures
(ix) Not less than one elevator serving all floors, with standby power transferable to
any elevator
(x) Mechanical equipment for smoke control systems.
(xi) Horizontal sliding doors
(xii) Standby generators shall be located in a room having a minimum 2 hour fire
resistance-rated separation from the remainder of the building.
(d) EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER BRANCH CIRCUITS
Emergency and standby power shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 99:
4.4.2.2.2 and shall be supplied by an on-site generator.
i) Life Safety Branch
(1) Illumination of means of egress.
(2) Exit signs and exit directional signs.
(3) Fire alarm systems.
(4) Alarms required for systems used for the piping of non-flammable medical
gases.
(5) Hospital communication systems when used for emergency instructions.
(6) Emergency generator room lighting and selected receptacles.
(7) Elevator cab lighting, control, communication, and signal systems.
(8) Automatically operated doors used for building egress.
(9) Lighting in rooms where life-support systems are in use.
ii) Critical Branch
(1) Critical care areas that use anesthetizing gases, task illumination, selected
receptacles, and fixed equipment.
(2) Isolated power systems in special environments.
(3) Task illumination and selected receptacles in the following:
(a) Patient care areas including infant nurseries, selected acute nursing
areas, psychiatric bed areas, and ward treatment rooms.
(b) Medication preparation areas.
 R.121 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 186

(c) Pharmacy dispensing areas.

(d) Nurses’ stations.
(4) Additional specialized patient care task illumination and receptacles where
required.
(5) Nurse call systems.
(6) Blood, bone, and tissue banks.
(7) Telephone equipment rooms and closets.
(8) Task illumination, select receptacle and selected power circuits for:
(a) General care beds (at least one duplex receptacle per patient
bedroom).
(b) Angiographic labs.
(c) Cardiac catheterization labs.
(d) Coronary care units.
(e) Hemodialysis rooms or areas.
(f) Emergency room treatment areas (selected).
(g) Human physiology labs.
(h) Intensive care units.
(i) Post-operative recovery rooms (selected).
(9) Additional task illumination, receptacles, and selected power circuits
needed for effective facility operation. Single-phase fractional horsepower
exhaust fan motors that are interlocked with three-phase motors on the
equipment system shall be permitted to be connected to the critical branch.
iii) Source: On-site generator.
iv) Transfer Time: For life safety and critical branch 10 seconds or UPS where
required.
v) Fuel Supply: An on-premises fuel supply sufficient not less than 2 hours full
demand operation of the system shall be provided.

121. ELEVATORS
(a) Minimum Dimensions: Elevators shall be sized in accordance with requirements of
ANSI / ASME A17.1, unless otherwise modified herein. Elevators shall be sized to
accommodate a 4-bed minimum to provide for bed / stretcher coupled with life
saving equipments.
(b) Elevator Operation and Installation: Elevators shall comply with ANSI / ASME A17.1.
(c) Fire Emergency Controls: Elevators shall be provided with Phase I emergency recall
operation and Phase II emergency in-car operation in accordance with ANSI / ASME
A17.1.
(d) Hoistway Venting:
(i) Required Locations: For elevator shafts extending through more than three
stories.
(ii) Vent Area: Not less than 3.5 percent of the area of the hoistway nor less than
0.28 m2 for each elevator car, and not less than 3.5 percent nor less than 0.047
m2 for each dumbwaiter car in the hoist way, whichever is greater.
(iii) Vent Configuration: Of the total required vent area not less than one-third shall
be permanently open. Closed portions of the required vent area shall consist of
openings glazed with annealed glass not greater than 3.2 mm. in thickness.
(iv) Equipment Venting: When solid-state equipment is used to operate the
elevators the elevator equipment room shall be provided with an independent
ventilator or air conditioning system to prevent overheating:

122.FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

(a) AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
 R.123 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 187

The building shall be fully sprinkle red and supervised in accordance with NFPA 13,
and modified herein.
A secondary water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler demand,
including the hose stream requirement, shall be provided for high-rise buildings in
Seismic Design category C, D, E or F as determined by the IBC. The secondary water
supply shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes as determined by the
occupancy hazard classification in accordance with NFPA 13.
A Class I standpipe system shall be provided.
Listed quick-response or listed residential sprinklers shall be used throughout smoke
compartments containing patient sleeping rooms.
(b) PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS
(i) Portable extinguishers shall be provided at each compartment / floor of the
building in accordance with the more stringent requirements of IS 2190 and NFPA
10.
(ii) Mist equipment i.e., 9 liters (2 nos) per floor and 600 liters Mist (Trolley
mounted) with 60.00meters hose in Fire Control Room shall be provided.
(c) HOSE REELS
One First Aid hose reel shall be provided for every 1000 sq.m. Floor area, located in
the vicinity of an exit staircase.
(d) YARD HYDRANTS AND WET STANDPIPES
Yard hydrants and wet standpipe connections shall be provided per NFPA Standards
unless otherwise modified herein. The most stringent of the requirements shall
apply. Requirements are as follows:
Wet standpipes shall be provided for every 1000 sq. m of floor area with a minimum
of the greater of 2 per floor, or one for each exit staircase. Yard hydrants shall be
provided around the perimeter of the building at a distance of every 45 m.
(e) FIRE PUMPS
Fire pumps and jockey pumps shall be designed and installed per NFPA 20 based on
the hydraulic demands of the fire protection systems provided.
(f) WATER SUPPLY TANKS
Terrace tank with a minimum capacity of 100,000 Liters shall be installed to provide
an adequate water supply for fire protection systems.
An underground water tank with a minimum capacity of 4.00 lakhs Liters shall be
provided for firefighting purposes.

123.FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS

(a) Health care occupancies (per NFPA 101, Section 18.3.4) shall be provided with fire
alarm and detection systems. They shall be Designed and installed per the more
stringent of IS 2189 and NFPA unless as modified herein.
(b) ALARM INITIATING DEVICES
Initiation of the required fire alarm systems shall be by manual means and by means
of any required detection devices, detection systems, or sprinkler system water flow
alarms. When activated, alarm initiating devices shall activate audible and visible
alarm signals. The general evacuation alarm signal shall operate throughout the
entire building.

Operation of any control initiating device in the fire alarm system shall automatically
accomplish the fire safety control function(s) for which the device is designed.
R.123 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 188

(i) Manual Fire Alarm Stations

Manual call points (Pull stations) shall be provided in the natural path of escape
near every exit door at each floor including basements. The travel distance to a
Manual call point shall not be more than 60.96 m.
Manual pull stations may alternatively be located at nurses' stations in patient
sleeping areas in lieu of required exits provided they are visible and continuously
accessible, and do not exceed 60.96 m. travel distance.
(ii) Smoke Detectors
(1) Duct smoke detectors shall be provided in air supply systems over 0.94
m3/s, located in the main return air and exhaust air plenums.
(2) Duct smoke detectors shall be provided in return air systems serving more
than 1 story and 7.08 m3/s, located at each connection to a vertical duct or
riser.
(3) Smoke detectors shall be provided in spaces open to corridors unless they
are directly supervised from the nurse’s station. This includes waiting and
similar spaces open to the corridor.
(4) Smoke detectors shall be provided in elevator lobbies and machine rooms
to recall elevators.
(5) Smoke detector shall be provided at each smoke damper for damper
activation.
(6) Smoke detectors shall be provided at hold-open doors, located on each side
of the doors.
(7) Smoke detectors, which receive primary power from the building wiring,
shall be provided in the patient sleeping rooms with visual display in
corridor outside room and at the nurses’ station.
(8) In each mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone
equipment or similar room which is not provided with sprinkler protection,
elevator machine rooms and in elevator lobbies.
(9) Corridor smoke detection is not required in smoke compartments
containing patient sleeping units where patient sleeping units are provided
with smoke detectors that comply with UL268. Such detectors shall provide
a visual display on the corridor side of each patient sleeping unit and an
audible and visual alarm at the nursing station attending each unit.
(10) Corridor smoke detection is not required in smoke compartments
containing patient sleeping units, where patient sleeping units are equipped
with automatic door –closing devices with integral smoke detectors on the
unit sides installed in accordance with their listing, provided that the
integral detectors perform the required alerting function.
(iii) Sprinkler System Water Flow Devices
A supervised control valve tamper switch and water flow detection device shall
be provided at the lateral connection to the sprinkler system on each floor.
All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems, pumps,
water levels and temperatures, critical air pressures and water-flow switches on
all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised.
Exceptions:
(1) Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked in the open position.
(2) Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint spray booths or dip tanks
that are sealed or locked in the open position.
(3) Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump engines that are sealed or
locked in the open position.
 R.124 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 189

(c) ALARM INITIATION

Where an alarm notification system is required, it shall be activated by the following
devices sending signals to the fire alarm system:
(i) Automatic detection devices.
(ii) Sprinkler water-flow devices and other extinguishing system operation Manual
fire alarm boxes.
(d) ALARM ANNUNCIATION AND ZONING
Alarm annunciation and zoning shall be per NFPA 101, Section 9.6.7 unless modified
as follows.
Alarm zones shall be permitted to coincide with the areas of compliant smoke
compartments.
(e) OCCUPANT NOTIFICATION
Audible and visual alarms shall be provided in all non-patient areas and shall be listed
for their purpose.
Automatic occupant notification of alarm shall be provided in accordance with NFPA
101, Section 9.6.3.with the following exceptions:
Exceptions:
(i) Smoke detectors located at doors for the exclusive operation of automatic door
release shall be required to activate the building evacuation alarm, provided that
the power supply and installation wiring to the detectors are monitored by the
building fire alarm system, and the activation of the detectors initiates a
supervisory signal at a constantly attended location.
(ii) Visual alarms shall be permitted to replace audible alarms for critical-care areas
of Group I-2occupancies.
(f) FIRE SERVICES NOTIFICATION
Notification of the fire services shall be in accordance with NFPA 101 Section 9.6.4.

124. EMERGENCY VOICE ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

(a) EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM SYSTEM
An emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be required.
The operation of any automatic fire detection, sprinkler water-flow device or manual fire
alarm box shall automatically sound an alert tone followed by voice instructions giving
approved information on a minimum of the alarming floor, the floor above and the floor
below in accordance with Section 404 of the International Fire Code. Speakers shall be
provided throughout the building by paging zones. As a minimum, paging zones shall be
provided as follows:
1. Elevator groups
2. Exit stairways
3. Each floor
4. Areas of refuge as defined in IBC Section 1002.1
In Group I-2 occupancies, the alarm shall sound in a constantly attended area and a
general occupant notification should be broadcast over the overhead page.
(i) Manual Override
A manual override for emergency voice communication shall be provided on a
selective and all-call basis for all paging zones.
(ii) Live Voice Messages
The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall also have the capability
to broadcast live voice messages through paging zones on a selective and all-call
basis.
 R.125 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 190

(iii) Design and Installation

The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be designed and
installed in accordance with NFPA 72.
(b) FIRE DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
An approved two-way fire department communications system shall be provided for
fire department use and shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72. It
shall operate between a fire command centre and elevators (lifts), elevator lobbies
(lift landings), emergency and standby power rooms, fire pump rooms, areas of
refuge, and inside enclosed exit stairways. The main control unit shall be located in the
fire command centre. Fire department communication devices / telephones shall be
provided at the following areas:
(i) Stairway landings at each floor level within enclosed stairways
(ii) Lifts and lift landings
(iii) Refuge areas
(iv) All critical service areas such as Operation theatres, ICU, ICCU etc.
Fire department radio systems shall be permitted to be provided where approved by
the fire department.
(c) FIRE COMMAND CENTER
A fire command center shall be provided. The location and accessibility shall be
approved by the fire department. The fire command center shall be separated from
the remainder of the building by not less than 1-hour fire barrier or horizontal
assembly, or both. The room shall be a minimum of 9 m2 with a minimum dimension
of 2.44 m. A layout of the fire command center and all features required shall be
submitted for approval prior to installation. The fire command center shall comply
with NFPA 72 and contain the following features:
(i) The emergency voice/alarm communication system unit
(ii) The fire department communications unit
(iii) Fire detection and alarm system annunciator unit
(iv) Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of the elevators and whether
they are operational
(v) Status indicators and controls for air-handling systems.
(vi) The fire-fighter’s control panel required for smoke-control systems.
(vii) Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.
(viii) Sprinkler valve and water-flow detector display panels.
(ix) Emergency and standby power status indicators.
(x) A telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public
telephone system.
(xi) Fire pumps status indicators.
(xii) Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the
building core, means of egress, fire protection systems, fire-fighting equipment
and fire department access Worktable.
(xiii) Generator supervision devices, manual start and transfer features.
(xiv)Public address system, where specifically required by other sections of the IBC.
(xv) Evacuation Chairs and Evacuation Stretchers (each 4 no’s per floor) shall be
provided for evacuation in case of emergency.

125. ATRIUM REQUIREMENTS

(a) DEFINITION
 R.125 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 191

A large-volume space created by a floor opening or series of floor openings

connecting two or more stories that is covered at the top of the series of openings
and is used for purposes other than an enclosed stairway; elevator hoist way;
escalator opening; or utility shaft used for plumbing, electrical, air-conditioning, or
communication facilities.
(b) USES PERMITTED WITHIN ATRIA
The occupancy within the atrium space shall meet the specifications for classification
as low or ordinary hazard contents.
(c) SEPARATION
An atrium shall be separated from the adjacent spaces by fire barriers of not less
than 1-hour fire resistance rating with opening protective for corridor walls.

Exceptions:
(i) Any number of levels of the building shall be permitted to open directly to the
atrium without enclosure based on the results of the smoke control engineering
analysis described above.
(ii) Glass walls and inoperable windows shall be permitted in lieu of the fire barriers
where automatic sprinklers are spaced along both sides of the glass wall and the
inoperable window at intervals not to exceed 1.83 m. The automatic sprinklers
shall be located at a distance from the glass not to exceed 0.3 m. and should be
arranged so that the entire surface of the glass is wet upon operation of the
sprinklers. The glass shall be tempered, wired, or laminated glass held in place
by a gasket system that allows the glass framing system to deflect without
breaking(loading) the glass before the sprinklers operate. Sprinklers shall not be
required on the atrium side of the glass wall and the inoperable window where
there is no walkway or other floor area on the atrium side above the main floor
level. Doors in such walls shall be glass or other material that resists the passage
of smoke. Doors shall be self-closing or automatic-closing upon detection of
smoke.
(iii) A glass-block wall assembly in accordance with IBC Section 2110 and having a ¾-
hour fire protection rating.
(iv) The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the atrium shall not be required to be
separated from the atrium where such spaces are included in the design of the
smoke control system.
(d) SMOKE CONTROL
(i) System Design Criteria
Where an atrium exceeds 2 stories, an engineering analysis shall be performed
to demonstrate that the building is designed to keep the smoke layer interface
above the highest unprotected opening to adjoining spaces, or 1.83 m. above
the highest floor level of exit access open to the atrium for a period equal to 1.5
times the calculated egress time or 20 minutes, whichever is greater. A smoke
control system, where required, shall be installed in accordance with IBC Section
909.
(ii) System Activation
 R.126 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 192

Where an engineered smoke control system is installed, the system shall be

independently activated by each of the following:
1. The required automatic sprinkler system or automatic smoke detection
device designed to activate the smoke control system.
2. Manual controls that are readily accessible to the fire department.

126. EGRESS TRAVEL

In other than the lowest level of the atrium, where the required means of egress is through
the atrium space, the portion of exit access travel distance within the atrium space shall
not exceed 60.96 m.

127.RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT

The fire and life safety risk assessment report of High Rise Hospital Building conforming to
NFPA-1031 (Sec 5 &7) shall be prepared by, but not limited to any of the following reputable
Institutions or organizations:
(a) Institution of Fire Engineers (IFE, India) (or) BE Fire Engineers.
(b) Authorized agency/experts panel of Institution of Fire Engineers (IFE) (or)
(c) National Association of Fire Officers (NAFO, India) (or)
(d) Any recognized university or any other agency approved by the Director General of
Fire and Emergency Services, A.P., Hyderabad.

128. BASEMENT PROTECTION

(a) General
(i) Basements shall comply with the IBC for S-2 Storage occupancies.
Exception: Means of Egress shall be in accordance with NFPA 5000 and NFPA
101.
(ii) Basements shall not be used for any other purpose except parking and building
services Exception: Specialized medical facilities/services compliant with NFPA
99 shall be permitted in the second level basement.
(b) VENTILATON AND SMOKE MANAGEMENT
Basements Ventilation shall be provided as below: (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6).
(i) The building shall be provided with the ventilation strictly in accordance with
Part- VIII Section-I and Clause C-1.6.1 to C — 1.6.6 of Part-IV of National Building
Code of India. The smoke control/extraction system shall be designed as per
NBC Part-4/IBC Section909 and NFPA-92. Where conflicts exist, the most
stringent provisions shall apply.
(ii) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area
(aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the
perimeter of the basement shall be provided in the form of grills, or breakable
stall board lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts. Alternatively, a system
of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke outlets at
basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level
with stall board or pavement lights should be in position easily accessible to the
fire brigade and clearly marked ' SMOKE OUTLET' or” AIR INLET” with an
indication of area Served at or near the opening. (NBC Part-4(C.1.6.1).
(iii) The staircase serving basements shall be of enclosed type with a fire resistance
the greater of not less than 2 hours or the floor/ceiling construction that it is
Penetrating, and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be
entered at ground level only from the open air and in such positions that smoke
 R.129 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 193

from any fire in the basement shall not obstruct any exit serving the ground and
upper Stories of the building and shall communicate with basement through a
lobby Provided with fire resisting self closing doors of 1 hour resistance. (NBC
Part-4 (C.1.6.2), or as otherwise specified herein.
(iv) In multi-storey basements, intake ducts may serve all basements levels, but each
basement level shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Ducts so
provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as the compartment itself.
(NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.3) or as otherwise specified herein.
(v) Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels
shall also be provided. The system shall be of such design as to automatically
operate on activation of heat/smoke sensitive defectors or sprinklers. It shall
also have an arrangement to be capable of a manual start. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4).
(vi) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that
extractors shall continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically
with actuation of fire detectors. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4.1).
(vii) Mechanical extractors shall be designed to permit 30 air changes per hour in
case of fire or distress call. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4.2).
(viii) Mechanical extractor shall have an alternative source of supply. (NBC Part-4
(C.1.6.4.3).
(ix) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick
masonry of reinforced cement concrete as far as possible and when this duct
crosses the transformer area or electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be
provided. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4.4).
(x) If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors, these openings
shall be protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so as to form a water
curtain in the event office. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.6).

129. SMOKE COMPARTMENTATION

(a) For every storey used by patient for sleeping or treatment, or other stories with an
occupant load of 50 or more persons, floors shall be divided into separate fire/
smoke compartments with areas not exceeding 500 m2 and enclosing construction
having a minimum 2 hour fire rating, unless otherwise specified herein.
(b) The services, standby generator and store must be segregated from others by
erecting fire-resistant wall of not less than 2 hours rating. Each of the compartments
must be individually ventilated and the opening for entry into each of these
compartments must be fitted with self-closing fire / smoke check doors of not less
than 1-1/2 hour fire rating.
(c) All electric cables shall be laid in separate shafts and shall be sealed at every floor
with fire resistant material of similar rating. The wall in between and all around the
shafts shall also be of minimum two hours fire rating. (clause 6.3 and C-9 Part-4 NBC,
2005).
(d) The entry to the staircase from all levels shall be segregated with a self-closing fire
/smoke check door of not less than a 1-1/2 hour fire rating. All vertical and horizontal
openings at each floor level throughout the building shall be sealed properly with the
non-combustible material in order to maintain the rating of the barrier element.
Wherever false ceiling / suspended ceiling is provided, it shall be of one hour fire
rated material. The compartmentation shall be extended up to ceiling level. (clause
 R.129 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 194

6.3 and C-9 Part-4NBC, 2005). Fire rated compartments shall extend slab to slab
when a suspended ceiling is used.
(e) The maximum travel distance to a smoke compartment door within a smoke
compartment shall be 45.0 m.
(f) The smoke compartment shall be sized to accommodate occupants of the
compartment plus occupant from adjacent compartments using 2.8 m2 per non-
ambulatory occupants and 0.56 m2 for others.
(g) A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by
smoke barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from
which the egress path originated.
(h) Smoke compartments shall have 1-hour fire-resistive, smoke tight construction
extending from exterior wall to exterior wall, or smoke barrier to smoke barrier, slab
to slab, or any combination.
Exception: Smoke barriers shall not be required in interstitial spaces, where such
spaces are designed and constructed with ceilings that provide resistance to the
passage of fire and smoke equivalent to the provided by the smoke-barrier walls.
(i) Smoke compartment doors and draft assemblies shall have a minimum fire
resistance rating of 45-minutes per 2.2.8.2 herein. Where doors are installed across
corridors, a pair of opposite swinging doors without a center mullion or horizontal
sliding doors shall be installed having vision panels consisting of fire- rated glazing
materials in approved frames, the area of which should not exceed that tested. The
doors shall be close fitting within operational tolerances, and shall not have
undercuts, louvers or grilles. The doors shall have head and jamb stops, astragals or
rabbets at meeting edges and should be automatic closing by smoke detection.
Positive-latching devices are not required.
(j) Where ducts penetrate smoke compartments, a listed smoke damper designed to
resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point a duct or air transfer
opening penetrates a smoke barrier. Smoke dampers and smoke damper actuation
methods shall comply with IBC Section 716.3.2.1.
Exception: Smoke dampers are not required where the openings in ducts are l
limited to a single smoke compartment and the ducts are constructed of steel.
(k) Buildings containing health care facilities shall be subdivided by smoke barriers into
compartments as follows:
(i) To divide every story used by inpatients for sleeping or treatment into not less
than two smoke compartments,
(ii) To divide every story having an occupant load of 50 or more persons, regardless
of use, into not less than two smoke compartments,
(iii) To limit the size of each smoke compartment required by (1) and (2) to an area
not exceeding 2100m2, unless the area is an atrium separated in accordance
with NFPA 101Section 8.6.7, in which case no limitation in size is required, and,
(iv) To limit the travel distance from any point to reach a door in the required smoke
barrier to a distance not exceeding 45.0 m.
(l) The smoke barrier subdivision requirement in Item xi) herein shall not apply to the
following:
(i) Stories that do not contain a health care occupancy located directly above the
healthcare occupancy,
 R.130 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 195

(ii) Areas that do not contain a health care occupancy and that are separated from
the health care occupancy by a fire barrier complying with NFPA 101, Section
7.2.4.3,
(iii) Stories that do not contain a health care occupancy and that are more than one
story below the health care occupancy, and,
(iv) Open-air parking structures protected throughout by an approved, supervised
automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 9.7.

130. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

(a) Only Dry Type Transformer should be installed if located in the basements.
(b) The construction of electric sub-station and installation of Transformer, LT & HT
panels shall be as per the provisions specified by the Electrical Authority. However,
the following points shall be followed:
(i) The HT & LT panels shall be separated with walls of 2 hours fire resistance rating.
Enclosure walls shall extend up to one meter above the highest point of the
transformer.
(ii) LT & HT panels shall be protected with manually operated CO2 protection
system designed and installed per NFPA 12. Two dry chemical powder type fire
extinguishers of 10 kg with BIS Certification marks shall be provided outside the
transformer room.
(iii) Insulated mats tested on 11 KV and at least one pair rubber gloves shall be
provided in every electrical switch/panel room of substation. Independent
ventilation system shall be provided for LT/HT panel and transformer rooms.
(c) EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SERVICES
Provide separate electrical circuits to feed emergency services and systems such as
firefighting pumps, lifts, automatic fire detection, emergency voice/communication,
fire alarm, staircase and emergency lighting, and exit signage shall be provided.
Smoke venting and signage circuit shall be laid in separate conduit so that fire in one
circuit will not affect the others. Master switches controlling essential services
circuits shall be clearly labeled.
See Section 6.0 herein for additional requirements.
(d) ELECTRICAL WIRING
(i) The electrical wiring shall be provided in metal / FRLSPVC conduits. MCBs and
ELCB shall be installed. The electrical services shall be strictly in accordance to
Clause C.1.12 of Appendix-D’ of NBC Part-IV/NFPA – 70. Fire resisting cables or fire
resistance achieved by enclosing construction shall be used in the building.
Power supply cables and the ducting shall not be taken through the staircase or
any passage way used as an escape route. All the cables shall be only of Fire
Resistant Low Smoke type when the fire resistance rating is derived solely from
the cable use.
(ii) Fault tolerant wiring in alarm system to be used (NFPA, 72 (3-4).
(e) EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY
(i) The standby electric generator installed shall be of adequate capacity to supply
power to staircase and emergency lighting circuits, lifts, exit signs, automatic
fire detection, emergency voice/communication, fire alarm, and fire pumps in
case of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of taking
starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously and
 R.131 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 196

must be automatic in action (NFPA-110). The engine starting Battery system

should be duplicated.
(ii) UPS shall be installed to cater to the critical load of Alarm and Public Address
System (NFPA-111).
(iii) A dedicated 25 KW emergency electrical generator should be installed to back
up the main standby generator for alarm system, Public Address System and
UPS.
See Section 6.0 herein for additional requirements.

131. DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND FURNISHINGS

(a) All the fabric used for seats, curtain, covering on sidewall, matting/ carpeting etc.
shall also have Class-I rating as prescribed in NBC Part-IV/NFPA,99.
(b) Draperies, curtains, furnishings and decorations shall comply with Chapter 10 –
Interior Finish, Contents and Furnishings, NFPA 101.
(c) Only flame retardant material shall be used for interior decoration and upholstery
top recent generation of toxic smoke / fumes. (NBC Part-4 (3.4.15)
See NFPA 101 Section 18.7.5 for additional requirements.

132.AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Air conditioning system shall conform to Clause D-1.17 of part IV and Section 3 of Part VIII of
National Building Code of India. However, following points shall be ensured:
(a) Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors etc. shall not pass through the staircase
enclosures.
(b) Automatic fire dampers shall be provided in the ducts at the inlets of the fresh air
and return air of each compartment /floor on every floor. The fire dampers shall be
so arranged so as to close by gravity in the direction of the air movement and to
remain tightly closed automatically upon operation of smoke/ heat detectors and
signal transmittal to the fire alarm system.
(c) The air handling units shall be separate for each floor/each compartment at each
floor level. The air ducts for every floor/compartment shall be separated and not
interconnected with the ducting of any other compartment.
See NFPA 101 Section 18.5.2 for additional requirements.

133. REFUGE FLOOR/AREA

(a) One refuge floor at a height of 30.0 meters shall be provided for safe evacuation
with maximum of 2.5 meters floor height.
(b) Refuge areas as per clause 4.12.3 part 4 of NBC 2005, i.e., 0.3m2 per person of two
consecutive floors at the height of 24m, 39m and 54m levels shall be provided.
(c) Refuge area - definition: An area of refuge is a location in a building designed to hold
occupants during a fire or other emergency, when evacuation may not be safe or
possible. Occupants can wait there until rescued by firefighters. This can apply to the
following:
(i) any persons who cannot access a safe escape route
(ii) any persons assisting another person who is prevented from escaping
(iii) patients in a hospital
(iv) sick people
(v) people with disabilities
(vi) old people
 R.134 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 197

(vii) very young children or infants

(viii) Medical personnel who may be operating on a patient at the time of the
emergency.
(d) Technical requirements: An Area of refuge is typically equipped with a steady supply
of fresh outside air. The ducting that must supply such fresh air is referred to as
pressurization ductwork. Such ductwork are items of passive fire protection, subject
to fire testing, product certification, and listing and approval use and compliance.
The idea is that the ductwork must remain operable even while exposed to fire for a
duration of two hours. The electrical equipment supplying power must also be
equipped with approved circuit integrity measures. (NFPA 70 & 99).
(e) Refuge area shall not be utilized for any other purpose and shall be kept vacant for
the assembly of occupants in case of any emergency.

134. OTHER REQUIREMENTS

(a) Provision for Helipad should be made on the terrace floor (roof) according to the
guidelines issued by the Director General, Civil Aviation, Government of India, New
Delhi in Section (4) Series 'B' Part-ll dt. 21.12.2005. NFPA 418 shall be used as
guidance.
(b) Fluorescent colored floor strips / glowing paint signs on the walls shall be provided
on all floors at each level to guide the direction for escaping towards a safe place in
case of an emergency.
(c) Separate Ramps to the Basement for entry and exit of vehicles shall be provided.
(d) The hospital developer/firm shall provide all the required Fire Safety measures
(Passive & active) and Fire prevention procedures and planning, training and drills
programmers’ for the isolation of fire, transfer of occupants to areas of refuges or
total evacuation of the building during the course of constructing Hospitals. The
builder shall submit the certificates from the manufacturers of all Fire Fighting
Equipment installed.
Also see Section 5.5, Item 6 herein for additional requirements pertinent to Areas of
Refuge.

135. MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF GENERAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES

The Management of the High Rise Hospital Building shall observe the following: General
Fire Safety measures that shall be adhered to at all times for purposes of fully complying
with the Manufacturer’s instructions and NBC/NFPA stipulations. NFPA 13, 25, 99,101, and
110 provide several options so that the more suitable option is adopted. The particular
option adopted shall be clearly indicated and approval from Fire Services should be
obtained.
(a) FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
The maximum allowable quantities (MAQ’s) of flammable materials shall comply
with NFPA 30. The handling of such liquids shall not be permitted by unauthorized
persons. (NFPA 99)
(b) HEATING EQUIPMENT:
The doors to furnace room shall be equipped with automatic closers and be kept
closed.
The flues, pipes and steam lines shall be in good condition and properly insulated.
There shall be a gas cut-off outside the building.
(c) KITCHENS :
 R.135 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 198

(i) The cooking equipment shall be provided with a steel range hood.
(ii) The cooking facilities shall be provided with a pre-engineering fire suppression
system..
(iii) The discharge of automatic extinguishing system shall be monitored by the fire
alarm system and provide occupant notification.
(iv) Cooking facilities shall be protected per NFPA 101, Section 18.3.2.5.
(d) LAUNDRY:
(i) The laundry doors to the main building shall be kept normally closed.
(ii) The electric devices and irons shall have operative automatic heat controls.
(iii) Keep the tumbler free from lint and dust.
(iv) Safety pilot lights shall be operative.
(e) LABORATORY:
(i) Flammable liquids shall be stored properly in listed flammable liquids cabinets or
another approved manner.
(ii) The acids stored shall be handled and properly stored.
(iii) The connections of gas fired or open flame equipment shall be in good
condition.

(f) OXYGEN & NITROUS OXIDE STORAGE:

(i) The oxygen and nitrous oxide cylinders shall be stored separately from other
gases in accordance with the applicable NFPA standards.
(ii) ‘No Smoking’ signs and nitrous oxide warnings shall be posted on store room
doors.
(iii) The cylinders shall be protected from the sun.
(iv) The cylinders shall be removed from steam pipes or radiators to prevent
contact.
(g) GENERATORS:
(i) Generators shall be in good operating condition.
(ii) Generators shall start automatically.
(iii) Generators shall be tested under load monthly.
(h) WATER HEATERS:
(i) The water heaters shall be properly vented.
(ii) The water heaters shall be equipped with 100% safety pilots.
(iii) The water heaters shall be equipped with pressure relief valves.
(i) GENERAL
(i) Corridors shall be kept free from storage of beds, linen, carts, etc.
(ii) The space beneath stairs and elevators shall be kept free from storage of any
materials.
(iii) The trash and laundry chutes shall be sprinklered and additionally comply with
NFPA 101 Section 18.5.4.
(iv) The covers on breaker panels and face plates shall be kept in good condition.
(v) The appliance cords shall be kept in good condition.
(vi) The appliance cords shall be protected against mechanical injury.
(vii) Only approved metal containers shall be used for all oily waste, polishing or
cleaning materials.
(viii) Combustible liquids shall be kept in approved metal cans.
(ix) The refuse should be removed from the premises or burned daily.
 R.136 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 199

(x) The sprinkler heads shall be unobstructed and adequate clearances maintained.
(xi) All employees shall be made aware of the location of fire extinguishers and be
trained in its use and operation.
(xii) The fire alarm devices on each floor shall be maintained in good working
condition.
(xiii) The signs giving location of pull stations should be properly maintained.
(xiv)The pull stations shall be unobstructed and plainly marked.
(xv) The plan for evacuation of patients shall be prepared and displayed at
appropriate places.
(j) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
(a) Operation of any manual pull station, automatic smoke detector, heat detector,
and duct mounted smoke detector or water flow switch shall cause the
following actions and indications:
(i) The system common alarm LED on the CPU shall flash. The internal audible
device shall sound.
(ii) The 80 character backlit alphanumeric display, shall display the device
type, device location, time and date of alarm and a unique custom
message.
(iii) Transfer common alarm contacts for sending an alarm signal to an
approved central station. (Two dedicated telephone lines, connection and
service by owner).
(iv) Activate the fire alarm audio/visual signals throughout the facility.
(v) Shutdown all AHUs over 2000 cfm.

(b) Operation of any operating room ceiling mounted smoke detector or return air
duct smoke detector shall cause the following actions and indications:
(i) Return air damper shall transfer to fully close.
(ii) Outside air damper shall transfer to fully open.
(iii) Exhaust damper shall transfer to fully open and activate exhaust fan.
(c) Operation of outside air or supply air duct smoke detector unit shall shut down.
Exhaust damper shall remain in full open position or transfer to that position
and activate exhaust fan.

136. FIRE MANAGEMENT

(a) FIRE CONTROL ROOM: Fire control room shall be established on the ground floor,
near the entrance and shall be manned round the clock.
(b) FIRE STATION: The builder shall provide a Fire Station on a suitable plot measuring
1000sq.y with (i) onetime Non-Recurring cost of Building, Water Tender & Equipment
and a Hydraulic platform with 54.0 meters. Working height and (ii) Recurring cost of
salaries, POL, etc., for 5 years as processing fee.
(c) FIRE OFFICER AND CREW:- A Fire Officer with experience of not less than 3 years in
Government / public Sector undertakings / corporate Sector in the rank of Station
Fire Officer or above shall be available on the premises along with security personnel
trained in firefighting and rescue for purposes of maintaining fire safety systems in
trim working condition at all times and to conduct training in first aid firefighting and
 R.137 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 200

fire drills. The Fire Officer with trained fire personnel shall respond to all emergency
calls in the Hospital round the clock
(d) FIRE SAFETY PLAN : (NFPA – 101 (18.7.2.1)
Fire Safety plan should be developed by the management and should be approved by
the Director General of Disaster Response and Fire Services before occupancy. The
following shall be provided in the written Fire safety Plan to train response teams,
maintenance staff, and nursing staff and fire wardens.
(i) The use of alarms
(ii) Staff response to alarms
(iii) Fire Confinement
(iv) Occupant evacuation of the immediate area
(v) Occupant evacuation of Individual smoke compartment
(vi) Total building evacuation
(vii) Fire extinguishment.
(e) BUILDING EVACUATION SUPERVISOR: The Owner / Occupier shall appoint a Building
Evacuation Supervisor for conducting and documenting results of periodical Fire
Drills for compliance of timed egress provisions in the NBC.
(f) FIRE DRILLS: Fire drills shall be conducted once in every month and shall include the
employees and staff members of all shifts. Fire Drills shall include assignment of staff
to close doors where necessary to prevent spread of smoke or fire, to search the
lavatories or other rooms, to account for all occupants, to achieve prompt, quiet,
orderly evacuation of the building or relocation to area of refuge, (refer Annexure - E
part - 4 of NBC of India, 2005).

137. OTHER STIPULATIONS

(Reproducing as provisioned in department draft guidelines)
(a) INSPECTION: Inspections shall be undertaken at periodic intervals as below:
The inspection of High Rise Building shall be conducted once in a year for the
issuance of renewal of No Objection Certificate for occupancy. A certificate to the
effect that all the required fire safety measures are provided and functioning
satisfactorily shall be enclosed to the application duly signed by the Fire Protection
Engineer for considering the renewal of No Objection Certificate for occupancy.
Random checks will be done by the State Disaster Response & Fire Services
Department.
Periodical Inspection by the officers of State Disaster Response & Fire Services
Department shall be once in six months after receipt of certificate as above and it is
the responsibility of the Management to ensure that all fire prevention and Safety
Systems installed are maintained in good working condition.
(b) INSURANCE: The builder shall duly insure all the occupiers (i.e., Doctors, Nurses,
employees, patients, visitors, attendants and emergency service personnel etc.) of
High Rise Hospital including Building and equipment against all Disasters after
obtaining No Objection Certificate for Occupancy from Fire Services Department.
(c) MAINTENANCE & MANAGEMENT: Such High Rise Hospital Building shall be under
the overall control and management of a single management body who shall be
responsible for the fire and life safety. Maintenance shall comply with applicable
standards and NFPA.
 R.138 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 201

(d) PENALTIES: The owner/firm or occupier and Fire Protection Engineer of the premises
who contravenes these stipulations shall be guilty of an offence and is liable for
penal action under Section 31 of the A.P. Fire Service Act, 1999 and other relevant
laws.

138. PLANNING AND EXECUTION

(a) The Fire Prevention and Life safety requirements shall be met by engaging the
services of an experienced engineering firm with a track record of having designed
and executed minimum five such Buildings of similar in height as per NFPA. Apart
from providing facilities for undertaking external firefighting measures, internal fire
safety and protection measures are required to be provided and maintained as given
in these stipulations. (NFPA-1-17.8.4.5, NFPA – 1031-5.7)
(b) The designer shall ascertain local conditions like availability of Water, reliable power,
material and equipment certified to be fit for fire service, maintenance resources,
traffic conditions, communications, record of compliance of similar hospitals and any
additional information provided by the Department. He shall be familiarized with
nature of occupants including non- patients who would have to be safely exited in
emergencies. He shall confirm and explain how the above have been factored in the
design.
(c) Adverse local conditions, known to have contributed to poor compliance with fire
safety shall have mandatory to be factored in by stipulating possible compensative
measures to ensure effective compliance, enforcement and provide for human
errors, duly considering local constraints, so that safety is not compromised and
INTENT of any code provision is not violated. The above is in line with, sec.13 of AP
Fire Act, CL.10 part-2 of NBC and NFPA – 1.
(d) Intelligent Smoke management to ensure safe evacuation and non-erasable record
of alarm to monitor integrity of critical safety equipment like Sprinkler system, Public
Address system and emergency generators shall be provided.

*****
 R.139 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 202

CHAPTER-X-5
GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS

139. Green Buildings

(1) Modern buildings consume about 25 to 30 percent of total energy, and up to 30
percent of fresh potable water and generate approximately 40 percent of total
waste.
(2) As defined by the Indian Green Building Council (IGBC), a green building is “one
which uses less water, optimizes energy efficiency, conserves natural resources,
generates less waste and provides healthier spaces for occupants, as compared to a
conventional building.”
(3) Green buildings must be environmentally responsible from siting and designing to
construction, maintenance, renovation and demolition. [xxx]1
[xxx]2
3
[9] (4) In 2007, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) launched the voluntary Energy Conservation
Building Code (ECBC) that sets minimum energy standards for new commercial
buildings having a connected load of 500 KW or contract demand of 600 KVA or more.
4
[10] (5) In alignment with the priorities of the National Action Plan on Climate Change, BEE has
insisted on the State Governments to make the ECBC mandatory. Accordingly the
Government of Andhra Pradesh while adopting the Energy Conservation Building

1
The words “The first and most widely used rating system internationally is the American “Leadership in
Energy and Environmental Design”(LEED) system” omitted vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017.
2
Rule 139 (4) to 139(8) with the following words omitted vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017.
“(4) The institutional frameworks for green buildings in India have developed rating systems that classify
green buildings according to their performance on a number of set parameters. In India, the IGBC has
adapted LEED to create LEED India and is responsible for certifying buildings under this system. At
present, IGBC offers two certifications for office buildings.
(a) LEED for New Construction and Major Renovations: For buildings where the design and operation is
fully in the scope and control of owner or developer.
(b) LEED for Core and Shell: Certifies buildings where the owners or developers do not control all aspects
of design and construction, e.g. Leased spaces like malls or offices where tenants have control over
internal space and may opt for additional green interiors.
(5) LEED points are awarded under five categories for a total of 100 points –
(a) Sustainable sites,
(b) Water efficiency,
(c) Energy and atmosphere,
(d) Materials and resources
(e) Indoor environmental quality.
There are 6 additional points under innovation in design and 4 for regional priority.
(6) Buildings qualify for four levels of certification:
(a) Certified: 40-49 points,
(b) Silver: 50-59 points;
(c) Gold: 60-79 points;
(d) Platinum: 80+ points.
(7) The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) has developed its own ratings system “Green Rating for
Integrated Habitat Assessment” (GRIHA).
(8) GRIHA differs from LEED mainly in that it accounts for features unique to India – for example, the use of
non- or partially airconditioned buildings and puts emphasis on local and traditional construction
knowledge. Therefore, LEED and GRIHA ratings might not be directly comparable.”
3
Rule 139(9) renumbered as 139 (4) vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017.
4
Rule 139(10) renumbered as 139 (5) vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
 R.140 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 203

Code (ECBC) amended the Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2012 and issued the
notification in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014. (see Annexure).
[111](6) Construction costs: On average, estimates show a gold certified building in India costs
between [xxx] [1 to 2 percent more to build, while platinum costs 3 to 5 percent more
and for silver & certified level, there is no incremental cost]2.
3
[12] (7) User savings: In terms of running costs savings, green buildings save 25-35 percent on
energy use on average and 30 to 85 percent on water consumption annually.

140. Applicability and Provisions:

(1) All Buildings on various plot sizes above 300sq.m may comply with the green norms
and confirm to the requirements mandatory for sanction as mentioned in this
Chapter.
(2) The “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC)” [Amended
Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2012] issued in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 is
applicable to commercial buildings and other Non-Residential Buildings that have a
plot area of more than 1000 Square Meters or built up area of 2000 Square Meters
and certain categories of buildings such as Multiplexes, Hospitals, Hotels and
Convention Centers irrespective of their built up area.
(3) The provisions for green buildings indicated in the table below are applicable on all
plots more than 300sq. m in size: [xxx]4

1
Rule 139(11) renumbered as 139 (6) vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
2
The words “3 to 7 percent more to build, while platinum costs 12 to 18 percent more and silver only about
2 percent more” substituted vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
3
Rule 139(12) renumbered as 139 (7) vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
4
Table 34 with the following data is substituted vide GOMs.No.401 MAUD Dept, Dt: 15-11-2017.
Sub- Applicable
Plot Provisions for Non-Residential
category plot area Provisions for Residential
Category
(Sq. m.)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
I Below 300 Nil Nil
(1). Water Conservation and (1). Water Conservation and
Management Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting(by recharge) (a) Rain Water Harvesting(by recharge)
A (2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
300 to 500
(a) Installation of Solar Assisted (a) Installation of Solar Assisted
Water Heating Systems (Optional) Water Heating Systems
(4). Waste Management (4). Waste Management
(1). Water Conservation and Management (1). Water Conservation and Management
B 500 to 1,000 (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge) (a) Rain Water Harvesting(by recharge)
II
(d) Reduction of Hardscape (d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
(b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water (a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
Heating Systems Panels
(3).Energy Efficiency (b) Installation of Solar Assisted
(c)Lighting of common areas by Solar Water Heating Systems
Energy/ LED devices (3).Energy Efficiency
(4) Waste Management (c)Lighting of common areas by
(a) Segregation of Waste Solar Energy/LED devices
 R.140 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 204

(1). Water Conservation andManagement (1). Water Conservation andManagement

(a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge) (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge)
(c)Waste Water Recycle and Reuse (c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape (d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic (a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
Panels Panels
1,000 to
(b) Installation of Solar Assisted (b) Installation of Solar Assisted
3,000
c Water Heating Systems Water Heating Systems
(3). Energy Efficiency (3). Energy Efficiency
(b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems (b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common areas by Solar (c) Lighting of common areas by Solar
(4). Waste Management
(a) Segregation of Waste
(1). Water Conservation and Management (1). Water Conservation andManagement
(a) Rain Water Harvesting (by (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by
Recharge) Recharge)
(b) Low Water Consumption (b) Low Water Consumption
Plumbing Fixtures Plumbing Fixtures
(c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse (c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape (d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic (a) Installation of Solar
Panels Photovoltaic Panels
(b) Installation of Solar Assisted (b) Installation of Solar Assisted
Water Heating Systems Water Heating Systems
A
III Above 3,000 (3) Energy Efficiency (3) Energy Efficiency
(a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting (a) Low Energy Consumption
Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – Lighting Fixtures (Electrical
BEE Star and Energy Efficient Appliances – BEE Star and
Appliances) Energy Efficient Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems (b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC
(c) Lighting of common areas by systems
Solar Energy/LED devices (c) Lighting of common areas by
(4). Waste Management Solar Energy/LED devices
(a) Segregation of Waste (4). Waste Management
(b) Organic Waste Management (a) Segregation of Waste
(b) Organic Waste Management
 R.140 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 205

[TABLE 34 : Applicability and Provisions for various plot sizes (all use premises) for Green
Building Components]

Sub- Applicable
Plot Provisions for Non-Residential
categor plot area Provisions for Residential
Category
y (Sq. m.)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
I Above 200 RWHS RWHS
(1). Water Conservation and Management (1). Water Conservation and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge) (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge
(2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
A (a) Installation of Solar Assisted Water (a) Installation of Solar Assisted Water
300 to 500
Heating Systems (Optional) Heating Systems
(3). Waste Management (3). Waste Management
(a) Segregation of Waste (a) Segregation of Waste
(1). Water Conservation and Management (1). Water Conservation and Management
B 500 to (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge) (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge)
1,000 (d) Reduction of Hardscape (d) Reduction of Hardscape
(C) Low water consumption plumbing (C) Low water consumption plumbing
fixtures fixtures
(2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Assisted (a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
Water Heating Systems (optional) Panels
(3). Waste Management (b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water
(a) Segregation of Waste Heating Systems
(3). Waste Management
II
(a) Segregation of Waste
(1). Water Conservation and Management (1). Water Conservation and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge) (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge)
(b)Waste Water Recycle and Reuse (b) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse
(c) Low water consumption plumbing (c) Low water consumption plumbing
fixtures fixtures
(d) Reduction of Hardscape (d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic (a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
1,000 to Panels (optional) Panels
3,000 (b) Installation of Solar Assisted (b) Installation of Solar Assisted
c
Water Heating Systems Water Heating Systems
(3). Energy Efficiency (3). Energy Efficiency
(a) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems (a) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems
(b) Lighting of common areas by Solar (b) Lighting of common areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices Energy/LED devices
(4). Waste Management (4). Waste Management
(a) Segregation of Waste (a) Segregation of Waste
 R.141 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 206

Sub- Applicable
Plot Provisions for Non-Residential
categor plot area Provisions for Residential
Category
y (Sq. m.)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(1). Water Conservation and Management (1). Water Conservation and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge) (a) Rain Water Harvesting (by recharge)
(b) Low Water Consumption Plumbing (b) Low Water Consumption Plumbing
Fixtures Fixtures
(c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse (c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape (d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization (2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic (a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
Panels Panels
(b) Installation of Solar Assisted (b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water
Water Heating Systems Heating Systems
A Above
III (3) Energy Efficiency (3) Energy Efficiency
3,000
(a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting (a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting
Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – Fixtures (Electrical Appliances –
BEE Star and Energy Efficient BEE Star and Energy Efficient
Appliances) Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems (b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common areas by Solar (c) Lighting of common areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices Energy/LED devices
(4). Waste Management (4). Waste Management
(a) Segregation of Waste (a) Segregation of Waste
(b) Organic Waste Management (b) Organic Waste Management

141. Provisions for Sanction of Building Application:

(1) Water Conservation and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting (by Recharge)
(b) Low Water Consumption Plumbing Fixtures
(c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2) Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Panels
(b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems
(3) Energy Efficiency
(a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – BEE Star and
Energy Efficient Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common areas by Solar Energy/LED devices
(4) Waste Management
(a) Segregation of Waste
(b) Organic Waste Management

142. Provisions for City and Site level greening:

(1) Greening
 R.143 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 207

In alignment with National Sustainable Habitat Mission, the Authority shall

encourage augmentation of green cover in the city/plot, by following:
The Urban Greening Guidelines, 2014 and other provisions are as given below –
(a) Provision of minimum 1 tree/every 80sqmt of plot area for plot sizes >100sqmt
and planted within the setback of the plot.
(b) Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted tress in the ratio 1:3 within
the premises under consideration.
(c) Choice of species for plantation in site and abutting the road to be adopted as
per Section 8 of the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.
(d) The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of the recreational
open spaces.
(2) Water Re-use and Recycling
All building having a minimum discharge of 15,000 liters and above per day or
premises consisting of 25 dwelling units and above shall incorporate waste water
recycling system. The recycled water should be used for horticultural purposes.
(3) Solar Energy Roof Top Installations
The detailed specifications of the Solar Energy Roof Top Buildings are given in the
Policy for Solar Energy Roof Top Buildings which need to be followed.

143. Sustainable Waste Management:

(1) Zero Waste is a concept of waste management and planning approaches that
emphasize waste prevention as opposed to end waste management. This means
restructuring production and distribution systems, designing and managing
products and processes to systematically follow the 3R rule of Reduce, Re-use and
Re-cycle the volume of waste, to conserve and recover all used resources, and
therefore eliminating all discharges to landfills, and prevent air, water and land
pollution.
(2) Zero Waste/ land-fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of
segregation at source by planning, by collection facilitation and most
importantly by creating public awareness.
(3) The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into manure,
construction & demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil, paper, glass
and steel back into the same and all residual inert materials can also be
converted into bricks.
(4) Achieving zero land-fill is more conveniently possible, if
(a) The collection is made from house to house and some segregation is done at
household level and
(b) Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level.
(c) The recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even lower levels.

144. Sustainability of Building Materials:

(1) Sustainability of natural resources for building materials shall be ensured
through conservation of available natural resources and use of supplementary
materials such as industrial/agricultural by-products, renewable resources, and
factory made building components and recycled construction and demolition waste.
(2) Supplementary building materials (derived or processed waste) shall be suitably
used in combination with conventional resources offers dual advantages in purview
of health & environmental benefits.
 R.145 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 208

(3) Use of Factory made pre-fab/pre-cast and recycled components with Green benefits:
(a) Panels, hollow slabs, hollow blocks–etc. - conservation of materials, less water
requirement.
(b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete, phosphor-gypsum
based walling & roofing panels, particle wood – recycled use of industrial/
agricultural by-products.
(c) Fly ash/ AAC (Autoclaved aerated light weight concrete) panels/ CLC (Cellular
light weight concrete) panels- ensures thermal comfort (significant reduction in
air conditioning requirement)
(d) Use of bamboo & rapidly growing plantation timbers- environmental benefits.
(4) Local materials are generally suitable for prevailing geo-climatic conditions & have
advantage of low transportation cost & time.
(5) Sustainable use of building materials shall be encouraged which may combine
certain mandatory provisions and incentives.

145. Incentives for the Green Buildings:

The following incentives may be given by the Local Body to those buildings which follow
the guidelines issued in the “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC)”
[xxx]1 issued in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 and obtaining the ratings from the [xxx]
[IGBC (Indian Green Building Council)]2 or LEED India or TERI or GRIHA as stated above in
these Rules.
(1) 20% Reduction on Permit Fees.
(2) [xxx][Development Charges shall be paid]3 in four equal instalments before the
Completion Period of the construction as given in the Building Permit Order. The
applicant shall submit the postdated cheques before release of the Building.
(3) If the property is sold within three years, one-time reduction of 20% on Duty on
Transfer of Property (Surcharge on Stamp Duty) on the submission of Occupancy
Certificate issued by the Local Authority.

146. Procedure for obtaining the incentives:

(1) The applicant shall submit the Building Application with all relevant Plans,
Documents and Certificates required as per the details given in these Rules.
(2) In order to obtain the incentives, the applicant shall submit an Undertaking along
with the for Building Application duly signed by the architect, landscape architect,
structural engineer, electrical engineer, plumber and environmental engineer that
the building plans are prepared based on the guidelines given in the “Andhra Pradesh
Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC)” [Amended Andhra Pradesh Building
Rules, 2012] issued in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 and also the provisions as
stated in these rules.
(3) The applicant shall submit an undertaking that he will provide all the requirements as
stipulated and shall obtain and enclose a certificate from the [xxx] [IGBC (Indian Green
Building Council)]4 or LEED India or TERI or GRIHA which shall certify that the building
plans submitted are eligible to be considered under green buildings category.

1
The words “[Amended Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2012]” omitted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt:
15-11-2017.
2
The word “LEED” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017.
3
The words “Payment of Impact Fee, City Level Infrastructure Impact Fee and Development charges to be
paid” is substituted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
4
The word “LEED” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
 R.147 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 209

(4) The Building shall be constructed as per the Sanctioned Plans and the applicant along
with the Building Completion Notice shall submit the Certificate obtained from the
Agency giving Rating for Green Buildings so as to consider the issue of Occupancy
Certificate.
(5) The Local Authority / Sanction Authority shall constitute a committee to examine the
details with regard to the fulfilment of guidelines issued in the Andhra Pradesh Energy
Conservation Building Code and the parameters as stipulated so as to consider the
incentives duly fixing certain guidelines with the approval of the competent authority.
(6) If the applicant fails to complete the building as per the sanctioned plans duly
following the guidelines, the concessions given shall be withdrawn and an additional
25% of the Total Building Permit Fee shall be levied.
********

CHAPTER-XI-1
RAIN WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURES

147. GENERAL:
(1) Rain water harvesting is the technique of collection and storage of rain
water at surface or in sub-surface aquifers, before it is lost as surface run-off.
The augmented resource can be harvested in the time of need.
(2) Artificial recharge to ground water is a process by which the ground water
reservoir is augmented at rate exceeding that under natural conditions of
replenishment.

148. NEED:
(1) To overcome the inadequacy of water to meet our demands.
(2) To arrest decline in ground water levels.
(3) To enhance availability of ground water at specific place and time and utilize
rain water for sustainable development.
(4) To increase infiltration of rain water in the subsoil which has decreased
drastically in urban areas due to paving of open area
(5) To improve ground water quality by dilution.
(6) To increase agriculture production.
(7) To improve ecology of the area by increase in vegetation cover, etc.

149. ADVANTAGES:
(1) Cost of recharge to sub-surface reservoir is lower than surface reservoirs.
(2) The aquifer serves as distribution system also.
(3) No land is wasted for storage purpose and no population displacement is involved.
(4) Ground water is not directly exposed to evaporation and pollution.
(5) Storing water underground is environment friendly.
(6) It increases the productivity of aquifer.
(7) It reduces flood hazards.
(8) Effects rise in ground water levels.
(9) Mitigates the effects of drought.
(10) Reduces soil erosion.
 R.150 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 210

150. METHODS:
The methods of ground water recharge mainly are:
(1) Urban Areas - Roof Top Rain Water /Storm runoff harvesting through
(a) Recharge Pit
(b) Recharge Trench
(c) Tube well
(d) Recharge Well
(2) Rural Areas - Rain Water Harvesting through
(a) Gully Plug
(b) Contour Bund
(c) Gabion Structure
(d) Percolation tank
(e) Check Dam/ Cement Plug/ Nala Bund
(f) Recharge shaft
(g) Dug well Recharge
(h) Ground Water Dams/Subsurface Dyke

151. TECHNIQUES:
(1) URBAN AREAS
In urban areas, rain water available from roof tops of buildings, paved and
unpaved areas goes waste. This water can be recharged to aquifer and can be
utilized gainfully at the time of need. The rain water harvesting system needs to
be designed in a way that it does not occupy large space for collection and
recharge system. A few techniques of roof top rain water harvesting in urban
areas are described below.
(a) ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING THROUGH RECHARGE PIT
(i) In alluvial areas where permeable rocks are exposed on the land surface
or at very shallow depth, roof top rain water harvesting can be done
through recharge pits.
(ii) The technique is suitable for buildings having a roof area of 100 sq. m and
are constructed for recharging the shallow aquifers.
(iii) Recharge Pits may be of any shape and size and are generally constructed 1
to 2m wide and 2 to 3m deep which are back filled with boulders (5-20 cm),
gravels (5-10mm) and coarse sand (1.5-2mm) in graded form. Boulders at the
bottom, gravels in between and coarse sand at the top so that the silt
content that will come with runoff will be deposited on the top of the coarse
sand layer and can easily be removed. For smaller roof area, pit may be filled
with broken bricks/ cobbles.
(iv) A mesh should be provided at the roof so that leaves or any other solid
waste / debris is prevented from entering the pit and a de-silting /collection
chamber may also be provided at the ground to arrest the flow of finer
particles to the recharge pit.
(v) The top layer of sand should be cleaned periodically to maintain the
recharge rate.
(vi) By-pass arrangement has to be provided before the collection chamber to
reject the first showers.
R.151 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 211

(b) ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING THROUGH RECHARGE TRENCH

(i) Recharge trenches are suitable for buildings having roof area of 200-
300 sq. m. and where permeable strata are available at shallow depths.
(ii) Trench may be 0.5 to 1 m wide, 1 to 1.5m deep and 10 to 20m long
depending upon the availability of water to recharge.
(iii) These are back filled with boulders (5-20cm), gravel (5-10mm) and
coarse sand (1.5-2mm) in graded form – boulders at the bottom, gravel
in between and coarse sand at the top so that the silt content that will
come with runoff will be coarse sand at the top of the sand layer and can
easily be removed.
(iv) A mesh should be provided at the roof so that leaves or any other solid
waste/debris is prevented from entering the trenches and a de-
silting/collection chamber may also be provided on ground to arrest the
flow of finer particles to the trench.
(v) By-pass arrangement be provided before the collection chamber to reject
the first showers.
(vi) The top layer of sand should be cleaned periodically to maintain the
recharge rate.
R.151 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 212

(c) ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING THROUGH EXISTING TUBEWELLS

(i) In areas where the shallow aquifers have dried up and existing tube
wells are tapping deeper aquifer, roof to rain water harvesting through
existing tube well can be adopted to recharge the deeper aquifers.
(ii) PVC pipes of 10cm dia are connected to roof drains to collect rainwater.
The first roof runoff is let off through the bottom of drainpipe. After
closing the bottom pipe, the rainwater of subsequent rain showers is
taken through a T to an online PVC filter. The filter may be provided
before water enters the tube wells. The filter is 1–1.2m in length and is
made up of PVC pipe. It’s diameter should vary depending on the area
of roof, 15cm if roof area is less than 150sq m and 20cm if the roof area
is more. The filter is provided with a reducer of 6.25cm on both the sides.
Filter is divided into three chambers by PVC screens so that filter material
is not mixed up. The first chamber is filled up with gravel (6-10mm),
middle chamber with pebbles (12-20mm) and last chamber with bigger
pebbles (20-40mm).
R.151 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 213

(iii) If the roof area is more, a filter pit may be provided. Rainwater from
roofs is taken to collection/de-silting chambers located on ground. These
collection chambers are interconnected as well as connected to the filter
pit through pipes having a slope of 1:15. The filter pit may vary in
shape and size depending upon available runoff and are back-filled with
graded material, boulder at the bottom, gravel in the middle and sand
at the top with varying thickness (0.30-0.50m) and may be separated by
screen. The pit is divided into two chambers, filter material in one
chamber and other chamber is kept empty to accommodate excess
filtered water and to monitor the quality of filtered water. A connecting
pipe with recharge well is provided at the bottom of the pit for
recharging of filtered water through well.
R.151 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 214

(d) ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING THROUGH TRENCH WITH RECHARGE
WELL
(i) In areas where the surface soil is impervious and large quantities of roof
water or surface runoff is available within a very short period of heavy
rainfall, the use of trench/ pits is made to store the water in a filter media
and subsequently recharge to ground water through specially
constructed recharge wells.
(ii) This technique is ideally suited for area where permeable horizon is
within 3m below ground level.
(iii) Recharge well of 100-300 diameter is constructed to a depth of at least
3 to 5m below the water level. Based on the lithology of the area well
assembly is designed with slotted pipe against the shallow and deeper
aquifer.
(iv) A lateral trench of 1.5 to 3m width and 10 to 30m length, depending upon
the availability of water is constructed with the recharge well in the
centre.
(v) The number of recharge wells in the trench can be decided on the
basis of water availability and local vertical permeability of the rocks.
(vi) The trench is backfilled with boulders, gravels and coarse sand to act as a
filter media for the recharge wells.
(vii) If the aquifer is available at greater depth say more than 20m, a shallow
shaft of 2 to 5m diameter and 3-5m deep may be constructed depending
upon availability of runoff. Inside the shaft a recharge well of 100-
300mm dia is constructed for recharging the available water to the
deeper aquifers. At the bottom of the shaft a filter media is provided
to avoid choking of recharge well.
 R.152 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 215

152.Procedure for Obtaining Building Permission for all commercial, public buildings
and new buildings on plots of [xxx] [200sq.m]1 and above:
(1) It is mandatory to construct Rain Water Harvesting Structures in all commercial, public
buildings and new buildings on plots of [xxx] [200sq.m]2 and above. Clearance of plan
for the construction of new buildings of the aforesaid categories shall only be given if
they have a provision in the building design itself for Rain Water Harvesting
Structures.
(2) The applicant shall submit the Building Application duly paying necessary fee and
charges along with the documents as prescribed. The detailed site plan and the
location plan shall show the details of rain water harvesting structures proposed in
the site and also submit the detailed cross sections of the rain water harvesting
structures.
(3) The applicant shall submit an undertaking that he shall construct the said structures
before applying for the Occupancy Certificate and shall continuously maintain the
structures for the purpose for which they are meant.
(4) On submission of the Completion Certificate submitted by the applicant for issue of
the Occupancy Certificate, the Commissioner/Person authorized for this purpose shall
inspect the site to check the construction of Rain Water Harvesting Structures as per
the sanctioned Building Plans.

(5) The indicative provisions for rainwater harvesting by building types shall be as given in
the Table below.

1
The words “300 sq.m” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017.
2
The words “300 sq.m” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017.
 R.152 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 216

TABLE 35 : PROVISIONS FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING BY BUILDING TYPES

S. No. Area of the

Category/Use Provisions to be made Other conditions
Plot (sq. m)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
1 Residential Plotted Houses
New Proposals 200 and above Construction of Rain Water Shall have emphasis on both
Harvesting Structure. storage and reuse.
2 Group Housing
New Proposals All Plot Sizes (i) Construction of Rain Water Should indicate the system
Harvesting Structure. of Storm Water Drainage,
(ii) Concrete paving to be avoided Rain Water Harvesting
and permeable materials are to Structure and Recharging
be used for all open parking well.
spaces.
3 Public and Semi Public Buildings
All Proposals All Plot Sizes (i) Construction of Rain Water Shall have emphasis on both
Harvesting Structure and storage and reuse.
storage.
(ii) Shall have Recharge Pits.
4 Commercial/Mixed Use
All Proposals All Plot Sizes (i) Construction of Rain Water (i) Shall have emphasis on
Harvesting Structure. both storage and reuse.
(ii) Soft landscape provisions and (ii) Should indicate the
open spaces with percolation system of Storm Water
pits. Drainage, Rain Water
(iii) Common treatment plant to be Harvesting Structure and
made part of the integrated Recharging well.
development.
5 Industrial
All Proposals All Plot Sizes (i) Construction of Rain Water (i) Should indicate the
Harvesting Structure. system of Storm Water
(ii) Soft landscape provisions and Drainage, Rain Water
open spaces with percolation Harvesting Structure and
pits. Recharging well.
(iii)Use of abandoned bore well for (ii) Provision should be made
recharging of ground water. not to inject contaminate
(iv) Common treatment plant water into recharge
to be made part of the structures in industrial
integrated development. areas and care is to be
taken to keep such
structures away from
sewer lines, septic tanks,
soak pits, land fill and
other sources of
contamination.
6 Other All Plot Sizes Similar as above Similar as above
Proposals
Note: The number of recharge bores to be provided in different plot sizes shall be accordance with the
Environmental Conditions for building and construction vide Tables 37, 38 and 39.
 R.153 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 217

153. Payment of fees in case of Rain Water Harvesting Structures:

Necessary fees or charges shall be paid as levied for construction of Rain Water Harvesting
Structures along with the Building Application.
154. [xxx] [

154. Provision of Rain Water Harvesting Structures is mandatory to issue Occupancy

Certificate ]1
155. Penalty in case of failure in construction of Rain Water Harvesting Structures by the
Owners:
In case of failure in construction of the rain water harvesting structures by the applicant, the
ULB shall levy a penalty equivalent to additional 10% of Property Tax till the rain water
harvesting structures are constructed and maintained.
*******

CHAPTER-XI - 2
SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS IN BUILDINGS

156. Applicability:
(1) In case of new buildings proposed for construction with plot area more than [xxx]
[4000sq.m]2 and all public buildings, the Solar Roof Top Systems shall be installed.
(2) It is compulsory to install Solar Photo Voltaic Panels for the required lighting in the
common areas in the following categories.
(i) Banquet Halls, Function halls, Kalyanamandapams and buildings intended for
similar use.
(ii) Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police.
(iii) Functional Buildings of Railway Stations and Air Ports like waiting rooms, retiring
rooms, rest rooms, and inspection bungalows and catering units.
(iv) Government/Semi-Government and Institutional buildings.
(v) Hospitals and Nursing Homes.
(vi) Hostels of Schools, Colleges and Training Centers with more than 100 Students.
(vii) Hotels, Lodges, and Guest Houses, Group Housing with the plot area of 3000 sq.
m.
(3) It is mandatory to use the Solar Water Heating System in all the buildings stated
above and also in case of all other buildings having plot area more than 1000sq.m
and all public buildings.

1
Rule 154 with the following words are substituted vide G.O.Ms.No.401, MAUD Dept Dt.15-11-2017
“ 154. Security Deposit:
(1) The applicant shall deposit an amount as prescribed towards the construction of rain water
harvesting structures along with the Building Application which is refundable on successful
construction of the rain water harvesting structure and submission of detailed photographs and a
certificate to that extent while applying for Occupancy Certificate.
(2) In case of failure in construction of rain water harvesting structures the security deposit shall be
forfeited and the ULB shall construct the rain water harvesting structures in the said premises duly
utilizing the security deposit.”
2
The value “1000 sq.m” is substituted vide G.O.Ms.No.223, MAUD Dept Dt.09-07-2018.
 R.157 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 218

157. Types of Solar Energy Systems for Buildings:

(1) Installation of Solar Photo Voltaic Panels:
(a) Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV) systems are direct energy conversion systems that
convert solar radiation into electric energy.
(b) SPV systems should be installed to reduce use of conventional sources of
energy.
(c) Roof tops of buildings as well as other exposed areas such as of parking
shades should be utilized for installation of SPV systems.
(2) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems
Hot water requirement in buildings may be met through use of various types of
solar water heating systems, viz. flat plate collector: single glazed; double glazed;
evacuated tube collectors; and Water heating with solar concentrators.

158. Area norm for Roof Top and Capacity of Solar Photo voltaic Power plant to be
installed:
 R.159 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 219

TABLE 36 : Area norm for Roof Top and Capacity of Solar Photo voltaic Power plant

S. Area norm for Roof Top and Capacity of

Category of buildings/Plot area Solar Photo voltaic Power plant to be
No.
installed*
(A) (B) (C)
1 All residential buildings having plot area of more Minimum 12sq.m area on roof Minimum1
than 1000 sq.mts. Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or 5% of connected
load whichever is higher.

2 All private Educational Institutions, Schools, Minimum 60sq.m area on roof Minimum 5
Colleges, Hostels, Technical / Vocational Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or 5% of connected
Education Institutes, Universities etc. having load whichever is higher.
connected load of 30 Kilo Watt (KW) and above.

3 All Government Buildings and Offices, Minimum 25sq.m area on roof Minimum 2
Government Colleges, District Institute of Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or 5% of connected
Education and Training (DIET), Government load whichever is higher.
Educational Institutions, Universities etc. having
connected load of 30 Kilo Watt (KW) and above.
4 All private Hospitals and Nursing Homes, Minimum 120sq.m on roof
Industrial Establishments, commercial (i) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or 5%
Establishments, Malls, Hotels, Banquet Halls and of connected load whichever is higher.
Tourism complexes having connected load. Minimum 600sq.m on roof
(i) of 50 Kilo Watt (KW) to 1000 Kilo Watt (KW). (ii) Minimum 50 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or
(ii) above 1000 Kilo Watt (KW). 5% of connected load whichever is
higher.
5 Al new housing complexes, developed by Group Minimum120sq.m on roof area to 480sq.m
Housing Societies, Builders, Housing Boards, on a depending on the KWp
plot size of:
(i) 0.75 Acre to 1.0 Acre (i) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

(ii) More than 1.0 Acre to 2.0 Acre (ii) Minimum 20 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

(iii) More than2.0 Acres to 5.0 Acres (iii) Minimum 30 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

(iv) More than 5.0 Acres. (iv) Minimum 40 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)

The area requirement on roof top has been calculated @12sq.mper 1 KWp as suggested by Ministry of
New and Renewable Energy.

159. Guidelines for installation of Solar Water Heating Systems:

In order to facilitate the installation of the solar water heating systems, the buildings shall
have the following provisions:
(1) The capacity of solar water heating system to be installed on the building of different
categories shall be decided in consultation with the NREDCAP [New and Renewable
Energy Development Corporation of A.P. Ltd] or as per the guidelines issued by
NREDCAP from time to time.
 R.160 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 220

(2) The capacity of the solar water heating system to be installed on the building
shall be described on the basis of the average occupancy of the building. The
recommended minimum capacity shall not be less than 25litres per day for each
bathroom and kitchen subject to the condition that maximum of 50% of the total roof
area is provided with the system.
(3) Specifications: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shall conform to
BIS specification IS 12933 or the latest BIS specification. The solar collectors used in
the system shall have the BIS certification mark.
(4) Auxiliary System: Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary heating
arrangement either with electric elements or oil of adequate capacity can be
provided.
(5) All such buildings where solar water heating systems are to be installed will have
open sunny roof area available for installation of solar water heating system.
(6) The roof loading adopted in the design of such building should be at least 50 kg per
sq. m. for the installation of solar water heating system.
(7) The building must have a provision for continuous water supply to the solar water
heating system.
(8) A solar water heating system should be integrated with the building design.
These should either be put on the parapet or could be integrated with the south
facing vertical wall of the building.
(9) The best inclination of the collector for regular use throughout the year is equal to
the local latitude of the place. The Collectors should be facing south-west.
However, for only winter use the optimum inclination of the Collector would be
(Latitude +15 degrees of the south).
(10) Even if the Collectors are built in south facing vertical wall of building the output
from such Collectors during winter month is expected to be within 32% output
from the optimum inclined Collector.
(11) All the new buildings to be constructed shall have an installed hot water line from
the roof top and insulated distribution pipelines to each of the points where hot
water is required in the building.
(12) All new buildings must complete installation of solar roof top systems before
obtaining the Occupancy Certificate from the ULB.

160. Procedure for Obtaining Building Permission for all buildings having a plot area
more than 1000sq.m. and all public buildings:
(1) [xxx]1
2
[2] (1) Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings of the aforesaid categories shall
only be given if they have a provision in the building design itself for an insulated

1
Omitted Rule 160 (1) with the following words vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept, Dt: 15-11-2017.
“ (1) In order to obtain Building Permission for any building having plot area more than 1000sq.m and in all
public buildings, after obtaining the necessary technical clearance from the NREDCAP the application shall
be submitted to the ULB in the prescribed form duly incorporating the solar roof top system in the plans
along with the details as given in the Rules. “
2
Renumbered Rule 160(2) as rule 160(1) vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
 R.161 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 221

pipeline from the rooftop in the building to various distribution points where hot
water is required.
[3] 1 (2) NREDCAP Department shall act as a Nodal Agency. The Nodal Agency and/or
designated offices by the Nodal Agency shall be responsible for the following
activities:
(a) To guide the applicant to install the appropriate Solar Roof Top System
depending on the size and usage of the buildings on gross or net meter basis.
(b) To facilitate and process the proposals for availing subsidy if any for solar roof
top systems as per MNRE guidelines.
(c) To develop an online system for acceptance and clearance of applications and for
providing status updates.

161. Payment of fees in case of Solar Power Roof Top Systems:

No fees or charges shall be levied for installation of Solar Power Roof Top Systems.
162. [xxx] [

162. Provisions of Solar Systems is mandatory to issue Occupancy Certificates. ]2

163. Penalty in case of failure in construction of Solar Power Roof Top Systems:
In case of failure in construction of the Solar Power Roof Top Systems by the applicant, a
penalty equivalent to additional 10% of Property Tax shall be levied by the ULB till the Solar Power
Roof Top Systems are constructed and maintained.
*********

CHAPTER-XI -3
CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION:
INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE WITH SANCTION

164. General:
Land, Air, Noise, Water, Energy, Biological/Socio-Economic/Solid/Other Waste Management
are the main facets considered in relation to Pre, During and Post Building Construction for
Sustainable Environment Management. The building construction sector is a major
contributor towards carbon footprints which affects climate change. It is necessary for the
building process to ensure compliance to various conditions laid down by the Ministry of
Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India.

1
Renumbered Rule 160(3) as rule 160(2) vide GO.Ms.No.401 MAUD Dept Dt: 15-11-2017
2
Rule 162 with the following words are substituted vide GO.Ms.No 401 MAUD Dept, Dt: 15-11-2017.
“ 162. Security Deposit:
(1) The applicant shall deposit an amount as prescribed by the ULB/NREDCAP towards the full value of
the construction Solar Power Roof Top Systems along with the Building Application which is
refundable on successful construction of the Solar Power Roof Top Systems and submission of
detailed photographs and a certificate to that extent while applying for Occupancy Certificate.
(2) In case of failure in construction of Solar Power Roof Top Systems before obtaining the Occupancy
Certificate the security deposit shall be forfeited.”
 R.165 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 222

165. Environmental Conditions for Compliance During Building Approvals:

(1) The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has decided to integrate the
environmental concerns into building plan approval process and empowering the
concerned ULB/Development Authority/any other body authorized to sanction
building plans, to approve and certify compliance of stipulated requirements.
(2) The new building construction proposals are classified in the following 3 categories:-

Category Built Up Area (sq. m)

A 5000 – 20000

B 20000 – 50000

C 50000 – 150000

(3) The ULB/Development Authority/any other body authorized to sanction building

plans shall approve the building plans by ensuring the stipulated conditions in
Table 37 (for above 5,000 sq. m and up to 20,000 sq. m),
Table 38 (for above 20,000 sq. m and up to 50,000 sq. m) and
Table 39 (for above 50,000 sq. m and up to 1,50,000 sq. m).
TABLE 37 : Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction
(Category “A”: 5000 sq. m - 20000 sq. m)
S. Reference Clause
Medium Environmental Condition
No.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Natural Drainage The inlet and outlet point of natural
drain system should be maintained
with adequate size of channel for
ensuring unrestricted flow of water.

2 Water (a) A rain water harvesting plan needs See Chapter on Rain Water
Conservations- to be designed where the Harvesting Structures
Rain Water recharge bores (minimum one per and
Harvesting 5000 sq. m of built-up area) shall Table – 35
and be provided. Provisions for Rainwater
Ground Water (b) The rain water harvested should Harvesting by Building Types
Recharge be stored in a tank for reuse in
household through a provision of
separate water tank and pipeline
to avoid mixing with potable
municipal water supply.
(c) The excess rain water harvested
be linked to the tube well bore in
the premise through a pipeline
after filtration in the installed
filters.
2 (a) The unpaved area shall be more than 142. Provisions for City and Site
or equal to 20% of the recreational level greening:
open spaces. (1) Greening
 R.165 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 223

S. Reference Clause
Medium Environmental Condition
No.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
(d) The unpaved area shall be
more than or equal to 20% of
the recreational open spaces.
3 Solid Waste Separate wet and dry bins must be 143. Sustainable Waste
Management provided at the ground level for Management:
facilitating segregation of waste. (4) (b) Separate wet and dry bins
must be provided at the ground
level.
4 Energy In common areas, LED/ solar lights 141. Provisions for Sanction of
must be provided. Building Application:
(3) (c) Lighting of common areas
by Solar Energy/LED devices.
5 Air Quality and Dust, smoke and debris prevention
Noise measures such as screens, barricading
shall be installed at the site during
construction. Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet
covers must be used for trucks
bringing in sand and material at the
site.
5 (a) The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if
installed, must be minimum 10m away
from the building. In case it is less than
10m away, the exhaust pipe shall be
taken up to 3m above the building.
6 Green Cover A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sq. m 142. Provisions for City and Site
of land shall be planted and level greening
maintained. The existing trees will be (1) Greening
counted for this purpose. Preference (a) Provision of minimum 1
should be given to planting native tree/every 80sqmt of plot area for
species. plot sizes >100sqmt and planted
within the setback of the plot.
6 (a) Where the trees need to be cut, 142. Provisions for City and Site
compensatory plantation in the ratio level greening
of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every (1) Greening
1 tree that is cut) shall be done with (b) Compensatory Plantation for
the obligation to provide continued felled/transplanted tress in the
maintenance for such plantations. ratio 1:3 within the premises under
consideration

TABLE 38 : Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction

(Category “B”: 20000 sq. m - 50000 sq. m)

S.
Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause
No.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Natural Drainage The inlet and outlet point of natural
drain system should be maintained ---
with adequate size of channel for
 R.165 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 224

S.
Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause
No.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
ensuring unrestricted flow of water.

2 Water A rain water harvesting plan needs to See Chapter on Rain Water
Conservations- be designed where the recharge Harvesting Structures
Rain Water bores (minimum one per 5000 sq. m and
Harvesting and of built-up area) shall be provided. Table – 35
Ground water The rain water harvested should be Provisions for Rainwater Harvesting
Recharge stored in a tank for reuse in by Building Types
household through a provision of
separate water tank and pipeline to
avoid mixing with potable municipal
water supply. The excess rain water
harvested be linked to the tube well
bore in the premise through a
pipeline after filtration in the installed
filters.
2 (a) The unpaved area shall be more than 142. Provisions for City and Site level
or equal to 20% of the recreational greening:
open spaces. (1) Greening
(d) The unpaved area shall be more
than or equal to 20% of the
recreational open spaces.
3 Solid Waste Separate wet and dry bins must be 143. Sustainable Waste
Management provided at the ground level for Management:
facilitating segregation of waste. (4) (b) Separate wet and dry bins
must be provided at the ground
level.
4 Energy In common areas, LED/ solar lights 141. Provisions for Sanction of
must be provided. Building Application:
(3) (c) Lighting of common areas by
Solar Energy/LED devices.
4 (a) At least 1% of connected applied load 141. Provisions for Sanction of
generated from renewable energy Building Application
source such as photovoltaic cells or (2) Solar Energy Utilization
wind mills or hybrid should be (a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
provided. Panels.
4 (b) As per the provisions of the Ministry 159. Guidelines for installation of
of New and Renewable Solar Water Heating Systems
energy solar water heater of (2) The recommended minimum
minimum capacity 10 litres/4 capacity shall not be less than 25litres
persons (2.5 litres per capita) shall be per day for each bathroom and
installed. kitchen subject to the condition that
maximum of 50% of the total roof
area is provided with the system.
 R.165 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 225

S.
Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause
No.
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 (c) Use of flyash bricks: Fly ash should be 144. Sustainability of Building
used as building Materials
material in the construction as per (3)(b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland
the provisions of Fly Ash Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete,
Notification of September, 1999 and phosphor-gypsum based walling &
as amended from time to roofing panels, particle wood –
time recycled use of industrial/ agricultural
by-products.
5 Air Quality and Dust, smoke and debris prevention
Noise measures such as screens, barricading
shall be installed at the site during
construction. Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet ---
covers must be used for trucks
bringing in sand and material at the
site.
5 (a) The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if
installed, must be minimum 10m away
from the building. In case it is less ---
than 10m away, the exhaust pipe shall
be taken up to 3m above the building.
6 Green Cover A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sq. 142. Provisions for City and Site level
m of land shall be planted and greening
maintained. The existing trees will be (1) Greening
counted for this purpose. Preference (a) Provision of minimum 1 tree/every
should be given to planting native 80sqmt of plot area for plot sizes
species. >100sqmt and planted within the
setback of the plot.
6 (a) Where the trees need to be cut, 142. Provisions for City and Site level
compensatory plantation in the ratio greening
of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every (1) Greening
1 tree that is cut) shall be done with (b) Compensatory Plantation for
the obligation to provide continued felled/transplanted tress in the ratio
maintenance for such plantations. 1:3 within the premises under
consideration.

TABLE 39 : (Category “B”: 20000 sq. m - 50000 sq. m)

(Category “C”: 50000 sq. m - 150000 sq. m)
S. No. Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause
(A) (B) (C) (D)
1 Natural Drainage The inlet and outlet point of natural drain
system should be maintained with adequate
---
size of channel for ensuring unrestricted
flow of water.
 R.165 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 226

S. No. Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause

(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 Water A rain water harvesting plan needs to be See Chapter on Rain Water
Conservations- designed where the recharge bores Harvesting Structures
Rain Water (minimum one per 5000 sq. m of built-up and
Harvesting and area) shall be provided. The rain water Table – 35
Ground water harvested should be stored in a tank for Provisions for Rainwater
Recharge reuse in household through a provision of Harvesting by Building Types
separate water tank and pipeline to avoid
mixing with potable municipal water supply.
The excess rain water harvested be linked
to the tube well bore in the premise
through a pipeline after filtration in the
installed filters.
2 (a) The unpaved area shall be more than or 142. Provisions for City and
equal to 20% of the recreational open Site level greening:
spaces. (1) Greening
(d) The unpaved area shall
be more than or equal to
20% of the recreational open
spaces.
2 (b) The ground water shall not be withdrawn
without approval from the competent ---
authority.
2 (c) Use of potable water in construction should
be minimized. ---

2 (d) Low flow fixtures and sensors must be used

to promote water conservation. ---

2 (e) Separation of grey and black water should

be done by the use of dual plumbing ---
system.
3 Solid Waste Separate wet and dry bins must be provided 143. Sustainable Waste
Management at the ground level for facilitating Management:
segregation of waste. (4) (b) Separate wet and dry
bins must be provided at the
ground level.
3(a) All non-degradable waste shall be handed
over to authorized recyclers for which a
---
written tie-up must be done with the
authorized recyclers.
3(b) Organic waste composter/ vermiculture pit
with a minimum capacity
of 0.3 Kg/tenement/day must be installed
wherein the STP sludge may be used to be
---
converted to manure which could be used
at the site or handed over to authorized
recyclers for which a written tie-up must be
done with the authorized recyclers.
4 Energy In common areas, LED/ solar lights must be 141. Provisions for Sanction
 R.165 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 227

S. No. Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause

(A) (B) (C) (D)
provided. of Building Application:
(3) (c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar Energy/LED
devices.
4 (a) At least 1% of connected applied load 141. Provisions for Sanction of
generated from renewable energy source Building Application
such as photovoltaic cells or wind mills or (2) Solar Energy Utilization
hybrid should be provided. (a) Installation of Solar
Photovoltaic Panels.
4 (b) As per the provisions of the Ministry of New 159. Guidelines for
and Renewable energy solar water heater installation of Solar Water
of minimum capacity 10 litres/4Persons (2.5 Heating Systems
litres per capita) shall be installed. (2) The recommended
minimum capacity shall not be
less than 25litres per day for
each bathroom and kitchen
subject to the condition that
maximum of 50% of the total
roof area is provided with the
system.
4 (c) Use of fly ash bricks: Fly ash should be used 144. Sustainability of Building
as building material in the construction as Materials
per the provisions of Fly Ash Notification of (3)(b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland
September, 1999 and as amended from Pozzolana cement, Fly ash
time to time. concrete, phosphor-gypsum
based walling & roofing
panels, particle wood –
recycled use of industrial/
agricultural by-products.
4 (d) Use of concept of passive solar design of 141. Provisions for Sanction of
buildings using architectural design Building Application
approaches that minimize energy (3) Energy Efficiency
consumption in buildings by integrating (a) Low Energy Consumption
conventional energy-efficient devices, such Lighting Fixtures
as mechanical and electric pumps, fans, (Electrical Appliances –
lighting fixtures and other equipment, with BEE Star and Energy
the passive design elements, such as Efficient Appliances)
building orientation, landscaping, efficient (b) Energy Efficiency in
building envelope, appropriate HVAC systems
fenestration, increased day lighting design (c) Lighting of common
and thermal mass. areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices
 R.165 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 228

S. No. Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause

(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 (e) Optimize use of energy systems in buildings 141. Provisions for Sanction of
that should maintain a specific indoor Building Application
environment conducive to the functional (3) Energy Efficiency
requirements of the building by following (a) Low Energy
mandatory compliance measures (for all Consumption Lighting
applicable buildings) as recommended in Fixtures (Electrical
the Energy Conservation Building Code Appliances – BEE Star
(ECBC) 2007 of the Bureau of Energy and Energy Efficient
Efficiency, Government of India. Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in
HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices
5 Air Quality and Dust, smoke and debris prevention
Noise measures such as screens, barricading shall
be installed at the site during construction.
---
Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet covers must be used
for trucks bringing in sand and material at
the site.
5 (a) The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if installed,
must be minimum 10m away from the
building. In case it is less than 10m away, the ---
exhaust pipe shall be taken up to 3m above
the building.
6 Green Cover A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sq. m of 142. Provisions for City and
land shall be planted and maintained. The Site level greening
existing trees will be counted for this (1) Greening
purpose. Preference should be given to (a) Provision of minimum 1
planting native species. tree/every 80sqmt of plot
area for plot sizes >100sqmt
and planted within the
setback of the plot.
6 (a) Where the trees need to be cut, 142. Provisions for City and
compensatory plantation in the ratio of 1:3 Site level greening
(i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1 tree that (1) Greening
is cut) shall be done with the obligation to (b) Compensatory Plantation
provide continued maintenance for such for felled/transplanted tress
plantations. in the ratio 1:3 within the
premises under
consideration.
7 Sewage Sewage treatment plant with capacity of
Treatment Plant treating 100% waste water shall be installed.
Treated water must be recycled for
gardening and flushing.
8 Environment The environment infrastructure like Sewage
Management Treatment Plant, Landscaping, Rain Water
---
Plan Harvesting, Power backup for
Infrastructure, Environment Monitoring,
 R.166 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 229

S. No. Medium Environmental Condition Reference Clause

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Solid Waste Management and Solar and
Energy conservation should be kept
operational through Environment
Monitoring Committee with defined
functions and responsibility.

CHAPTER – XII
TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS

166. Transferable Development Rights (TDR)

An award specifying the built up area an owner of a site or plot can sell or dispose or utilize
elsewhere, whose site or plot is required to be set apart or affected for a community
amenity or development for public purpose in the Master Plan or in road widening or
covered in recreational use zone etc. The award would be in the form of a TDR Certificate
issued by the Competent Authority.

167. Concession in Road Widening Cases

(1) [xxx] [Where any part of the land or site or premises applied for building permission is
affected in the Statutory Plan/Master Plan Road /Circulation network / a road required to
be widened as per Road Development Plan / any other public purpose required by
Competent Authority/Sanctioning Authority, such area so required shall be surrendered
free of cost to the Sanctioning Authority by the owner of land through registered gift
deed. No development permission shall be given in the remaining site unless this
condition is complied with]1.
(2) [xxx]2

11
Rule 167 (1) with the following words were substituted vide GO.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept, Dt: 09-07-2018
“ Where any land or site or premises for building is affected in the Statutory Plan/Master Plan Road or
Circulation network or a road required to be widened as per Road Development Plan, such area so affected
shall be surrendered free of cost to the Sanctioning Authority by the owner of land. No development
permission shall be given unless this condition is complied with. The applicant shall submit the undertaking
for road widening in the form given below along with the Building Application”
2
Rule 167(2) with the following words substituted vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept, Dt: 01-10-2020
“ i) Upon surrendering such affected area the owner of the site would be entitled to a Transferable
Development Rights (TDR) as given in Rule-168.
OR
ii) The owner shall be allowed to construct [an extra floor][two extra floors]* with an equivalent built area
for the area surrendered subject to mandated public safety requirements.*vide GO223
OR
iii) The owner shall be allowed to avail concessions in setbacks including the front set-back (subject to
ensuring a building line of 6m in respect of roads 30m and above, 3m in respect of roads 18m and below
30m and 2m in respect of roads less than 18m and subject to ensuring minimum side and rear setback of
2m in case of building of height up to 12m and 2.5m in case of buildings of height above 12m and up to
15m and 3m for buildings of height above 15 and up to 18m). In case of High Rise Buildings the
concessions in setbacks, other than the front setback would be considered subject to maintaining
minimum clear setback of 7m on the sides and rear side and such minimum setback area shall be clear
without any obstructions to facilitate movement or fire fighting vehicles and effective firefighting
operation. OR
iv) [Adjustment of Land Value towards the Building Permit Fee and Charges (only in cases where Road
widening is in progress)]. [Adjustment of Transferrable Development Rights (TDR) Value towards
 R.167 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 230

[(2) i) Upon surrendering affected site area, the owner of the site would be entitled to TDR
as given in Rule-168 of AP Building Rules, 2017.
OR

ii) The TDR as issued above is allowed to be utilised for construction of additional built
up area as detailed below:

(a) Non-High Rise Buildings (upto 18m Height from ground level including TDR
Floors):

To construct up to two additional floors, or setback relaxations, or up to two

additional floors with setback relaxations subject to maintaining minimum
setback as given below

Width of the Minimum front Minimum setbacks on remaining

S.No
Road (in mts) setback (in mts) sides (in mts)
1 30 and above 3.00* For site areas
Above 18 and i. upto 300 Sq.mts - 1.50 m
2 3.00
below 30 ii. above 300 to 500 Sq.mts -2.00m
3 Below 18 2.00 iii. above 500 Sq.mts - 2.50m

* subject to condition that the applicant shall provide parking in ground floor to
a depth of 3.00 mts within the building.
(b) High Rise Buildings including Multiplexes:
To construct up to two additional floors with same setbacks or set back
relaxations subject to maintaining minimum setbacks as given below:

Sl.No Height of Building Minimum all-round setbacks (in mts)

1 Up to 30m 7.00
2 30 m to 70 m 9.00
3 Above 70m and up to 120 m 12.00
4 Above 120m 16.00

building permit fee and charges, compounding fee towards regularization of 10% setback violations
(other than the front set back), any penal amount, open space charges, city level infrastructure impact
fee and shelter fees within the respective Limits of Urban Local Body/Urban Development Authority
only.] substituted vide GO.223. OR
v) [Adjustment of City Level Infrastructure Impact fee towards the value of the land surrendered for
formation of new Master Plan Roads/Link Roads.
OR] Omitted vide GO 223
vi) v) All the above individual items or Combination of i), ii) and iii) only. *renumbered vide GO 223
 R.168 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 231

(iii) Adjustment of TDR value towards fee and charges is henceforth dispensed.
However, it is allowed for building applications which are under process at various
stages of approval in online portal.]1
(3) [xxx] 2.(

[4] [(3)]3 In case of plots less than 750sq.m in addition to concessions in setbacks and height, the
cellar floor may be allowed in site areas above 500sq. m keeping in view of its feasibility
on ground.
[5] [(4)] 4 The above concessions shall be considered at the level of Sanctioning
Authority/Competent Authority. The Sanctioning Authority/Competent Authority may
consider any other concession as deemed fit with the prior approval of Government.

168. Grant of Transferable Development Rights:

(1) Transferable Development Rights” (TDR) can be awarded only when such lands are
transferred to the local body / Development Authority as the case may be by way of
registered gift deed. The award would be in the form of a TDR Certificate issued by
the Competent Authority / Sanctioning Authority.
(2) Grant of TDR can be considered by the Competent Authority / Sanctioning Authority
for the following areas subject to the owners complying with the conditions of
development above, as per the following norms:
(a) [xxx]
(b) [xxx]
[(a) For the Master Plan Road / Road Development Plan undertaken and developed /
Circulation network/ any development for public purpose in Master
Plan/peripheral road in group development schemes: equivalent to 400% of such
area surrendered.
(b) For conservation and development of lakes / water bodies / nalas foreshores &
Recreational buffer development with greenery/ Roads on either side of Electrical
Tower lines and clearance distance left for oil/gas pipelines: equivalent to 200% of
such area surrendered.]5
(c) For Heritage buildings and heritage precincts maintained with adaptive reuse:
equivalent to 100% of built up area of such site area.

1
Rule 167(2) substituted vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept, Dt: 01-10-2020
2
Rule 167(3) with the following words are omitted vide GOMs.180 MAUD Dept Dt: 1-10-2020
“The extent of concessions given shall be such that the total built up area after concession shall not exceed
the sum of built up area allowed (as proposed) on total area without road widening and built up area
equivalent to surrendered area”
3
Rule 167 (4) renumbered as rule 167(3) vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept, Dt: 1-10-2020.
4
Rule 167 (5) renumbered as rule 167(4) vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept, Dt: 1-10-2020.
5
Rule 168(2) (a) & (b) with following words are substituted vide GO.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept Dt: 09-07-2018.
“(a) For the Master Plan Road / Road Development Plan undertaken and developed: equivalent to 200% of
built up area of such area surrendered.
(b) For conservation and development of lakes / water bodies / nalas foreshores & Recreational buffer
development with greenery, etc: equivalent to 100% of built up area of such recreational buffer area
developed at his cost.”
 R.169 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 232

(d) [xxx]1
2
[(d) Any traffic and transport infrastructure development such as bus stops or Bus
stands, metro rail, Bus Rapid Transport System: equivalent to 400% of such
areas surrendered.
(e) For the sites required by the Government/ULB for weaker sections or social
housing, any other urban infrastructure development such as water supply,
sewerage, education, health or any public purpose: equivalent to 400% of such
areas surrendered. However, in case of sites covered by existing slums wherein,
ULB proposed for removal and redevelopment of slums with a sanctioned
redevelopment plan for the area proposed to surrender, in such cases, land
owners is eligible for 100% of such areas covered by Slums. In above such cases
the proposal shall be submitted to Government with justification report through
the DTCP for approval before considering for issue of TDR.]
(3) The TDR may be arrived at on the basis of relative land value and equivalent amount
in both export and Import areas, as per the Registration Department records [at the
time of utilisation]3. The Competent Authority shall have the discretion in the matter
of applicability of TDR. The TDR shall not be allowed in unauthorized buildings /
structures / constructions and shall be considered only after the land is vested with
the Local Authority / Development Authority. [xxx] [The TDR certificate issued can be
permitted to utilize/ dispose for construction of additional built-up area in any
ULB/UDA/CRDA (except capital city) as per guidelines and conditions prescribed by
Competent Authority.]4

169. Guidelines on Transferable Development Rights:

[xxx]5

1
Rule 168(2)(d)with following words omitted vide GOMs.No.223 MAUD Dept, Dt:09-07-2018
“In larger projects of 4000 sq.mts and above site area provisions made under Rule 167 (2) shall be
applicable to the extent earmarked under roads above minimum percentage of required 30% of site
area. However, this extent shall be restricted to the area affected in peripheral/access roads.”
2
Rule 168(2)(d) &(e) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept Dt: 1-10-2020
3
Inserted vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept Dt:1-10-2020.
4
Words “The TDR certificate issued would be valid or utilized / disposed only within the concerned local
body area and as per guidelines and conditions prescribed” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept,
Dt:09-07-2018.
5
Rule 169 with following words substituted vide GO.Ms.No.180 MAUD Dept Dt:01-10-2020.
“In order to adopt uniform guidelines throughout the State the following conditions and guidelines are
prescribed.
(1) As and when the owner of the building intends to construct the building in the remaining area
of the site, he is entitled to construct the building as per the provisions of these Building Rules.
[In the event the owner doesn't take up any construction, the owner is entitled for TDR which
can be usedIdisposed depending on convenience.] Omitted vide G.O.Ms.No.223, Dt.09-07-2018.
(2) A composite Transferable Development Rights (TDR) Register shall be maintained by the
Sanctioning Authority as per the proforma given below on the award of TDR and its sale /
disposal and utilization. A responsible officer shall be the custodian of the Register.
(3) At the time of sale / disposal / utilization of a particular TDR, the utilization details of the sale /
disposal need to be entered at relevant columns in the register and that therefore the relevant
file need to be referred to the custodian of the Register for making necessary entries in the
register. The custodian is held responsible to enter relevant details in the register and also to
enter utilization details in the TDR. When TDR Certificate is sold / utilized totally, the same shall
be surrendered by the owners and the custodian shall take possession of the Certificate and
make necessary entries in the register. As per Government Orders, TDR award is to be arrived
on the basis of relevant land value at both export and import areas as per prevailing
 R.170 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 233

[(1) Any transaction i.e. issue, utilisation and transfer of TDRs shall be done through online.
No manual applications or transactions shall be allowed for fresh as well as for older
cases. DTCP shall monitor all TDR related issues in the State.
(2) TDR can either be sold or can be utilized by the owner depending on convenience.
(3) In case of ULBs, where the town planning section head is in the cadre of Deputy
Director or above, the Municipal Commissioner is competent to approve the Road
Development Plan/Circulation Plan and TDR and in case of other ULBs shall obtain
technical approval of concerned RDDTP for approval of Road Development
Plans/Circulation Plans and TDR.
(4) (a) In case of Gram Panchayat falling in Development Authorities Jurisdiction, the
Commissioner/Vice-Chairperson/ Metropolitan Commissioner of the concerned
Development Authority is competent to approve and implement the Road Development
Plan/Circulation Plan and to issue TDR.
(b) Road Development Plans/Circulation Plans shall be prepared for entire jurisdiction of
Urban Local Body/Development Authority and uploaded in online module as prescribed.
(5) Applicability of TDR in certain cases:
(a) In case where land owner has already obtained permission with or without relaxation
of setbacks or height duly earmarking site required for road widening; any further
claims for TDR are not allowed, since the applicant has agreed for the condition for
leaving road widening portion.
(b) In case where the building has been approved, constructed with permission or
unauthorizedly by already leaving the road widening portion, any claim for TDR is not
allowed.
(c) If the land owner sub-divided the land unauthorisedly, duly leaving the road portion
and utilising the same as access, he cannot claim for any TDR or relaxation. As per
the provisions of the Act, it is obligation of the owner to obtain layout approval for
any sub-division and formation of new street.
(d) Claiming of TDR for the portion of road formed by the owners or real estate
developers to get access to the real estate project is not allowed.
(e) Any additional TDR for the cases where already TDR was issued shall not be
considered.]

170. Documents to be submitted along with Application for Grant of Transferrable

Development Rights Certificate:
Application to be made by owner in the prescribed format giving the following details:

Registration value.
(4) TDR can either be sold or can be utilized by the same owner depending on convenience.
(5) TDR can be allowed to be utilized for construction of [one additional floor]* [two additional
floors]* over the normal permissible floors without insisting additional setbacks [and higher
road width]* subject to compliance of other norms. *Text in [] amended vide G.O.Ms.No.223,
Dt.09-07-2018
(6) [TDR shall not be applicable in larger projects i.e. in Group Development Schemes of more than
5 Acs. in extent.] Omitted vide G.O.Ms.No.223, Dt.09-07-2018
(7) [(7)] (6) Every TDR sold or disposed shall be accompanied by a prescribed agreement on Rs.100/
- non-judiciary stamp paper between the person disposing the TDR and the person who intend
to utilize the TDR. Draft agreement is given below. Renumbered vide G.O.Ms.No.223, Dt.9-7-2018
 R.170 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 234

(1) Name of the owner with clear address, contact phone number, etc.
(2) Copy of the ownership documents along with clear site plan and location plan.
(3) Site Plan showing the land surrendered, its extent, location with dimensions.
(4) Building permission Plan for the site by the urban local body.
(5) Details of Building permission granted / applied for like use or purpose of building,
number of floors permitted, all-round setbacks, floor area permitted and utilized,
parking area permitted; etc.
(6) Whether already benefit of relaxations been utilized for the site?
(7) Whether any Court case is pending against Urban Local Body?
(8) Land value of the site where TDR is to be availed (latest copy from concerned Sub -
Registrar to be enclosed)
(9) TDR admissible in terms of sq. m and equivalent land value.

PROFORMA FOR TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS (TDR) REGISTER

Location of
Whether the
site
Name & property Export
surrendered
Address of surrendered values Import
and Name of Extent
the B.A.No. is vested as on value as Rate & Remarks
the person of TDR
Sl. person & with the on the Balance *TDR
against to granted
No utilized utilizatio Municipal date date of to be surrende
whom TDR (in Sq.
and n Details Corporation/ of utilizatio utilized r details
issued yds)
extent Municipality utilizat n
including
utilized /DA or not ion
date & TDR
(details)
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
 R.170 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 235

DISPOSAL OF TDR FOR UTILISATION

Agreement between Transferor & Transferee
(To be notarised on Rs.100/- NJS paper)

Whereas ………………….. (ULB) in consideration of the provision contained in A.P. Building

Rules-2012 for award of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) Certificate for the sites required
for public purpose / implementation of Master Plan, awarded TDR certificate for the site situated
in Sy.No………………….of ………..………………………………………. (v)/ Block/ Ward in the
name of………………………………………………vide TDR Certificate No.
………………………………….......... issued on dated…………… for an extent of
…………………………………… Sq. m., after vesting the said site / property in
……………(ULB);

Whereas there is provision in Transferable Development Rights (TDR) for disposal and utilisation
anywhere in …………. (ULB) and as Sri……………………………………..
S/o……………………………., (Transferor) Resident of ……………………………. has offered to
utilise the TDR certificate for construction purpose at agreeable terms and conditions for the said
TDR;
I ……………………………………hereby dispose an extent of……………………… Sq.m., to
Sri…………………………………….. S/o………………………………..
(Transferee) duly retaining……………………………….Sq. m., with rights to utilise/ dispose at
my convenience.

Both the parties hereby agree to the terms and conditions applicable to utilisation I
disposal of TDR Certificate.

TRANSFEROR TRANSFEREE
NAME NAME
ADDRESS ADDRESS

Cell No: Cell No:

WITNESS: WITNESS:
1) 1)

2) 2)
 R.171 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 236

CHAPTER - XIII
PROVISIONS FOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING1

171.
[(a)]2 In all [Residential]3 Group Housing and Group Development Scheme Projects, whose
land extent is more than 5 acres (2.023Hectares), the Developer/Builder shall provide
10% of the total built up area towards the [Category – I/Category – II]4 units (5% for
[Category – I]4 units and 5% for [Category – II] 4 units) or 25% of the total number of
units of the housing projects towards [Category – I/Category – II] 4 units (12.5% for
[Category – I] 4 units and 12.5% of [Category – II] 4 units). The option is given to the
builder/developer to provide either 10% of the total built up area or 25% of total number
of units. Maximum plinth area of each [Category – I] 4 Unit is 25sq. m and Maximum
plinth area of each [Category – II] 4 Unit is 50sq. m.
[(b) Affordable Housing is the subsidized housing which is offered by the State/Central
Government for individual dwelling units with a carpet area of not more than 60
sq.mts. The areas of dwelling units is categorized and the same is as follows:
S.No Category Group Carpet Area (sq.mts)
1. Category – I Daily wages, Irregular Salaries 45
2. Category – II Regular Salaries 60 ]5

172.
[(a)]6 In lieu of providing [Category – I/Category – II]4 units, 10% of City Level Infrastructure
Impact Fee under these Rules will be exempted for the main project and total
exemption to the [Category – I/Category – II]4 area by the concerned Local
Body/Development Authority. Other uses mentioned in the Zoning Regulations which
are permissible in residential use zone will be permitted in the ground floor to the
extent of equivalent area of [Category – I]4 units only subject to fulfilling the parking,
fire safety norms and also with separate entry and exit. The entire required fee
pertaining to the use proposed shall be paid at the time of sanction of the building
permission. These concessions shall apply only for those projects where [Category –
I/Category – II]4 units are provided in-situ within the project site.
[(b) The following incentives will be provided for the developers who intents to undertake
exclusive Affordable Housing Projects in the State;
1. 10% exemption on all fee and charges to the extent of Affordable Housing Project
area.
2. The builder/developer is at his discretion to dispose the units/flats for the plots
earmarked in affordable housing category.

1
Words “PROVISIONS FOR ECONOMICALLY WEAKER SECTION (EWS) /LOW INCOME GROUP (LIG)
HOUSING CATEGORY” renamed vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
2
Rule 171 renumbered as rule 171 (a) vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
3
Inserted vide GO.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept Dt: 09-07-2018
4
In Chapter XIII every instance of the term “EWS (Economically weaker section) is renamed as “Category –
I” housing & every instance of the term “LIG(Low Income Group)” is renamed as “Category – II” housing
vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
5
Rule 171(b) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
6
Rule 172 renumbered as rule 172 (a) vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
 R.173 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 237

3. One extra floor shall be allowed over and above the permissible floors without
TDR, subject to clearance from the Fire Department.
4. The parking norms as envisaged in Rule 6(30)(c), for the affordable housing
projects, in sites up to 2000 sq.mts, the parking requirement shall be deemed to be
met if the entire stilt floor is left for parking.
5. The builder/developer has to adhere to the approved plans and in case of any
deviations/violations, 200% penalty on the applicable incentives claimed.]1

173. In case of Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation/ Vijayawada Municipal

Corporation areas,
10% of the total built up area or 25% of the total number of units towards [Category –
I/Category – II]2 units, shall be provided within the site or within the radius of 10km of the
project site, or within 5km from the nearest aerial route boundary of the municipal limits
subject to fulfillment of these Rules, with regard to minimum width of access road and
other parameters.

174. In case of other Urban Local Bodies,

10% of the total built up area or 25% of the total number of units towards [Category –
I/Category – II]2 units, shall be provided within the site or within the radius of 5km of the
project site, or within 5kms from the nearest aerial route boundary of the municipal limits
subject to fulfillment of these Rules, with regard to minimum width of access road and
other parameters.

175. The developer/builder is given option

for procurement of [Category – I/Category – II]2 Units from the Housing projects being
developed by Andhra Pradesh Housing Board with all civic amenities within 5km from the
nearest boundary of the Municipal limits or within the radius of 10km from the project site
in case of Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation and Vijayawada Municipal
Corporation and 5km from the project site in case of other Urban Local Bodies and to
dispose the same to eligible [Category – I/Category – II]2 Categories.

176. In case of Gram Panchayat areas falling in Development Authority areas and in
sanctioned Master Plans, [Category – I/Category – II]2 units are to be provided in-
situ only.
177. Two or more builders may be allowed to provide
(with respect to proportionate area of the main projects) the specified number of
[Category – I/Category – II]2 units as prescribed with all civic amenities but the occupancy
for the main projects will be released only after completion of the [Category – I/Category –
II]2 projects. Separate undertakings shall be obtained from the builders concerned by the
Local Body.

1
Rule 172(b) inserted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
2
In Chapter XIII every instance of the term “EWS (Economically weaker section) is renamed as “Category –
I” housing & every instance of the term “LIG(Low Income Group)” is renamed as “Category – II” housing
vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
 R.178 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 238

178.
In case of [all Residential]1 Group Housing/Group Development Schemes whose land extent
is more than [xxx] [4000sq. m]2 and up to 5.00 Acres shelter fee shall be collected as
follows:-
(1) The following shelter fee to be levied

[TABLE 40 : SHELTER FEE]3

S. No. Area Rate per Sq. m (Rs)
(A) (B) (C)
1 GVMC; VMC; GMC 750
2 Other Municipal Corporations 600
3 Selection Grade & Special Grade Municipalities 500
4 a) Other Municipalities 400
b) Gram Panchayats falling in Development Authorities
c) Gram Panchayats falling in areas notified under APTP Act, 1920

(2) The shelter fee shall be collected for 20% of total site area of the project.
(3) The shelter fee collected shall be utilized for development of [Category – I/Category –
II] 4 housing under any other Urban Housing Scheme meant for [Category – I]4
categories or for undertaking civic amenities in slums and weaker section colonies only,
for which a separate account shall be maintained by the local body/Development
Authority. The shelter fee can also be utilized for
redevelopment/improvement/rehabilitation of slums under Slum Development
programme as local body share.
(4) In the sites above 5 acres it is optional to the developers to pay shelter fee as above in
lieu of providing [Category – I] 4 and [Category – II]4 houses.

1
Inserted vide GO.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept Dt:09-07-2018.
2
Value “3000sq.m” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept Dt:09-07-2018.
3
Table 40 with the following data substituted vide Go.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept Dt: 09-07-2018.
S. No. Area Rate per Sq. m (Rs)
(A) (B) (C)
1 GVMC; VMC; GMC 1500
2 Other Municipal Corporations 1200
3 Selection Grade & Special Grade Municipalities 1000
4 a) Other Municipalities 800
b) Gram Panchayats falling in Development Authorities
c) Gram Panchayats falling in areas notified under APTP Act, 1920

4
In Chapter XIII every instance of the term “EWS (Economically weaker section) is renamed as “Category –
I” housing & every instance of the term “LIG(Low Income Group)” is renamed as “Category – II” housing
vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022
 R.179 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 239

179. The projects below [xxx] [4000Sq.m]1 are exempted from reservation of builtup
area/number of units for [Category – I/Category – II]4 as well as payment of
shelter fee.
180. [xxx]2.
*******

1
The value “3000 sq.m” substituted vide GO.Ms.No.223 MAUD Dept Dt: 09-07-2018.
2
Rule 180 with following words deleted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept, Dt: 10-11-2022.
“With regard to identification of beneficiaries and procedure for disposal of EWS/LIG units by builder/
developer/public or private Agencies, separate guidelines will be issued by the Government”
 ANNEXURE – 1 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 240

ANNEXURE – 1. COMPETENCE OF LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

Every building/development work for which permission is sought under these rules shall be
planned, designed and supervised by the registered professionals for carrying out various
activities as given below. The qualifications, competence and procedure for licensing of the
technical personnel to carryout different jobs for building permit and supervision for the
purpose of licensing by the Authority shall be as given in the following paras:

1. ARCHITECT:
The qualifications for licensing of Architect will be the Associate Membership of the Indian
Institute of Architects or such Degree or Diploma which makes him eligible for such
membership or such qualifications listed in Schedule XIV of Architects Act, 1972 and shall be
registered under the Council of Architecture as per Architects Act, 1972.
The licensed architect shall be competent to carryout work related to Building Permission,
as given below and shall be entitled to submit.
(a) All Plans and related information connected with building permission.
(b) Structural details and calculations of building on plot up to 500sq.m and up to 3
Storeys or 13m Height.
(c) Certificate of Supervision and completion for all buildings.

2. ENGINEER:
The qualifications for licensing of Engineer will be the corporate membership (civil) of the
Institution of Engineers or such Degree or Diploma in Civil or Structural Engineering which
make him eligible for such memberships.
The Licensed Engineer shall be competent to carry out the work related to building
permission as given below shall be entitled to submit.
(a) All plans and related information connected with building permit.
(b) Structural details and calculations for building on plot up to 500sq.m and up to 5
storeys or 18m Height.
(c) Certificate of Supervision and completion for all buildings.
(d) Sanitary / water supply works for all type of buildings and
(e) All Layout Plans.

3. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER:
Structural Engineers shall be competent to submit the structural details and calculations
for all building and supervision.
In the case of complicate buildings and sophisticated structures, as decided by the
Authority which are within the horizontal areas and vertical limits and shall be designed
only by Structural Engineers.

4. SUPERVISOR:
The qualifications for licensing of Supervisor will be:
(a) Three years of Architectural Assistantship or Intermediate in Architecture with two
years of experience. or
(b) Diploma in Civil Engineering with two years of experience. or
(c) Draftsman in Civil Engineering from I.T.I. with five year of experience under Architect
/ Engineer.
The Supervisor shall be competent to submit
 ANNEXURE – 1 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 241

(a) All plans and related information connected with building permit on plots up to
300sq. m and buildings up to stilt +10m height.
(b) Certificate of Supervision of Buildings on plots up 300sq. m and buildings up to stilt
+10m height.

5. TOWN PLANNER:
The Licensed Town Planner shall be entitled to submit
(a) All Plans or related information connected with development permission of all areas;
and
(b) Certificate of Supervision for development of land of all areas.

6. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL:

(a) It will be incumbent on every Licensed Technical Personnel, in all matters in which
he/she professionally consulted or engaged, to assist and co-operate with the
Municipal Commissioner and other Municipal Officers in carrying out and enforcing
the provisions of the Act and of any Bye-laws for the time being in force under the
same.
(b) Every Licensed Technical Personnel shall in every case in which he/she may be
professionally consulted or engaged, by responsible, so far as his/her professional
connection with such case extends, for due compliance with the provisions of the
Act and of any regulations for the time being in force under the said Act, or such of
them as may being in force under the said Act, or such of them as may respectively
be applicable to the circumstances of the particular case and in particular it will be
obligatory on him/her to satisfy himself / herself that a qualified and competent
Mistry or Inspector of Works in constantly employed and present on the work to
supervise the execution of all works and to prevent the use of any defective material
therein and the improper execution of any such work.
(c) In every case in which a Licensed Technical Personnel is professionally concerned in
connection with any building or work upon any premises, in respect of which a right
to require as set-back has accrued or is about to accrue to the Commissioner under
the Provisions of the said Act, or any of them, it will be incumbent on such Licensed
Technical Personnel to ascertain whether “the regular line of the Street” has been
prescribed and whether any portion of the said premises is required for the street or
under any presence whether, be a party to any evasion or evasion of the set-back (if
any) that may be required.
(d) In every case in which a Licensed Technical Personnel professionally concerned in
connection with any building or work upon any premises designed or intended to be
used or any purpose in respect of which the written permission or license of the
commissions, is prescribed by the said Act as a necessary condition to the
establishment or use of such premises for such purpose, it shall be incumbent on
such Licensed Technical Personnel, so far as his professional connection with such
case extents, to see that all conditions prescribed by the said Act, or by any Bye-law
of the time being in force there under, in respect of premises designed or intended
to be applied to such use, are duly fulfilled or provided for.
(e) A Licensed Technical Personnel shall not carry out work in connection with any
building or other erection on a plot of land leased or agreed to be leased by the ULB
/ DA in contravention of any term or condition of the lease or agreement for lease
(f) When a Licensed Technical Personnel ceases to be in the employment for the
development work, he shall report the fact forthwith to the Authority.
 ANNEXURE – 2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 242

ANNEXURE – 2. REGULATIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF

LICENSED BUILDER/DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM
………………… Emblem & Name of the ULB

1. Short Title, extent and applicability:

(a) These regulations may be called “Regulations for Builder/Developer /Construction
Firm License of………………… (ULB)”
(b) These regulations shall apply to the entire area of........................ (ULB)
(c) These regulations shall apply to the building activity in accordance with the
provisions of A.P. Building Rules as amended from time to time.
2. Definitions:
For the purpose of these regulations, the following definitions shall have the meaning
indicated against each:
(a) ‘Act’ means, the relevant Act and as amended from time to time.
(b) ‘Approved’ means, approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
(c) ‘Authority’ having jurisdiction means, the Commissioner or an officer authorized by
him to administer these regulations.
(d) ‘Commercial complex’ means, the commercial building proposed for a plot area
having more than 300Sq. m and above 10M height.
(e) ‘Licensed Builder/Developer’ means, the Builder/Developer/Construction Firm who has
been licensed by the Authority.
3. General Requirements for License:
(a) Person who applies for license as a Builder shall be a graduate in Architecture or Civil
Engineering or in Construction Management or equivalent educational qualifications
or 5 years of experience as Class – II Civil Contractor.
or
(b) A Company which applies for a License as a Developer/Construction Firm shall submit
the application by an authorized qualified person on behalf of the Company and the
company should employ a qualified person as prescribed in Rule 3 (a) and submit the
particulars of the person appointed and such company shall be registered.
or
(c) The Builder/Developer who is in the profession of construction activity as on date of
notification of revised building rules, is also eligible for license provided that he shall
submit the proof of Income Tax Assessment for the past five years that he is
engaged in the profession of Builder/Developer. A copy of PAN Card shall be
submitted along with the application.

4. Licensing Authority and Procedure for obtaining License:

(a) The Commissioner or an officer authorized by him is the authority for issuing the
license for practicing the profession of Builder/Developer/Construction Firm.
(b) The fee for License shall be as per the Schedule of Rates as approved by the ULB
from time to time.
(c) The format of application for obtaining license as Builder/Developer/Construction
Firm is as prescribed.
(d) The applicant shall apply in the prescribed form duly enclosing the required copies of
certificates and duly paying the prescribed fee and submit the filled in ‘Undertaking
for obtaining the license of Builder/Developer/Construction Firm’ as prescribed.
(e) Form of Certificate of License for Builder/Developer/Construction Firm is as
prescribed.
 ANNEXURE – 2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 243

(f) A register of licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall be maintained by the

ULB and up to date list of such licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm
showing the addresses and the period for which the licenses are valid shall be kept
for inspection in the office of the ULB during the office hours.
5. Conditions for issuing License:
(a) The Authority has the right to cancel the license for contravention of any of the
provisions of the Act, Rules or Bye-laws framed there under or for contravention of
any of the conditions of the license or for failure in discharging the duties and
responsibilities as prescribed in these regulations.
(b) In case the license is cancelled, he is not eligible for obtaining a fresh license and for
practicing as a Builder/Developer/Construction Firm for a period of three (3) years
from the date of cancellation.
(c) If for any reason the license is cancelled, the licensed Builder/Developer/Construction
Firm shall return the license to the Authority within 24 hours of such cancellation.
(d) Every application for the renewal of license shall be submitted to the
………………(ULB) together with a renewal fee as prescribed from time to time
and shall be accompanied by the license in respect of which the renewal is required.
6. Duties and Responsibilities of Builder/Developer/Construction Firm:
(a) It shall be incumbent on the licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm to
cooperate with and assist the ULB in carrying out and enforcing strictly the
provisions of Perspective Plan/Master Plan/Zonal Development Plan or any Statutory
Plan, Building Rules, Zoning Regulations and Development Control Rules of ULB and
other rules made under the provisions of relevant Acts from time to time.
(b) The licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm is entitled to execute all types of
projects and submit the Building applications to ULB for obtaining building
permissions.
(c) The licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall not associate himself with
any construction not authorized or licensed by the ULB where such authorization or
license is required under the provisions of the Act or Rules or any Bye-laws framed
there under.
(d) The licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall not do anything prejudicial to
public interest and the objectives for which he is licensed or be a party to any evasion
or attempted evasion of the provisions of the relevant statute, and the Rules, Bye-
laws and Regulations made there under ULB and for the time being in force.
(e) Copy of the certificate of License shall be submitted along with the Notice for
Building Permit. The license number and the period of validity of the license shall be
incorporated on the building plans.
(f) Every licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall in submitting the plans
show correct details and dimensions, levels and give correct information in respect
of such plans or building or work for which the proposed execution.
(g) It shall be incumbent on the licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm to
countersign on Notarized Affidavit of the Owner of the property/GPA holder and
submit along with the Notice for Building Permit for handing over the prescribed
floor area of the proposed construction to the Sanctioning Authority as prescribed in
the Rules from time to time.
 ANNEXURE – 2 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 244

(h) The sale or disposal of such built up area under the said Notarized Affidavit, lease and
registration of such buildings shall be allowed by the Registration Authority only
after an Occupancy Certificate is obtained from the ULB.
(i) In case of any violation of building constructions, it shall be removed by the
Owner/Builder/Developer/Construction Firm within the stipulated time on receipt of
the statutory Notice of ULB.
(j) Upon failure to comply with the direction of the ULB to remove violations, violated
portion of the building will be removed summarily and the handed over portion of
the building will be disposed of in public auction by ULB and further action on
licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall be initiated, which includes
cancellation of license and debarring from the profession for a period of three (3)
years.
(k) It is a prerequisite that every Builder/Developer/Construction Firm is required to
submit copy of the agreement executed with Consulting Architect / Structural
Engineer for execution of the project along with the building application wherein a
condition of the agreement shall be incorporated that the consultants will offer their
services to builder till completion of work and obtaining of Occupancy Certificate. In
no case the construction should take place without the supervision of the Licensed
Technical Personnel.
7. Requirements to be submitted for obtaining the License of Builders / Developers /
Construction Firm
(a) In case of Builder
(i) Certificate of Qualification of Degree equivalent to B.E (Civil) / B.Tech. (Civil) /
B. (Arch) (duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(ii) Copy of PAN Card (duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(iii) Photographs (3 Nos) of the Authorized Person
(iv) Experience Certificate (Optional)
(b) In case of Real Estate Developer / Firm
(i) Certificate of Qualification of Degree of the authorized person of the Firm or
Employee of the Firm (as per Rule 3(a)) (duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(ii) Authorization Letter on behalf of the Company certifying the Person /
Employee of the firm.
(iii) An Affidavit on Rs.100/- Non-judicial Stamp Paper signed by the Employee
(Engineer) of the firm in the prescribed form.
(iv) Incorporation Certificate of the Company / Firm Registration Copy (duly
attested by Gazetted Officer).
(v) Copy of Company PAN Card and Income Tax Returns filed by the Company (for
the past five years duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(vi) Partnership Deed of the Firm / Memorandum & Articles of Association of the
Company (duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(vii) NOC from remaining Partners of the Firm / Directors of the Company for the
person represented.
(viii) Photographs (3 Nos) of the Authorized Person.
(ix) Experience / Previous Projects Done (Optional)
(x) Fee as prescribed by the ........................(ULB) through D.D in favour of
Commissioner, ........................(ULB))

COMMISSIONER
…………………(ULB)
 ANNEXURE – 3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 245

ANNEXURE – 3. UNDERTAKING FOR OBTAINING BUILDING PERMISSION

[To be Signed and Submitted by the Owner, Builder/Developer/Construction Firm and Licensed
Technical Personnel]
(Notarized undertaking to be executed on Rs.100/- N.J. Stamp Paper)

1. This undertaking is executed on this………………………day of ………………… 20.. at

……………………………………………,(ULB) jointly by the Owner,
Builder/Developer/Construction Firm and the Licensed Technical Personnel. Here in after
called the parties of the 1st Party, which terms shall include their legal heirs, successors,
agents, assignees etc.

A NAME & ADDRESS OF THE OWNER

1 Name

2 Age

3 S/D/W/o

4 Door/Plot/Flat No.

5 Road/Street

6 Locality

PI
7 Village/ Town /City
N

8 Mandal

9 District

10 e-mail

.
11 Phone / Mobile No

B DETAILS OF THE LICENSED PERSONNEL

Sl.
No Name Address License No. Signature
.
 ANNEXURE – 3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 246

…………………………
1 ……Builder /
Developer/
Construction Firm

2 …………………………
… Architect

3 …………………………
….. Engineer

4 …………………………
…… Surveyor

5 …………………………
… Structural Engineer

6 …………………………
… Town Planner

C LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE

1. Plot Nos.
sq. m: sq. yds: Hcs: Acs:
2. Total Area
Sanctioned Layout No. /
3.
LRS No.
4. Survey No.

5. Premises / Door No.

6. Road/ Street

7. Ward No./ Block No.

8. Locality

9. Village/ Town /City PIN

10. Mandal

11. District

12. Circle/ Division

13. Zone

D DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION

Site Area (b) As per (c) Road
(a) As per
1 (in Sq. m or submitted Widening (d) Net Area
Documents
Hcs) Plan Area
 ANNEXURE – 3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 247

Upper
No. of Cellar Stilt Ground Floo Total
2 rs
Floors

3 Floor Area (in Sq.m)

Parking floor area (in
4
Sq.m)
Individual Residential/ Group Housing/ Commercial/
5 Use of the Building Institutional/ Row Housing / Others (specify) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
______________
2. 2nd Party:
In favour of the Commissioner, …………………………………….(ULB) here in after called
the 2nd party, which term shall include their representatives, agents, officers and staff.
3. Declaration–cum–undertaking and Indemnity Bond by the Owner, Builder/
Developer/Construction Firm and Licensed Technical Personnel:
Owner:
(a) That I am/we are [owners] entrusting the Construction of the building to the
Builder/Developer/Construction Firm, the details of which are as above and they shall
take up the construction of the said building construction according to the
sanctioned plan and under the strict supervision of the Architect, Structural
Engineer, and Site Engineer [Licensed Technical Personnel] engaged for the purpose.
(b) I am aware that in the event of building being constructed in violation of the
sanctioned building plan, the Authority shall have the right to take action against me
as per the provisions of these regulations and Act as it may deem fit including
revocation of sanction of building plans and demolition of the violated portions.
(c) Undertake that no loss or damage will be caused to the adjoining built up properties
or to any person as consequence of the construction at the time of digging of its
foundations or during the course of its construction or at any time thereafter. The
owner agrees and undertakes that in the event of any claim being made by any
person or persons against the concerned Authority either in respect of the manner of
construction or the consequences or towards the payment of any compensation for
the damages flowing form the said sanction he shall be responsible and liable and
not the concerned Authority.
[Builder/Developer/Construction Firm]
(d) I / We [Builder/Developer/Construction Firm] being individual / firm / company /
Society have been entrusted to construct the building as referred above by virtue of
a Registered Development Agreement (copy of which is enclosed herewith).
(e) I/We, [Engineer] submit that I am/we are aware about the provisions contained in
the Regulations under rules in force for Builder/Real Estate Developer/Firm License of
the Sanctioning Authority. I submit that, I/we possess the required qualification of
Engineer as prescribed in Rule 3.1 of the Regulations for Builder / Real Estate
Developer / Firm License and I am with my free consent working in the company
referred above. I further undertake all the responsibility as a Civil Engineer of the
Firm and will be responsible for the project done by my Firm. If any
 ANNEXURE – 3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 248

misrepresentation / violation on my supervision, I will be held personally responsible

for any consequences aroused now and in future and the competent authority is at
liberty to initiate any action upon me including cancellation of Builders License or any
other action enforced by the Sanctioning Authority.
Licensed Technical Personnel & Owner:
(f) The building plan has been prepared strictly as per the approved building Byelaws
and relevant IS Codes / provisions of NBC. The construction shall be carried out in
accordance with the building plan and the LTP shall be completely accountable for
any lapse on my part up to within 6 months after obtaining Occupancy Certificate of
the building.
(g) The construction shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the sanctioned
building plans and in case any deviation is carried out, the same shall be informed to
the concerned Authority within 48 hours.
(h) That we are fully aware of the provisions of the prevailing Building Rules and
undertake to abide by the same.
(i) That mandatory setbacks have been proposed and shall be maintained in accordance
with the setbacks marked in the layout plan/Master Plan.
(j) Those in case the owner dispenses with the services at any stage what so ever, the
same shall be informed to the concerned Authority within 48 hours.
(k) That nothing has been concealed and no misrepresentation has been made while
preparing and submitting the building plans.
(l) That in case anything contrary to the above is found or established at any stage, the
concerned Authority shall be at liberty to take any action as it may deem fit including
revocation of sanction of building plans and debarring me for submission of building
plans with the Authority under the scheme and also lodge a complaint with the
Professional Body of the concerned LTP for appropriate action.
(m) The plot has been demarcated at site and the size, shape and area of plot available at
site tallies with the ownership documents.
(n) We hereby undertake that we are solely responsible for execution of the building
construction work according to the sanctioned plan under the strict supervision of
the Architect, Structural Engineer and Site Engineer engaged by me/ourselves for the
purpose, without which it shall be treated as construction without permission.
(o) The Site Engineer employed shall maintain a register in which, the Site Engineer,
Architect and Structural Engineer shall record their comments at regular intervals i.e.
at foundation level, and at each roof, slab level, and submit the periodical report to
the Commissioner.
(p) That in case Site Engineer / Structural Engineer / Architect is changed during the
course of construction or the Architect / Structural Engineer / Site Engineer
disassociates themselves with ongoing project, the fact shall immediately be
reported to the Commissioner i.e. within seven days by registered post / in person
along with consent of newly engaged site Engineer / Architect / Structural Engineer.
(q) That all the parties of the 1st part viz. Owner, Builder, Architect, Structural Engineer
and Site Engineer shall jointly and severely be held responsible for the structural
stability during the building construction.
 ANNEXURE – 3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 249

(r) We will not deliver the possession of any part of the built up area of building
constructed by us to any purchaser or tenant unless & until the Occupancy Certificate
is obtained by us from the Commissioner duly submitting the following:
(i) Building Completion Notice issued by the Architect duly certifying that the
building is completed as per the sanctioned plan.
(ii) Structural Stability Certificate issued by the Structural Engineer duly certifying
that the building is structurally safe and the construction is in accordance with
the specified designs
(iii) An extract of the site registers containing inspection reports of Site Engineer,
Structural Engineer and Architect.
(iv) Insurance Policy for the completed building for a minimum period of three years.

(s) General Undertaking:

(i) Parking Space: The parking space is provided in the Building Cellar/Stilt floor for
parking of vehicles and it should not be converted (or) misused for any other
purpose other than parking of vehicles and it should be free from all cross walls /
partition walls, and rolling shutters should not be erected at any time in future
and the Commissioner is at liberty to demolish (or) remove the same without
any notice in case, if the 1st party violates the undertaking executed.
(ii) Balcony Projections: The balconies shall not be enclosed by converting them as
toilets/bathrooms or including into rooms by reducing the mandatory open
spaces and if any such constructions are made, the same would be removed by
2nd party without giving any notices.
(iii) Payment of Special Collection Charges for Garbage:
That the 1st party should pay special collection charges for garbage disposal as
prescribed for garbage refuse collection.
(iv) Payment of Special Sanitation Fee: That the 1st party should pay special
sanitation fee for the routine clearing and desilting of storm water drain.
(v) Stacking of Building Material & Dumping of Debris: That the 1st party should not
stock the building material and dump any debris on the road margin/footpath or
Government land.
(vi) No. of Units: The number of units permitted should not be increased and the
building should not be converted into group housing and sold at any time in
future.
(vii) Percolation Pits & Terrace Water Collection: The rain water harvesting system as
prescribed in the Building Rules shall be implemented in true spirit.

(viii) To use quality material/workmanship and supervision as per NBC): We the

Licensed Technical Personnel hereby certify that the erection, re-erection of
material, alteration, demolition in/of building premises shall be carried out
under the supervision and further certify that all designs, constructions and the
materials (type and grade and workmanship) of the work shall be generally in
accordance with the general and detailed specifications submitted along with
and as per standards specified by the National Building Code of India and
Bureau of Indian Standards and that the work shall be carried out according to
 ANNEXURE – 3 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 250

the sanctioned plan.

(ix) We, the undersigned Structural Engineers are held responsible for structural
and other safety of the building during construction and after completion. The
structural design including Geo-Technical aspects shall be in accordance with the
National Building Code of India. All materials and workmanship shall be a good
quality confirming to the Bureau of Indian Standards Specifications and codes.
Accordingly, the Sanctioning Authority can proceed for the legal action if any
such structural failures occur during or after the construction.
4. We the above named deponent do hereby solemnly affirm and certify that we have
voluntarily executed this under taking with free will and signed this ………………………
day of …………………… 20… in presence of the following witness.

Witnesses: Parties of 1st part

1)Name: (A) Name of the Site Engineer

Address: Address with Regn.

Signature
(B) Name of the Architect
Address with Regn.

Signature
Signature (C) Name of the
Structural Engineer
2)Name: Address with Regn.

Signature
Address: (D) Name of the Builder/Developer/
Construction Firm
Address with Regn.

Signature
(E) Name of the Owner

Address

Signature Signature

Witnesses with Name 1. 2.

Address & Signature
Sworn & signed before me.

Notary
 ANNEXURE – 4 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 251

ANNEXURE – 4. ROAD WIDENING UNDERTAKING

Notarised under taking to be executed
On Rs.100/- N.J. Stamp Paper

This undertaking is executed on this the …………….................... day of

……….…………………… by………………….…………………………………
W/o.………………………………………R/o………………………………. Situated at
…………………………………………………………….. herein after called the 1st party which
term shall include their legal heirs, successors, assigns and tenants in favour of the Commissioner,
…………………………(ULB), herein after called the 2nd party which term shall include his
representatives, agents, officials, staff of …………………………(ULB).

WHEREAS, the 1st party has applied to the 2nd party for permission to construct residential
/ commercial………………………………… consisting of ……………..………
……………….floors at Plot / H.No.………………………………………………… situated
…………………. ……………………………. WHEREAS, the 2nd party arty has put in a condition
that:
The land and the existing structures are/is getting effected in road widening throughout
the frontage of the plot admeasuring………….Sq.m should be surrendered to the
…………………………(ULB) for road widening before releasing the approved plan free of cost
without claiming any compensation towards the land and the structures existing on the road
widening site.

The first party in token of accepting the above conditions hereby undertake that they are
herewith handing over the physical possession of the strip of land to the Commissioner,
…………………………(ULB) on this day of …………………… at free of cost before
commencing the construction without claiming any compensation towards land and structures.
The above undertaking is executed by me with free will and due consciousness for having
obtained permission for the construction of residential / commercial building in the Plot / H.No.
…………………………………………… situated at ………………………

Witness: Parties of 1st part

1) 1)

2)

Sworn & signed before me.

Notary
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 252

ANNEXURE – 5. WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION REQUIREMENTS IN BUILDINGS

1. Plumbing and Sanitary Services
(1) The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and
sanitation and gas supply system shall be in accordance with Part-9: Plumbing
Services, Section-l Water supply, Drainage and sanitation (including Solid Waste
Management) and Section-2 Gas supply of NBC, 2005.
(2) Requirement of Water Supply for various occupancies in buildings shall be as given in
Tables A.1, A.2 and A.3.
(3) Requirement of Sanitary fittings and installations for different occupancies in
buildings shall be as given in Tables A.4 to A.17 for calculation of occupancy.
(4) Sewage treatment plant of capacity of treating 100% waste water to be installed. (Ref
Table - 37)
2. Segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings
(1) Special requirement of segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings
(Government Buildings, Hospitals, Educational Institutions, Commercial Building etc).
Provisions and occupancies shall be referred at Table A.10.
** This section is provided for Segregated toilet facilities for visitors in Public Buildings
(within the premises of the building, but outside the building block).
(2) Public toilets are meant for floating population, usually located near railway stations,
bus stands, market places, government hospitals, religious centers etc. These toilets
have a greater demand for urinals than community toilets.
(3) The key considerations for siting such facilities on the site are
(i) Size of the toilet block (i.e. number of seats) and
(ii) Location of the toilet block with respect to the main building block.
(iii) Convenience of the visitors in accessing and using the facility.
(4) Surveys conducted by the central government show that people, especially women
and aged, are unlikely to use the facility if it beyond 500 meters. The preferable
location shall be within 200-500m from the main entry of the building.
(5) The site shall be earmarked on Site Plan or a Layout plan. The Authority shall clearly
state advantages and disadvantages of the location for the owner/ engaged
Competent Professional for building plan design (as per Annexure - 1) to make an
informed decision on the siting.
(6) It must be accessible to visitors and general public during the operational hours of
the building. However, fiscal generation for maintenance may be planned w.r.t user
charges from visitors and general public.
(Experience in sample cities has shown that toilet blocks are more likely to remain
clean if they are centrally located; those on periphery sooner fall into disrepair.)
3. Other factors to be considered:
(1) Wastewater conveyance/treatment and prevention of contamination-
Since sewers may not be available in many cities, in most cases the toilet blocks will
have on-site sanitation, which would require periodic cleaning of tanks / pits.
Location on site should allow easy and hygienic emptying of the pits / tanks and
ensure that ground water table is not contaminated by wastewater percolation.
(2) Adequacy in provision-
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 253

The size of the block (i.e. on number of seats) must meet visitors’ need. Inadequacy
results in long queues and encourages open urination. Care is to be taken for
balancing problems and other special needs of children and the elderly.
(3) Design considerations
(i) Adequate Ventilation.
(ii) Door Design / Direction of swing of the door (preferred outwards),
(iii) Adequate Waiting area and
(iv) Adequate volumes of water storage.
(4) The facilities should include:
(i) Separate toilet blocks for men and women with separate entries.
(ii) Seats for children to be provided in both sections for men and women.
(iii) Waiting / Holding area.
(iv) Space for Facility caretaker and maintenance staff – from where they can
monitor and maintain both facilities for men and women.
(v) Urinal facilities for men
(vi) Waste water disposal system
(vii) Janitor / Store room for cleaning material / equipment.
Note: Table A.12 may be referred for number of seats / urinals for this section.
4. Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:
(1) One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of differently abled
persons, with essential provision of wash basin near the entrance.
(2) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm. and the door shall swing out.
(3) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm. clearance from
wall shall be made in the toilet.
(4) The W.C. seat shall be 500 mm. from the floor.
5. Water requirement and facilities:
(1) Water requirement for the facility may be worked out and enough storage for ½ day
operation is to be kept in storage.
(2) If municipal water supply is reliable, the toilet blocks may have underground sump
that can store half a day’s requirement and overhead tanks for another half.
(3) If municipal water supply is not available, toilet block may have its own bore well and
pump with no underground sump.
(4) Alternatively a hand tube well can be used for storing water in an elevated (not
overhead) tank.
(5) To minimize the wastage of water, self-closing water taps should be used. The pans
must be of Pour Flush (PF) design i.e. with a steep slope. Traps should be of a 20 mm
water seal. (Use of 50 mm water seal traps will require more water for flushing.)
(6) If toilet is to be linked to city sewer, a master trap has to be provided at the sewer
connection.
(7) Urinals may not be fitted with urinal pots as their replacement is expensive.
6. Construction Site
(1) At construction job sites, one toilet must be provided per 20 employees. In a work
zone with between 21 and 199 employees, a toilet seat and one urinal must be
provided for every 40 employees. For 200 or more workers, regulations call for a
toilets eat and a urinal per 50 workers. The toilet must be located within 200 m or 5
minute walk.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 254

(2) Job sites that are not equipped with a sanitary sewer must, unless prohibited by local
codes, provide privies, in locations where their use will not contaminate either
ground or surface water. Other alternatives to a privy could be chemical toilets, re-
circulating toilets, or combustion toilets.
(3) Toilets should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order, running water,
must be provided along with soap and individual hand towels.
7. Temporary Camp Toilets
Toilet facilities shall be provided within 60 m of the, site, which shall not be closer
than 15 m of dining area or kitchen. Make sure that toilet area is cleaned at least once
per day, it is sanitary, adequately lighted and is employee safe.
8. Special / Contingency Toilets [Table A.19]
(1) For Special events like open air theater, religious/political gatherings, mela, etc. for
which there are no permanent toilet facilities, contingency toilets/PSUs shall be
provided. The following considerations shall determine the number of toilets to be
provided for particular event:
(a) Duration of the event
(b) Type of crowd
(c) Weather conditions
(d) Whether finishing times are staggered if the event has multi-functions and the
following guidelines shall be applied with minimum 50 percent female toilets.
(2) Special Purpose Toilets: Special toilet facilities shall be adequately provided in public
projects (transport terminals/ healthcare and other public spaces) in million plus
cities for the Third gender with appropriate cleanliness arrangements.
9. General guidance for water supply arrangements
(1) For new construction: Provision shall be made for underground tank for the storage
of water, having capacity at 200 l. per person with adequate pumping arrangements
to supply water to upper floors. Filtered water connection will be allowed only for
use of drinking and bathing needs. For other purposes i.e. flushing and gardening
etc., the individual shall be required to have own arrangements of tube well water
within the premises. While according sanction to Layout Plan, the Authority shall
make a special mention that provision for space shall be kept for the construction of
underground reservoir of adequate capacity along with booster pumping station.
(2) Arrangements as given above shall also be provided in Group Housing Societies.
(3) The plumbing arrangement in case of new constructions shall be made in a way that
the potable water shall be used for drinking, cooking & bathing only and for rest of
the uses, provision for ground water can be made with dual piping system.
(4) Low capacity cistern should preferably be provided instead of normal 12.5 L capacity.
(5) Provisions for sustainable methods of Water and Wastewater Management and
Water harvesting may be referred from the Chapter of Rain Water Harvesting in
these Rules.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 255

TABLE-A.1 Per Capital Water requirement for various Occupancies/Uses

Consumption per
Sl.No Type of Occupancy
head per day (in lt.)
1. Residential
a) In living units 135
b) Hostels 135
c) Hotels with lodging accommodation(per bed) 180
d) Hotels(5 Star and above) 340
2. Educational
a) Day Schools 45
b) Boarding Schools 135
3. Institutional (Medical Hospitals)
a) No. of beds not exceeding 100 340
b) No. of beds exceeding 100 450
c) Medical quarters and hostels 135
4. Assembly- Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per seat 15
accommodation)
5. Government or Semi public business 45
6. Segregated toilets facilities for Visitors in public Buildings
a) Each use of toilet (including g washing hands and floors ) 7
b) Flushing urinals 0.20
7. Mercantile(Commercial)
a) Restaurants (per seat) 70
b) Other business building 45
8. Industrial
a) Factories where bath-rooms are to be provided 45
b) Factories where bath-rooms are not be provided 30
9. Storage ( including Warehouses) 30
10. Hazardous 30
11. Intermediate Stations (excluding mail and express stops) 45 (25)*
12. Junction Station 70 (45)*
13. Terminal Stations 45
14. International and Domestic Airports 70
* The values in parenthesis are for such stations, where bathing facilities are not provided.
Note: The number of persons for Sl.No.11 to 14 shall be determined by the average
number of passenger handled by the station daily with due consideration given to
the staff and workers likely to use the facilities.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 256

TABLE-A.2 Flushing Storage Capacities

Sl.No. Classification of Building Storage Capacity
1 For tenements having common 900 lt. net per W.C. seat
convenience
2 For residential premises other than 270 lt. net for one W.C. seat each and
tenement having common conveniences 180 lt. for each additional seat in the
same flat.
3 For factories and workshops 900 lt. per W.C. seat and 180 lt. per
urinal.
4 For cinemas, public assembly hall, etc. 900 lt. per W.C. seat and 350 lt. per
urinal.

TABLE-A.3 Domestic Storage Capacities

Sl.No. No. of Floors Storage Capacity Remarks
For premise occupied tenements with common conveniences
1 Ground floor Nil Provided down take fittings
are installed.
2 Floors 2, 3, 4, 5 and upper 500 litre per tenement
floors
For premises occupied as flats or blocks
1 Ground floor Nil Provided down take fittings
are installed.
2 Floors 2, 3, 4, 5 and upper 500 litre per tenement
floors

Note:- 1. If the premises are situated at a place higher than the road level in from of the premises
storage at ground level shall be provided on the same lines as on floors.
2.The above storage may be permitted to be installed provided that the total domestic
storage calculated on the above basis is not less than the storage calculated on the
number of down take fittings according to scale given below:
Down take taps 70 lt. each
Showers 135 lt. each
Bathtubs 200 lt. each
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 257

TABLE-A.4 Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices

Sl.No. Sanitary Unit / Fittings For Personnel

1 Water closet One for every 25 persons or part thereof exceeding 15

(including employees and customers). For female personnel 1
for every 15 persons or part thereof exceeding 10.
2 Drinking Water Fountain One for every 100 per with a minimum of one on each floor.
3 Wash Basin One for every 25 persons or part thereof.
4 Urinals Same as Sl.No.3 of Table 4.14
5 Cleaners’ Sink One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to sanitary
rooms.

Note:- Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the average
number of persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For
male-female calculation a ratio of 1:1 may be assumed.
TABLE-A.5 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels

For Residential Public For non Residential Staff

Sl.No Sanitary Unit
Staff For Male For Female
1 Water One per 8 Persons 1 for 1-15 persons 2 for 1-13 persons
Closet(WC) omitting occupants of
2 for 16-35 persons 4 for 13-25 persons
the attached water
closet minimum of 2 if 3 for 36-65 persons 6 for 26-40 persons
both sexed are lodged 4 for 66-100 persons 8 for 41-57 persons
10 for 58-77 persons
12 for 78-100 persons
Add 1 for every 6
persons or part thereof.
2. Ablution Taps One in each W C One in each W C One in each W C
3. Urinals Nil Nil upto 6 persons Nil
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 40-70 persons
4 for 71-10 persons
4. Wash Basins One per 10 persons 1 for 15 persons 1 for 1-12
omitting each basin
2 for 16-35 persons 2 for 13-25
installed in the
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 258

room/suite 3 for 36-65 persons 3 for 26-40

4 for 71-100 persons 4 for 41-57
5. Baths One per 10 persons Nil Nil
less occupants of room
with bath in suite
6 Cleaner’s Sink One per 30 Bed rooms Nil Nil
(One per floor
minimum)
7. Kitchen Sink One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen

Table-A.5 Contd: For Public Rooms

Sl.No. Sanitary Unit For Male For Female

1. Water Closet One per 100 persons upto Two for 100 persons upto 100 persons over;
400 persons; for over 400 200 add at the rate of one per 100 persons or
add at the rate of one per part thereof.
250 persons or part
thereof.
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C One in each W.C
3. Urinals One for 50 persons or Nil upto 6 persons
part thereof.
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
4. Washbasins One per WC/Urinal One per WC
5. Kitchen Sink One in each Kitchen One in each Kitchen
6. Bath (Showers) One per 10 persons
7. Cleaner’s Sink One per 30 Bed rooms(One per floor minimum)

Note:- i) It may be assumed that the two-third of the number are males and one-third
females.
ii) One water tap with drainage arrangement shall be provided for every 50 persons
or part thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinals.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 259

Table-A.6 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy

Boarding Institution Other Educational Institution

Sl.No. Sanitary Unit
For Boys For Girls For Boys For girls
1. Water One for 8 boys One for 6 girls One for 40 boys One for 25 girls or
Closet(W.C) or part thereof or part or part thereof. part thereof
thereof
2. Ablution Taps One in each One in each One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
W.C. W.C.
3. Urinals One per every -- One per every 20 --
25 pupils or pupils or part
part thereof thereof
4. Wash Basins One for every 8 One for every One for every 60 One for every 40
pupils or part 6 pupils or pupils or part pupils or part
thereof part thereof thereof thereof
5. Baths One for every 8 One for every -- --
pupils or part 6 pupils or
thereof part thereof
6. Drinking Water One for every One for every One for every 50 One for every 50
Fountains 50 pupils or 50 pupils or pupils or part pupils or part
part thereof part thereof thereof thereof
7. Cleaner’s Sink One per Floor One per Floor One per Floor One per Floor
minimum per minimum minimum minimum
Table-A.6 Contd: Nursery Schools

Sl.No. Sanitary Units Requirement

1. Water Closet One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C.
3. Urinals One for 12 boys
4. Wash Basins One for every 15 pupils or part thereof
5. Baths One bath per 40 pupils
6. Drinking Water Fountains One for every 50 pupils or part thereof
7. Cleaner’s Sink One per Floor minimum.
Note:-
1. One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or
part thereof, in the vicinity of water closet and urinal.
2. For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the same as
in case of office buildings (Table 5.10).
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 260

TABLE-A.7 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy – Hospital

Hospitals with indoor Hospitals with outdoor Patient Wards
Sl.No. Sanitary Unit patient Ward for
Males & Females For Males For Females

1 Toilet Suite Private room upto 4 For upto 4 patients

persons
(1WC+1
Washbasin+1shower)
2 Water Closet (W.C.) One for every 8 beds One for every 100 One for every 25
or part thereof persons or part persons or part
thereof thereof
3 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
4 Wash Basins Two upto 30 bed; add One for every 100 One for every 25
one for every persons or part persons or part
additional 30 beds, or thereof thereof
part thereof
5 Baths with Shower One bath with -- --
shower for every 8
beds or part thereof
6 Bed pan washing sink One for each ward -- --
7 Cleaner Sinks One for each ward One per floor One per floor
minimum minimum
8 Kitchen sinks & dish One for each ward -- --
washers (where
kitchen is provided)
9 Urinals One for 30 beds (male One for every 50 --
wards) persons or part
thereof
10 Drinking water One for each ward One for every 500 persons or part
fountain thereof

TABLE-A.7 Contd. Administrative Buildings

Sl.No. Sanitary Unit For Males For Females
1 Toilet Suite For individual doctor’s / officer’s room
(1WC+1
Washbasin+1shower)
2 Water Closet (W.C.) One for every 25 persons or Two for every 25 persons or
part thereof part thereof
3 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 261

4 Wash Basins One for every 25 persons or One for every 25 persons or
part thereof part thereof
5 Baths with Shower One in each floor One in each floor
6 Cleaner Sinks One per floor minimum One per floor minimum
7 Kitchen sinks & dish One for each floor One for each floor
washers (where
kitchen is provided)
8 Urinals Nil upto 6 persons --
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 persons add
at the rate of 3%; for over 200
persons add at the rate of 2.5%
9 Drinking water fountain One for every 100 persons or part thereof
TABLE-A.8 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy – (staff quarters and
Hostels)
Doctor’s Dormitories
Sl.No. Sanitary Unit Nurses Hostel
For Male Staff For Female staff
One for 2 persons or
1 Water Closet (W.C.) One for 4 persons One for 4 persons part thereof Two for 13-
25
2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3 Wash Basins One for every 8 One for every 8 One for every 8 persons
persons or part persons or part or part thereof
thereof thereof
4 Bath (with Shower) One for every 4 One for every 4 One for every 4 persons
persons or part persons or part or part thereof
thereof thereof
5 Cleaner Sinks One per floor One per floor One per floor minimum
minimum minimum
6 Drinking water One for 100 persons or part thereof One for 100 persons or
fountain part thereof
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 262

TABLE-A.9 Sanitation Requirements for Governmental and Public Business Occupancy and
Offices
Sl.No. Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel For Female Personnel
1 Water Closet One for every 25 persons or part thereof Two for every 15 persons or
(W.C.) part thereof
2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3 Urinals Nil upto 6 persons --
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 add @ 3%; For over 200
persons add @ 2.5%
4 Wash Basins One for every 25 persons or part thereof One for every 25 persons or
part thereof
5 Drinking water One for every 100 persons with a One for every 100 persons with
fountains minimum of one on each floor a minimum of one on each
floor
6 Cleaner Sinks One per floor minimum; preferably in or --
adjacent to sanitary rooms
7 Executive Room / Toilet Suite (1WC, 1Washbasin, optional shower for 24 hr usages)
Conference Halls
Unit could be common for Male / Female or separate depending on the
number of user of each facility.
Note: One Water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided / 50 persons or part thereof
in the vicinity.
TABLE-A.10 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in the Public Buildings
Sl.No. Sanitary Unit For Male Personnel For Female Personnel
1 Public toilet near Railway a) One for 100 users a) One for 100 users
Stations (24X7) b) One unit per 300-500 users b) One unit per 300-500
c) One in each W.C. users
a) Water Closet (W.C.)
c) One in each W.C.
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
2 Public toilet near market a) One for 100 users a) One for 50 users
place / offices (for working b) One unit per 200-300 users b) --
hours) c) One in each W.C. c) One in each W.C.
a) Water Closet (W.C.)
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 263

3 Public toilets near Public a) One for 100 users a) One for 100 users
Buildings b) One unit per 300-500 users b) One unit per 300-500
c) One in each W.C. users
a) Water Closet (W.C.)
c) One in each W.C.
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps

Per Capita Volume of Water required may be referred at item 6, Table 4.6
Area and sizes of seats / units may be referred at Table 4.16

TABLE-A.11 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitor’s toilets

Sl.No. Description Optimum (mm) Minimum (mm)*

1 Water Closet enclosures 900X1200 750X800
2 Urinals (divided by partition walls) 575X675 500X600

* In case of space constraint, the minimum sizes may be adopted

TABLE-A.12 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitor’s toilets

Sl.No. Sanitary Unit Dwelling with individual Dwelling without individual

conveniences conveniences
1 Bath Room One provided with water tap One for every two tenement
2 Water Closet (W.C.) One One for every two tenement
3 Sink (or Nahani) in One --
the Floor
4 Water Tap One One with drainage arrangement in
each tenement
One in common bath rooms and
common water closet

Note: where only one water closet is provided in a dwelling the bath and water closet shall be
separately accommodated.

TABLE-A.13 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings (Cinema, Theaters,

Auditoria. etc.)

Sl.No. Sanitary Unit For Public For Staff

Male Female Male Female
1 Water Closet One for 100 Four for 100 One for Two for 1-12
persons upto persons upto 15persons persons
400 persons. 200 persons.
For over 400 For over 200
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 264

persons, add at persons, add Two for 16-35 Four for 13-25
the rate of 1 at the rate of 1 persons persons
per 250 persons per 50 persons
Add at the rate of
or part thereof or part thereof
1 per 6 persons or
part thereof
2 Ablution Taps One in each One in each One in each One in each W.C.
W.C. W.C. W.C.
3 Urinals One for 50 -- Nil upto 6 --
persons or part persons
thereof
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
4 Wash Basins One for every One for every One for 1-15 One for 1-12
200 persons or 200 persons or persons persons
part thereof part thereof
Two for 16-35 Two for 13-25
persons
5 Drinking Water One for 100 persons or part thereof
Fountain
6 Cleaner’s sink One per floor
7 Shower Bathing As per Trade requirements

Note: i) One Water tap with drawing arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or
part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals.
ii) it may be assumed that two thirds of the number is males and one third females.

TABLE-A.14 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries, Libraries and
Museums)
Sl.No. Sanitary Unit For Public For Staff
Male Female Male Female
1 Water Closet One for 200 Four for 100 One for 1-15 Two for 1-132
(W.C.) persons upto 400 persons upto persons. persons.
persons. Forever 200 persons. For
400 persons add at over 200 persons
the rate of 1 per 250 add at the rate Two for 16-35 Four for 13-25
persons or part of 1 per 50 persons. persons, add at
thereof persons or part the rate of 1 per
thereof 6 persons.

2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C. One in each One in each W.C.
W.C.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 265

3 Urinals One for 50 persons -- Nil upto 6 --

or part thereof persons
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
4 Wash Basins One for every 200 One for every One for 1-15 One for 1-12
persons or part 200 persons or persons persons
thereof. For over part thereof. For
Two for 16-35 Two for 13-25
400 persons add at over 200 persons
persons persons
the rate of 1 per 250 add at the rate
persons or part of 1 per 150
thereof. persons or part
thereof.
5 Cleaner’s Sink One per floor, minimum
6 Drinking One per 100 persons or part thereof
Water
Fountain
7 Shower / Bath As per trade requirements
Note:- It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third females.

TABLE-A.15 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants

Sl.No. Sanitary Unit For Public For Staff
Male Female Male Female
1 Water Closet One per 50 seats One per 25 1 for 15 persons. 2 per 1-12 persons.
(W.C.) upto 200 seats. seats upto 200
2 for 16-35 4 for 13-25 persons.
Forever 200 seats. Forever
persons.
seats add at the 200 seats add 6 for 26-40 persons.
rate of 1 per 100 at the rate of 1 3 for 36-65
8 for 41-57 persons.
seats or part per 50 seats or persons.
thereof. part thereof. 10 for 58-77
4 for 66-100
persons.
persons.
12 for 78-100
persons.
2 Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
W.C.
3 Urinals One for 50 -- Nil upto 6 persons --
persons or part
1 for 7-20 persons
thereof
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70
persons
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 266

4 for 71-100
persons.
4 Wash Basins One for every water closet.
5 Kitchen Sinks One per each Kitchen
& Dish
Washer
6 Service Sink One in the restaurant.

Note:
i) It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one-third females.
ii) One water tap with drawing arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons or
part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinal.

Table-A.16 Sanitation Requirements for Factories

Sl.No. Sanitary Units For Male Personal For female Personal

1. Water Closet 1 for 15 persons 2 for 1-12 persons
2 for 16-35 persons 4 for 13-25 persons.
3 for 36-65 persons 6 for 25-40persons
4 for 66-100 persons 8 for 41-57 persons
For 101 to 200 persons 10 for 58-77 persons.
add at rate of 3% Form
12 for 78-100 persons.
over 200 persons add at
the rate of 2.5%. For 101 to 200 persons add at the rate
of 3% From over 200 persons add the
rate of 2%
2. Ablution Taps One in each W.C. One in each W.C.
3. Urinals Nil upto 6 persons --
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 persons
add at the rate of 3% for
over 200 persons add at
the rate of 2.5%.
4. Washing Taps with One for every 25 persons or part thereof.
draining
arrangement
5. Drinking Water One for every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each floor.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 267

Fountains
6. Baths Preferably As required for particulars trade or occupation
Showers
7. Emergency Shower 1 per every shop floor per 500 person.
and eye wash
fountain
Note:
i) For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions are
required.
ii) One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50 persons or
part thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinal.
iii) Crèche where provided shall be fitted with water closed (One for 10 persons or part
thereof) Wash Basins (1 for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking water tap with
drinking arrangement for every 50 persons or part thereof.
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 268

Table-A.17 Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports

Sl.No. Place W.C. for Males W.C. for females Urinals for Males only
1. Junction 3 for first 1000 8 for first 1000 persons, 4 for every 1000
Stations, persons, add 1 for add 1 for every persons, add 1 for every
Intermediate subsequent 1000 additional 1000 additional 1000 persons
Stations and persons or part persons or part or part thereof.
Substations thereof thereof.
2. Terminal 4 for first 1000 10 for every 1000 6 for every 1000 person
Stations and Bus persons and 1 for persons and 1 for every and 1 for every additional
Terminals every additional 1000 additional 1000 1000 persons or part
persons or part persons or part thereof.
thereof. thereof.
3. Domestic
Airports
2* 4*
Minimum.
5 16 1 per 40 persons or part
For 200 persons
thereof.
9 30
For 400 persons
12 40
For 600 persons
16 52
For 800 persons
18 58
For 1000 persons
4. International
Airports
6 20 1 per 40 person or part
For 200 persons thereof.
12 40
For 600 persons
18 58
For 1000 persons
Note:
i) Provision for wash basins, baths including shower stall, shall be in accordance with
part ix section 2- Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.
* At least on India style water closed shall be provided in each toilet. Assume 60% males
and 40% females in any area.
* At least 50% of female WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.

Table-A.18 General Standards/ Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area

Public Toilet On roads and for open areas: At every 1Km, including in parks, plaza, open air
theatre, swimming area, car parks, fuel stations. Toilets shall be disabled-
friendly and in 50-50 ration (M/F). Provision may be made as for Public Rooms
(Table 4.10 Contd)
Signage Signboard on main streets shall give directions and mention the distance to
 ANNEXURE – 5 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 269

reach the nearest public convenience. Toilets shall have multi- lingual signage
for the convenience of visitors. Helpline number shall be pasted on all toilets
for complaints/quires.
Modes Pay and use or free. In pay and use toilets entry is allowed on payment to the
attendant or by inserting coin and user gets 15 minutes.
Maintenance/Cleaning The toilet should have both men and women attendants. Alternatively
automatic cleaning cycle covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash basin,
disinfecting of floor and complete drying after each use can be adopted,
which takes 40 seconds.
Public toilet shall be open 24 hours.

Table-A.19 Contingency Toilet facilities for Special Events

Sl.No. Patrons For Males For Females

Toilets Urinals Sinks Toilets Sinks
1. <500 1 2 2 6 2
2. <1000 2 4 4 9 4
3. <2000 4 8 6 12 6
4. <3000 6 15 10 18 10
5. <5000 8 25 17 30 17
Source:
(i) FEMA “Special Events Contingency Planning: Toilets Page 39
(ii) Jain. AK, “”Spatio Economic Development Record”, Clause 5.16-5-20
(iii) “Public Toilets for Women in India”, Volume 18 No.5, September- October, 2011.

4
 ANNEXURE – 6 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 270

ANNEXURE – 6. ADOPTION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING

CODE [ECBC] IN ANDHRA PRADESH

‘Energy Conservation Building Code’ or ‘ECBC’ is the energy code adopted by the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency in 2007 and revised in 2008, that provides the minimum requirements for
energy-efficient building design and construction. The Energy Conservation Building Code (2008)
when locally adapted to Andhra Pradesh’s climate is termed as the “Andhra Pradesh Energy
Conservation Building Code (APECBC).” All definitions included in the Energy Conservation
Building Code (2008) and not otherwise defined herein are applicable to the Andhra Pradesh
Energy Conservation Building Code.” Accordingly the Government of Andhra Pradesh while
adopting the Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) amended the Andhra Pradesh Building
Rules, 2012 and issued the notification in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 as given in the
Annexure.
EXTRACT OF ANDHRA PRADESH ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING CODE
(see “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC).”)

ANDHRA PRADESH BUILDING RULES 2017

LIST OF FORMS
FORM No. TITLE OF THE FORM

1 Application form for License of Builder /Developer /Construction Firm

2 Undertaking for obtaining the License of Builder/Developer /Construction
Firm
3 License of Builder /Developer/Construction Firm
4 Application form for License of Technical Personnel
5 License of the Technical Personnel
6 Building Permission Application
7 Building Work Supervision
8 Building Permission Order
9 Building Permission Refusal Order
10 Building Permission Revalidation Order
11 Building Commencement Notice
12 Building Completion Notice

13 Building Occupancy Certificate

 ANNEXURE – 7 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 271

ANNEXURE – 7. Provisions for Digital Communication Infrastructure

1. Applicability: The following provisions for Digital Communication Infrastructure shall apply to
Group Development Schemes, Apartment blocks, high rise building, commercial complex, hotel
or airport, police/ Government offices/ Government buildings etc.

2. The buildings are to be constructed in such a way that they are 'Digital Infrastructure
deployment' / 'Digital Connectivity' ready. There should be provision of telecom ducts / common
pathways / runways (digital access paths) to reach to the accessible parts of the buildings. The
common ducts /digital access paths to access buildings from outside should invariably be part of
the CTI, which could be used by TSPs/ IP-1 s for laying/ deploying digital infrastructure including
cables. While approving the building plans, it has to be ensured that plan for creation of CTI
including the common duct to access the common space used as telecom room inside the
building is also prepared and separate set of drawings showing the inter/ intra connectivity
access to the building with · distribution network need to be furnished.

3. Occupancy-cum-Completion certificate to a building to be granted only after ensuring that

the CTI as per the prescribed standards is in place and an undertaking by the Architect or
Engineer to be insisted to certify that building has ensured common access to all digital
infrastructure to all Service providers in accordance with plan of creation of CTI.

4. The builder/RWA should be mandated to ensure that:

i. While preparing the building plans, there should have properly demarcated sections
within buildings and on rooftops for housing BroadBand / digital connectivity
infrastructure/ antenna. These areas should have access to power supply for reliable,
always-on services.
ii. Access to building as well as CTI facilities inside the building should be available on a fair,
transparent and non- discriminatory manner to all Service Providers/ IP1 's.
iii. The Service Providers/ IP1 's should have unrestricted access for maintenance work.
iv. The permission to in-building access and/or CTI facilities inside the building should not be
seen as a source of revenue generation for builder(s)/ RWA(s) but as a means for
facilitating penetration of broadband access and thereby helping in socio-economic
growth of all the residents.

II. At Layout Level

5. While developing Greenfield cities/towns/applying for layout permission, the layout plans
should clearly indicate the telecom as Utility infrastructure lines.

6. Design criteria and standards Utilities should meet the following criteria:

i. Telecommunication cables should ideally be placed below the berm / service lane area,
which may be dug up easily without causing major inconvenience. Where this is not
possible, the cables may be placed at the outer edge of the right-of-way.
 ANNEXURE – 7 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 272

ii. There is a need to reduce conflicts with pedestrian movements is to place telecom boxes
in easements just off the right-of-way. Where this is not possible, they should be placed
within parking or landscaping areas. If cables have to be located in the pedestrian path, a
space of at least 2m should be maintained for the through movement of pedestrians.
Telecom boxes should never constrain the width of a cycle track.
iii. In order to minimize disruptions, cables should be installed with proper maintenance
infrastructure.
iv. Telecommunication cables should be placed in a duct that can be accessed at frequent
service points with sufficient spare capacity to enable scaling and future expansion, and
empty pipes (large size hume pipes/ HDPE pipes) should be laid before planting trees in
order to accommodate additional infrastructure.

III. Other procedures for setting up In-Building Solution (IBS)/ Fiber Networks

7. There is a need to promote installation of In-Building Solution (IBS) / Smart Connectivity

infrastructure, where there is a poor connectivity in terms of weak signal strength inside the
building and the objective has to be to strengthen quality of service of the voice & data of mobile
and Fiber broadband network and access to digital services being offered by TSP And IP1 's

7.1. Procedures of obtaining IBS-NOC during plan approval and completion:

7.1.1 While submitting the proposed Building plan seeking approval from the relevant sanctioning
Authority, applicant shall also submit

i. A complete Service Plan for IBS-infrastructure along with required specifications (in
consultation with, and certified by a credible Telecom Networking hardware-consultant)
ii. An undertaking that such IBS Infrastructure, when constructed shall be available for
sharing by various TSPs/lP-ls.
iii. Such Service Plan (IBS) shall be forwarded by the concerned Local Authority to the
Telecom Enforcement Resource and Monitoring (TERM) cell of the State (external NOC
agency) - for approval NOC.
iv. During the Joint Site Inspection of the completed building structure the TERM cell shall
undertake inspection of the constructed/ installed IBS infrastructure - for issuance of NOC
for OCC.

7.1.2. The Local Authority shall liaise with the TERM cell as per its relevant online/offline process
of communication to seek the relevant NOCs within the specified time as per the Service Charter/
Service Guarantee Act and rules in place. Separate communication from the applicant shall be
needed to secure the IBS NOC.

7.2. Provision of IBS components in building premises: (as per NBC 2016)

Entrance Facilities (EF) /Lead-in conduits: (clause 3.1.4, of Part 8: Sec 6)

min. 1.2m x 1.83m space to be allocated for each TSP adjacent to the EF.

Underground conduits/pipes to MDF room: min 100mm dia encased conduits.

 ANNEXURE – 7 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 273

Main Distribution Frame (MDF)/Equipment Room(ER):

(clause 3.1.2, Part 8: Sec 6)

- prescribed size with L:W ratio between 1 :1 to 2:1

- appropriate ventilation of MDF room
- proper Lighting for vision of equipments,
- located at a level above from the Natural Ground level to avoid incidence of flooding

Electric distribution panels, isolaters, sockets and earthing as per specific requirements w.r.t.
the area proposed for coverage (DUs/ service subscribers)

Telecommunications Room (TR) at each building block unless provided with MDF room: (all
provisions of space to be as per clause 3.1.3.2, Part 8: Sec 6)

Appropriate nos. of Service/Telecom risers (vertical shafts) for all multi-storeyed buildings
w.r.t the area proposed for coverage (DUs/ service subscribers):

- of appropriate nos. and size (width & depth) to accommodate cable trays
- with access door at each floor.

Telecommunications Enclosures (TE) at each floor of a block or TR (clause 3.1.5, Part 8: Sec 6)
Telecom Media and Connecting Hardware (TE):(clause 3.2, Part 8: Sec6)
Various cabling system and trays: (clause 3.2.4, Part 8: Sec6)
Wireless systems: (clause 3.2.5, Part 8: Sec6)
Backbone Cabling Media Distribution and Bldg. pathways (clause 3.3, Part 8: Sec6)
Horizontal Cabling Media Distribution and Bldg. pathways (clause 3.4, Part 8: Sec6)

IBS installation spaces: area for rooms or systems (e.g. antennas, base stations, remote units,
power distribution boxes etc.) to be provided as per requirements w.r.t. the area proposed
for coverage/ no. of proposed users (as per clause 3.1 .3.2, Part 8: Sec6, table stated below)

(1) Telecom room space norm for buildings with Built-up area >465 sqmt

SI. Area to be covered by IBS Size of Telecom Room

(all dimension in m)

1. Upto 465 sqmt 3.0 X 2.4

465.0 sqmt to 930.0 sqmt 3.0 X 3.4

More than 930.0 sqmt Additional TR required with same space norms
 ANNEXURE – 7 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 274

Space requirements for smaller buildings with Built-up area

SI. Area to be covered by IBS Space provisions

(all dimensions in m)

1. Upto 93.0 sqmt Wall cabinets, self-contained enclosed cabinets.

2. 93.0 sqmt to 465.0 sqmt Shallow Room (0.6 x 2.6)
Walk-in Room (1.3 x 1.3)

IBS installation spaces, so provided, should be:

- not susceptible to flooding

- not exposed to water, moisture, fumes, gases or dust
- able to withstand designed equipment load (to be specified in design)
- located away from any vibrations to avoid dislocation/ dislodgement

For any other necessary detailing of building components and service installations with
respect to common Telecom/Digital connectivity Infrastructure, architects/ developers and
other service consultants involved in preparing building and service drawings may refer Part 8
- Section 6: Information and Communication Enabled Installations of Volume 2 of the National
Building Code, 2016

(2) Mode of deployment of In-Building, FTTx/lP Solution: There shall be various mode of
deployment of In Building solutions such as: The possible modes are deployment by a neutral
host infrastructure provider or build and managed by mobile operator and sharing with other
service providers on nondiscriminatory basis. The In-Build Solutions (IBS), FTTx/lP Solutions
can also be deployed by TSPs/ IPs. Moreover, if TSP/ IP1 requires to install optical fiber for
connecting In-Building Solution (IBS)/ Distributed Antenna System (DAS) nodes/ FTTx
solutions, RoW/ permissions should be granted by the road owning agency through online
mode (if same is working seamlessly) or offline mode till online system is established. For
deploying indoor solutions these companies should have deemed permissions from the
premises owners for installation of Distribution Network within the utility shafts / common
spaces with provisions for common / shared Points of Interconnect for Connectivity to
individual units. Moreover, if the TSP/IP requires to install optical fiber for connecting In-
Building Solution (IBS)/ Distributed Antenna System (DAS) nodes, FTTX/ IP Solutions for
which RoW/ permissions should be granted by the road owning agency through online mode.

(3) Permissibility: The IBS, FTTx/ IP component being small equipment can be installed on any
type of land/building/utility pole and shall be exempted from obtaining the permission for
installation of these components from the respective Urban Local Body/Urban Development
Authority but should get permission from the Administrative Authority of the concerned
premises.

(4) Procedure for submitting application for obtaining clearance: TSP/ IP-1 will apply to the
administrative authority of the building/ head of the office with layout diagram for
 ANNEXURE – 7 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 275

implementing IBS in the building as mentioned in the RoW Rules 2016 or State notified Row
Policy

(5) Fees: No fee will be charged for IBS/ FTTx Network. However, charges may be levied for
power (as per Industry tariffs), fixtures, etc. provided by building owners to TSP/ IP-1s as per
actuals.

(6) Access and Distribution Fiber and IP/ LAN networks for connectivity for the Shopping Malls,
Multi-Storey Residential Buildings, Cooperative Housing Societies, Residential Welfare
Association and Commercial Buildings to be planned and deployed by TSP/ IP-1s as per
standard requirement of providing high bandwidth and adequate indoor coverage to each
unit/ apartment in these complexes.

IV. ABBREVIATION

CCTV Close Circuit Television

CTI Common Telecommunication Infrastructure

DoT Department of Telecommunication

FTTX Fiber to the X Fiber

Fiber To The Home (FTTH)
Fiber To The Premises (FTTP)
Fiber To The Building (FTTB)
Fiber To The Node (FTTN)
Fiber To The Curb/Cabinet (FTTC)

GDP Gross Domestic Product In Building Solutions

IBS In Building Solutions

ISP Internet Service Provider

MBIT Megabit

OFC Optic Fiber Communication

QoS Quality of Service

RWA Residential Welfare Association

TRAI Telecom Regulatory Authority of India

TSP Telecommunication Service Provider

 ANNEXURE – 8 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 276

ANNEXURE – 8. Explanatory Note on Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure

Abbreviations:

UNFCC - United Nation Framework Convention on Climate Change

IPCC - Inter Governmental Panel on Climate Change
GHG - Green House Gases
2Ws - Two wheelers
3Ws - Three wheelers
4Ws - Four wheelers / PV(cars)
PVs - Passenger Vehicles
CVs - Commercial Vehicles
EV - Electric Vehicle
EVSE - Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment
SC - Slow Charger / Slow Charging (AC)
FC - Fast Charger / Fast Charging (DC and a few AC ones)
BS - Battery Swap
PCS - Public Charging Stations
PCI - Public Charging Infrastructure
Private CI - Private Charging Infrastructure
MBBL - Model Building Bye-Laws, 2016
URDPFI - Urban and Regional Development Plan Formulation and
Implementation Guidelines, 2014
NSP - Network Service Provider (information network)
SP - Service Provider

1. Rationale for EVCI establishment

Rapid urbanization coupled with adoption of mechanized transportation modes has

resulted in high emissions of Green House Gases that goes on to impact Global warming.
Unless, the global surface temperature rise is restricted to no more than2 oC compared with pre-
industrial levels, the IPCC has warned that the world will see irreversible catastrophic climate
change.

India being a signatory to the UNFCCC, has pledged for efforts to assess the Green house
Gas Emissions (GHG) of anthropogenic origin and removal by sinks. India's per capita emissions
are still considered low at 1.9 tonnes (2013), but its total emissions are next only to China and
the US and is likely to overtake those of the EUby2019.

While comparing the Indian cities for their emission scores, Delhi is on top as the biggest
emitter at over 38 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent over all emissions, followed by
Greater Mumbai at 22.7 million tonnes and Chennai at 22.1milliontonnes, Kolkata at 14.8 million
tonnes, Bangalore at19.8 million tonnes, Hyderabad at 13.7 million tonnes and Ahmedabad at
9million tonnes were the other cities whose emissions for the year were calculated sector wise.

As per the statistics of Transport Department (GNCTD), total number of vehicles in Delhi is more
than the combined total vehicles in Mumbai, Chennai and Kolkata. Delhi has 85 private cars per
1000 population against the national average of 8 cars per 1000 population. In terms of CO2
emissions due to motor vehicles, Delhi emits about12.4 million tones while the city of Bengaluru
emits about 8.6 million tonnes.[1]
 ANNEXURE – 8 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 277

Therefore, addressing the quantum of emissions from the “Transport” and “Domestic” sector
emerges to be the high priority subjects under the overarching umbrella of “Climate change
mitigation” as committed to the UNFCC.

Encouraging “Electric Vehicles” as a viable option for phased transportation in terms of

short and long distance trips with appropriate “Charging Infrastructure” is therefore, the pre-
condition for this paradigm shift / phased migration to sustainable transportation.

For this changes are required in Infrastructure provisions (at Regional and City levels) and
in Development Control Regulations (in terms of provisions therein) to include the formulations
of norms and standards for “Charging Infrastructure” in the said Mater Plan Regulations and
State Bye-Laws for adoption across the country suiting local conditions.

2. EV Charging Technology

Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE):

An EVSE is a wall mounted box that supplies electric energy for recharging of electric
vehicle batteries. Also EVSEs have a safety lock-out feature that does not allow current to flow
from the device until the plug is physically inserted into the car.

EVSEs can be customized with added features like:

o Authentication
o Integrated payment gateways
o Software for remote monitoring.

As electric vehicle charging technology continues to advance, several standards and guidelines
have become widely accepted across the industry. This section gives a brief over view of
charging infrastructure technology, standards, and terminology.

Different types of EVSE:

Charging speeds- Charging power, which determines the time required to charge a vehicle, can
vary by orders of magnitude across charge points, as shown in Table1. As mall household outlet
may charge as slowly as 1.2 kW, while the most advanced rapid charging stations can charge at
up to 350 kW. Charging infrastructure is broadly broken into three categories based on speed:
Level 1, Level 2, and direct current (DC) fast charging (sometimes referred to as Level 3).

(Source:“Emerging Best Practices for Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure”,Oct’2017)

Private Charging
Charging batteries of privately owned cars through domestic charging points. Billing is
mostly part of home/domestic metering.

AC "Slow" Charging:
The home private chargers are generally used with 230V/15A single phase plug which can deliver
a maximum of up to about 2.5KW of power. The EVSE supplies AC current to the vehicle’s
onboard charger which in turn converts the AC power to DC allowing the battery to be charged.

Public Charging
 ANNEXURE – 8 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 278

For charging outside the home premises, electric power needs to be billed and payment
needs to be collected. The power drawn by these chargers may need to be managed from time
to time.

DC “Fast” Charging:
DC current is sent to the electric car's battery directly via the charge port. FC chargers (usually
50 KW or more) can supply 100 or more kilometers of range per hour of charging. The fast
chargers would generally be used as a top-up, rather than fully charging vehicles. These are
important for cab companies and corporate users who have a fleet of electric cars.

3. Options for EV Charging

There is an urgent need to offer flexible charging infrastructure for different vehicle
segments to drive adoption of EVs. Charging infrastructure is the most crucial enabler in the
entire EV value chain. The exploration of different charging models according to the local
conditions shall enable faster deployment of electric vehicles in the country.

EV share in all vehicles - It has been broadly projected that by the current rate of adoption
of EVs, about 15% of all vehicles in the country would be EVs by the year 2020.Therefore, while
assuming percentage composition of all proposed capacities in Public facilities of vehicle
holding capacity, the Metropolitan and „Tier I‟ cities will be assumed to have a higher
percentage share of EVs, say 20% for now. The charging infrastructure prescriptions in all urban
development guidelines shall, therefore, be in consonance with the said percentage.

Power Load sanction to premises – While adding these Charging Infrastructures to the
proposed set of building types of the Indian cities, enhanced Power Load shall have to be had for
each such building type by the Power DISCOMs, commensurate to the total additional power
requirement of simultaneous operation of all the prescribed charging points in the premise.
With further advancement of charging technologies and the enhanced capacity of chargers to
draw more power, it is advised that the load capacity assigned to each premise should be kept
with a safety factor of 1.25 with along-term vision of 30 years.
Table1:EVs charging “modes” and ‘availability’
Vehicle type Slow Charging Fast Charging Public CI

2Wheelers Y N Yes/Limited
3Wheelers Y N Yes/Limited
PVs(Cars) Y Y Yes
PVs(Buses) N Y Yes

Table2: Charging options for EV types (by ownership)

Vehicle type Private CI Public CS Predominant place of charging

2Wheelers SC/BS SC Point of residence/ Work
3Wheelers SC/BS SC/BS Residence / Parking stations
PVs(Cars) SC/BS FC Residence /Point of work/ other public places
PVs(Buses) - FC/BS Bus Terminals/Depots
Note:

• The option of Battery Swapping (BS) for privately owned 2Ws and PV (Cars)is limited to
Private CI.
 ANNEXURE – 8 AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 279

• For3Ws the BS is proposed to be made available in PCS, for faster recharge experience only
• For PV (Buses), Captive Fast charging infrastructure for 100% internal use for fleets may be
adopted by privately owned Depots/Garages.

Based on the above stated EV charging technologies available and the current trend of evolving
technologies of faster charging experience, the Ministry of Power has issued Guidelines and
Standards for setting up Charging Infrastructure for Electric Vehicles[Ministry of Power (MoP)
Guidelines dated 14.12.2018] for charging infrastructure to be installed at every Public Charging
Station (PCS). “Connectivity regulations and Safety norms‟ shall be defined by respective
authorities such as Central Electric Authority/MoP for grid access to such PCS/any other
charging station/infrastructure.

4. Charger Specifications and PCS Infrastructure

Any installed PCS shall have one or more electric kiosk/boards with installation of all charger
models as prescribed in the Guidelines and Standards notified by Ministry of Power, dated 14
December 2018 for “Charging Infrastructure for EVs” (at Annexure II),with other necessary
arrangements as deemed necessary.
Public Charging Station service providers shall be free to create charging hubs and to install
additional number of kiosk/chargers in addition to the minimum chargers prescribed vide the
MoP Guidelines, including options for installation of additional chargers, if required.
Note:

1. Minimum infrastructure requirements do not apply to Private Charging Points meant for
self-use of individual EV owners (non-commercial basis).
2. Captive charging infrastructure for 100% internal use for a company's own fleet will not be
required to install all type of chargers and to have NSP tie ups.
3. Location of PCS / FCBCS in local area /building precincts

In accordance with the Guidelines issued by the Ministry of Power (MoP), following
minimum standards with regard to density of/distance between PCS in local level facilities in
building premise / urban precincts shall be followed as per provisions in the Model BBL-2016

1. At the Local levels (within the urban area):

• At least 1Public Charging Station is to be available within a grid of 3Km x3Km.

2. At the Building premise levels (for various building types)

• Private charging infrastructure (non-commercial use) for individuals.

• For all commercial modes of charging EVs, at least 1PCS, as per minimum
specifications laid under MoP guidelines.
• Stand alone Battery Swapping Stations may be added with the PCs.
 FORM 1 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 280

FORM 1 : APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENCE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER /CONSTRUCTION FIRM

APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENCE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER /CONSTRUCTION FIRM

To
The Commissioner,
……………………….(ULB)
Affix Latest
Photograph
Sir,
I, the undersigned request that my name/firm may kindly be enrolled as licensed
Builder/Developer/Construction Firm.

1 Applied for BUILDER /DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM

2 Application for License FIRST TIME / RENEWAL

Name of the Applicant/Firm

3
(in block letters)
Name of the Authorized Person:
4
(in case firm) (in block letters)
5 Father’s Name

6 Full Address of the applicant / Firm

Qualifications
7
(Academic and Technical)
8 Experience

Any other special qualification

9 possessed Which requires
consideration.
Whether enclosed copies of the
10 Income Tax Assessment as required
on the regulation 3.3
11 License fee details
i. Amount (Rs.)
D.D. Drawn
ii. D.D. No. d d m m y y
Date on
If License is intended for a firm, the following particulars of the technical employees shall be given
12
along with the certified copies of the qualifications.
SI.
Name of the employee Qualifications Designation Signature
No.

Date: dd/mm/yyyy
Signature of the applicant
Encl: 1. Demand Draft; 2. Proof of qualifications;3. Copy of PAN Card; 4. Copy of Income Tax Assessment
5. Experience Certificate; 6. Passport size photographs 3 Nos [including one to be affixed to this]
 FORM 2 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 281

FORM 2 : UNDERTAKING FOR OBTAINING THE LICENCE OF BUILDER/DEVELOPER

/CONSTRUCTION FIRM

(Notarized Under taking to be executed on Rs.100/- N.J. Stamp Paper)

I……………………………………….. S/D/W/o ………………………….. Aged

about............. Years, R/o …………………………………………………………. Situated at

……………………………………….. , …………………………………………………………….

(ULB) do hereby solemnly affirm and state that;

I submit that I am aware about the provisions contained in the Regulations under rules in

force for Builder/Developer/Construction Firm License of …………………..(ULB)

I submit that, I possess the required qualification of Engineer as prescribed in Rule 3.1 of

the Regulations for Builder/Developer/Construction Firm License and I am with my free consent

working in the company …………………………………………….., I, further undertake all the

responsibility as a Civil Engineer of the Firm and will be responsible for all the projects done by my

Firm. If any misrepresentation / violation on my supervision, I will be held personally responsible

for any consequences aroused now and in future and the competent authority is at liberty to

initiate any action upon me including cancellation of Builders License or any other action

enforced by the ........................ (ULB).

Signed & Sworn before me on this day of …………………………………………

DATE: dd/mm/yyyy

Place:
DEPONENT

WITNESS:

1.

2.

NOTORY
 FORM 3 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 282

FORM 3 : LICENSE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM

………………….. (Emblem and Name of the ULB)

LICENSE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM

1. Reference No. Affix latest passport
2. License No. size photograph of
3. Issued on the applicant or

4. Valid up to authorized person

Name of the
5. Builder/Developer/
Construction Firm
6. Father’s Name

7. Applicant’s Name

Applicant’s Address
8.
Door No. / Flat No.

Road / Street

Locality
City PIN
Mandal District
Office
9 Phone No.
Mobile
10 Mail id
The Licensee shall comply and adhere to the conditions, duties and responsibilities as prescribed in
the “Regulations for Registration of Licensed Builder / Developer / Construction Firm of
………………….. (ULB)”.

Signature of Licensing Authority

Office Stamp
…………………..(ULB)
 FORM 4 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 283

FORM 4 : APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENSE OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

……………… (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENSE OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
To
The Commissioner,
……………………….(ULB)
Sir,
Affix Latest
Sub:- Application for License of Technical Personnel – Architect / Engineer /
Photograph
Structural Engineer / Supervisor / Surveyor / Town Planner - Reg
I, the undersigned request that I may kindly be enrolled as Licensed
Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Supervisor/Surveyor/Town Planner. I furnish
herewith the following particulars:
1 Category of License
2 Full name of the applicant
3 S/D/W/o
First License No. & Year
4
[if any]
Qualification
5
[Academic & Technical]
6 Experience
7 Address in full
8 E mail id
Office
9 Phone
Mobile
10 License fee details
i. Amount (Rs.)
ii. D.D.No. D.D.Date
iii. Bank Branch
I am well acquainted with all the provisions contained in Building Rules and National Building Code in
respect of planning and permission for construction of a building and assure to adhere to the same
strictly without giving any scope for violation or deviation.

Date: dd/mm/yyyy Signature of the

Applicant
ENCLOSURES:
1) Specimen signatures in one sheet of paper [12 Nos.]; Xerox copy of previous License, if any.
2) Recent Photographs [3 Nos.][including the one affixed to this application]
3) Attested Copy of Degree / Diploma Certificate.
4) Demand Draft for prescribed license fee: :
5) New Enrollment Fee and Security Deposit:
[Not applicable for Architects registered with Council of Architecture and they are entrusted in
empanelment and inclusion of the ........................(ULB)]
6) Certificate of Registration with Council of Architecture with up to date fees paid.
 FORM 5 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 284

FORM 5 : LICENSE OF THE TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

………………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)

LICENSE OF THE TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Supervisor/Surveyor/Town Planner

ULB
License
LTP ABBREVIATIO Y Y Y Y DATE d d m m y y
No.
N
Validity FROM d d m m y y y y TO d d m m y y y y

NAME
DOOR No. / FLAT No.
ROAD/STREET
MANDA
VILLAGE
L PHOTO
CITY/TOWN
DISTRICT
E-MAIL
Office
PHONE Signature of the
MOBILE
Licensee

Ref: Your Application No. ………………………………………….submitted on dd/mm/yyyy.

Your Application in the reference cited has been examined and the License is issued to
function as Licensed Technical Personnel [Architect/Engineer/Structural
Engineer/Supervisor/Surveyor/Town Planner].

The license is not transferable to any other person and should be produced by the
Licensee whenever required to do so by the authority.

The Licensee is bound to comply with all the conditions and duties of Licensed Technical
Personnel. Any failure on the part of licensee to abide by or comply with any of the conditions
will entail not only a fine imposed by the Commissioner but also for recovery of any loss caused
to the ULB. The security deposit paid will also be forfeited and action will be taken for
cancellation of the License. Further the Licensee will be liable for all the necessary consequences
of penal action, if any, instituted against Him / Her including any civil liability.

Signature of the Licensing Authority

(Office Stamp)

Note: Xerox Copy of this license shall be enclosed to every building application submitted. Please
see competence and duties of Licensed Technical Personnel.
 FORM 6 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 285

FORM 6 : BUILDING PERMISSION APPLICATION

………………….(ULB)

FILE ULB
BP ZONE CIR WD Date d d m m y y y y
No. ABBREVIATION

To
The Commissioner,
……………………………………………..(ULB) (Use CAPITAL
LETTERS only)
A ADDRESS OF THE APPLICANT
1 NAME
2 DOOR No. / FLAT No.
3 ROAD/STREET
4 VILLAGE MANDAL
5 CITY/TOWN PIN
6 DISTRICT
7 E-MAIL
MOBILE
8 PHONE
ALTERNATE

B LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE

1 PLOT NOs.
SANCTIONED LAYOUT
2
NO. / LRS NO.
3 SURVEY NO. VILLAGE
4 PREMISES / DOOR No.
5 ROAD/ STREET
6 WARD NO. BLOCK No.
7 LOCALITY
8 CIRCLE/ DIVISION
CITY/
9 DISTRICT
TOWN

C DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION

(a) AS PER (b) AS PER (c) ROAD WIDENING
SITE AREA (d) NET AREA
1 DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED PLAN AREA
(IN SQ. M)
CELLAR STILT GROUND UPPER FLOORS TOTAL
NO. OF
2
FLOORS
FLOOR AREA
3
(IN SQ.M)
PARKING FLOOR
4
AREA (IN SQ.M)
INDIVIDUAL RESIDENTIAL/GROUP HOUSING/ COMMERCIAL/
5 USE OF THE BUILDING
INSTITUTIONAL/ROW HOUSING/OTHERS (SPECIFY) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
 FORM 6 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 286

D DETAILS OF THE LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL:

SL. ADDRESS LICENSE NO.
NAME
NO
………………………………
1 BUILDER / DEVELOPER/
CONSTRUCTION FIRM
………………………………
2
ARCHITECT
………………………………
3
ENGINEER
………………………………
4
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
………………………………
5
SUPERVISOR/SURVEYOR
………………………………
6
TOWN PLANNER

CERTIFICATE
I/ we declare that I am / we are the absolute/ owner/ owners/ lessee of the land on which I/we intend to
erect the Building and am / are enclosing copies of relevant document of ownership/ lease certified by
Magistrate/ Notary public/ a Gazetted Officer authorized by the Commissioner in this behalf.

I/ we have gone through the Building Regulations made under the provisions of the A.P. Building Rules
and have satisfied myself/ourselves that the site and building plans are in accordance with provisions
contained therein.
SL.
NAME OF OWNER / LICENSED PERSONNEL SIGNATURE
NO.

1 .....................................................................
OWNER / OWNERS / LESSEE / AUTHORISED AGENT

2 .....................................................................
BUILDER / DEVELOPER / CONSTRUCTION FIRM

3 .....................................................................
ARCHITECT

4 .....................................................................
ENGINEER

5 .....................................................................
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER

6 .....................................................................
SUPERVISOR/SURVEYOR

7 .....................................................................
TOWN PLANNER
 FORM 7 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 287

FORM 7 : BUILDING WORK SUPERVISION

BUILDING WORK SUPERVISION

To
The Commissioner, Date d d m m y y y y
……………………….(ULB).

Sir / Madam,
I hereby certify that the erection, re-erection or material alteration or demolition at House/
Premises No/ Plot as given below shall be carried out under the supervision of qualified technical
personnel and I certify that all the materials (Type and grade) and the workmanship of the work shall
be generally in accordance with the general and detailed specifications submitted along with, and that
the work shall be carried out according to the sanctioned plans.
(Use CAPITAL LETTERS only)
A NAME OF THE APPLICANT
B LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1 PLOT No.
SANCTIONED LAYOUT No. /
2
LRS No.
3 SURVEY No. VILLAGE
4 PREMISES / DOOR No.
5 WARD No. BLOCK No.
6 ROAD/ STREET
7 LOCALITY
8 CIRCLE DIVISION
9 CITY/TOWN PIN
C DETAILS OF OWNER / DEVELOPER / LICENCED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
SL.
NAME LICENCE No. SIGNATURE
NO.
………………………………………
1 OWNER / OWNERS / LESSEE /
AUTHORISED AGENT

2 …………………………………………
BUILDER / DEVELOPER / FIRM

3 …………………………………………
ARCHITECT

4 …………………………………………
ENGINEER

5 …………………………………………
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
…………………………………………
6
SURVEYOR

7 …………………………………………
TOWN PLANNER
 FORM 8 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 288

FORM 8 : TOWN PLANNING SECTION - BUILDING PERMISSION ORDER

………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)

TOWN PLANNING SECTION
BUILDING PERMISSION ORDER
TO
Sri / Smt.
FILE No. yyyy
PERMIT No.
Date d d m m y y y y

Sir / Madam,

Sub: Building Permission – Sanctioned – Reg.

Ref: Your Application dated: …………………..

Your application submitted in the reference has been examined with reference to the rules and
regulations in force and permission is hereby sanctioned conditionally as detailed below:

A APPLICANT AND LICENSED PERSONNEL DETAILS:

1 Applicant
2 Developer / Builder Lic.No.
Licensed Technical
Lic No.
3 Person
4 Structural Engineer Lic.No.
5 Others
B SITE DETAILS
1 T.S.No.
2 Premises No
3 Plot No.
4 Layout / Sub Divn. No.
5 Street
6 Locality
PI
7 Town/ City N
C DETAILS OF PERMISSION SANCTIONED
1 Floors Ground Upper floors Parking floors
2 Use No Area No Area(m2) Level No. Area(m2)
. (m2) .
a Residential Cellar
b Commercial Stilt
c Others U. Floors
d No of floors ( ) -- -- --
Front Rear Side I Side II
3 Setbacks (m)
4 Site Area (m2)
5 Road affected area (m2)
6 Net Area(m2)
 FORM 8 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 289

7 Tot-lot Area (m2)

8 Height (m)
9 No. of RWHPs
10 No. of Trees
11 Others
D DETAILS OF FEES PAID (RS.) TOTAL :
1 Building Permit Fee 7 Impact Fee
2 Development Charges 8 City Level Infra. Imp.
Fee
3 Betterment Charges: 9 Compounding Fee
4 Ext. Betterment 10
Charges
5 Sub-Division Charges 11
6 Open space Charges 12
E OTHER DETAILS :
1 Contractor’s all Risk Policy No. Dt d d m m y y Valid Upto d d m m y y
Floor
Notarised Area
2 Dt: handed
Affidavit No (m2)
over
Entered in
prohibitory
property
3 Dt: S.R.O.
watch
register
Sl.No.
F Construction to be Commenced Before d d m m y y y y
G Construction to be Completed Before d d m m y y y y
The Building permission is sanctioned subject to following conditions:

Commissioner

The Building permission is sanctioned subject to following conditions:

1. The permission accorded does not confer any ownership rights; at a later stage if it is found
that the documents are false and fabricated the permission will be revoked.
2. If construction is not commenced within one year, building application shall be submitted
afresh duly paying required fees.
3. Sanctioned Plan shall be followed strictly while making the construction & shall be displayed
at the site.
4. Commencement Notice shall be submitted by the applicant before commencement of the
building.
5. Completion Notice shall be submitted after completion of the building.
6. Occupancy Certificate is compulsory before occupying any building.
7. Public Amenities such as Water Supply, Electricity Connections will be provided only on
production of occupancy certificate.
8. Prior Approval should be obtained separately for any modification in the construction.
9. Tree Plantation shall be done along the periphery and also in front of the premises.
 FORM 8 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 290

10. Tot-lot shall be fenced and shall be maintained as greenery at owners cost before issue of
occupancy certificate.
11. Rain Water Harvesting Structure (percolation pit) shall be constructed.
12. Space for Transformer shall be provided in the site keeping the safety of the residents in
view.
13. Garbage House shall be made within the premises.
14. Cellar and stilts approved for parking in the plan should be used exclusively for parking of
vehicles without partition walls & rolling shutters and the same should not be converted or
misused for any other purpose.
15. This sanction is accorded on surrendering of Road affected portion of the site to
………….(ULB) at free of cost with out claiming any compensation at any time as per the
undertaking submitted.
16. Stocking of Building Materials on footpath and road margin causing obstruction to free
movement of public & vehicles shall not be done, failing which permission is liable to be
suspended.
17. The Developer/Builder/Owner to provide service road wherever required with specified
standards at their own cost.
18. A safe distance from Electrical Lines shall be followed as per rules.
19. If greenery is not maintained 10% additional property tax shall be imposed as penalty every
year till the condition is fulfilled.
20. All Public and Semi Public buildings shall provide facilities to physically handicapped persons.
21. The mortgaged built up area shall be allowed for registration only after an Occupancy
Certificate is produced.
22. The Registration authority shall register only the permitted built up area as per sanctioned
plan.
23. The Financial Agencies and Institutions shall extend loans facilities only to the permitted built
up area.
24. The Services like Sanitation, Plumbing, Fire Safety requirements, lifts, electrical installations
etc., shall be executed under the supervision of Qualified Technical Personnel.
25. Architect / Structural Engineer if changed, the consent of the previous Architect / Structural
Engineer is required and to be intimated to the Commissioner.
26. Construction shall be covered under the contractors all risk Insurance till the issue of
occupancy certificate (wherever applicable).
27. As per the undertaking executed in terms of A.P. Building Rules,
a. The construction shall be done by the owner, only in accordance with sanctioned Plan under
the strict supervision of the Architect, Structural Engineer and site engineer failing which the
violations are liable for demolition besides legal action.
b. The owner, builder, Architect, Structural Engineer and site engineer are jointly & severely
responsible to carry out and complete the construction strictly in accordance with
sanctioned plan.
c. The Owner, Builder, Architect, Structural Engineer and Site Engineer are jointly and severely
are held responsible for the structural stability during the building construction and should
strictly adhere to all the conditions.
d. The Owner / Builder should not deliver the possession of any part of built up area of the
building, by way of Sale / Lease unless and until Occupancy Certificate is obtained from ULB
after providing all the regular service connections to each portion of the building and duly
submitting the following.
(i) Building Completion Notice issued by the LTP duly certifying that the building is
completed as per the sanctioned plan.
 FORM 8 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 291

(ii) Structural Stability Certificate issued by the Structural Engineer duly certifying that the
building is structurally safe and the construction is in accordance with the specified
designs.
(iii) An extract of the site registers containing inspection reports of Site Engineer, Structural
Engineer and Architect.
(iv) Insurance Policy for the completed building for a minimum period of three years.
28. Structural Safety and Fire Safety Requirements shall be the responsibility of the Owner,
Builder/ Developer, Architect and St. Engineer to provide all necessary Fire Fighting
installations as stipulated in National Building Code of India, 2005 like;
i) To provide one entry and one exit to the premises with a minimum width of 4.5mts. and
height clearance of 5mts.
ii) Provide Fire resistant swing door for the collapsible lifts in all floors.
iii) Provide Generator, as alternate source of electric supply.
iv) Emergency Lighting in the Corridor / Common passages and stair case.
v) Two numbers water type fire extinguishers for every 600 Sq.mts. of floor area with
minimum of four numbers fire extinguishers per floor and 5k DCP extinguishers
minimum 2 Nos. each at Generator and Transformer area shall be provided as per I.S.I.
specification No.2190-1992.
vi) Manually operated and alarm system in the entire buildings;
vii) Separate Underground static water storage tank capacity of 25, 000 lits. Capacity.
viii) Separate Terrace Tank of 25,000lits capacity for Residential buildings;
ix) Hose Reel, Down Corner.
x) Automatic Sprinkler system is to be provided if the basement area exceed 200 Sq.mts.
xi) Electrical Wiring and installation shall be certified by the electrical engineers to ensure
electrical fire safety.
xii) Transformers shall be protected with 4 hours rating fire resist constructions.
xiii) To create a joint open spaces with the neighbours building / premises for
maneuverability of fire vehicles. No parking or any constructions shall be made in
setbacks area.

BY ORDER

COMMISSIONER

Copy to
1. The Town Planning Section Head
2. The Officer concerned, Property Tax Section
3. The Municipal Engineer [Water Department]
4. The A.P. TRANSCO…………..Circle,
5. The Officer concerned, Stamps and Registration Department
6. The Officer concerned, A.P. Disater Response & Fire Service Department
 FORM 9 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 292

FORM 9 : TOWN PLANNING SECTION BUILDING PERMISSION REFUSAL ORDER

………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
TOWN PLANNING SECTION
BUILDING PERMISSION REFUSAL ORDER
TO
Sri / Smt.

FILE No. yyyy

Date d d m m y y y y

Sir / Madam,
Sub: Building Permission – REFUSED – Reg.
Ref: Your Application dated: …………………..

Your application submitted in the reference has been examined with reference to the rules and
regulations in force and permission is hereby refused for the reasons as detailed below:

A APPLICANT AND LICENSED PERSONNEL DETAILS:

1 Applicant
2 Developer / Builder Lic.No.
Licensed Technical
Lic No.
3 Person
4 Structural Engineer Lic.No.
5 Others
B SITE DETAILS
1 T.S.No.
2 Premises No
3 Plot No.
4 Layout / Sub Divn. No.
5 Street
6 Locality
PI
7 Town/ City N
C REASONS FOR REFUSAL OF BUILDING PERMISSION
1
2
3
4
5
Yours Faithfully

Commissioner
 FORM 10 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 293

FORM 10 : TOWN PLANNING SECTION BUILDING PERMISSION REVALIDATION ORDER

………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)

TOWN PLANNING SECTION
BUILDING PERMISSION REVALIDATION ORDER

TO
Sri / Smt. FILE No. yyyy
PERMIT
No.
Date d d m m y y y y

Sir / Madam,

Sub: Building Permission – Revalidation – Orders - Issued – Reg.

Ref: Your Application for Revalidation dated: …………………..

Your application for Building Permission Revalidation submitted in the reference has been
examined with reference to the rules and regulations in force and the Revalidation Order is
hereby issued conditionally as detailed below:

A APPLICANT AND LICENSED PERSONNEL DETAILS:

1 Applicant
2 Developer / Builder Lic.No.
Licensed Technical
Lic No.
3 Person
4 Structural Engineer Lic.No.
5 Others
B SITE DETAILS
1 T.S.No.
2 Premises No
3 Plot No.
4 Layout / Sub Divn. No.
5 Street
6 Locality
PI
7 Town/ City N
C DETAILS OF REVALIDATION
1 Floors Ground Upper floors Parking floors
2 Use No Area No Area(m2) Level No. Area(m2)
. (m2) .
a Residential Cellar
b Commercial Stilt
c Others U. Floors
d No of floors ( ) -- -- --
 FORM 10 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 294

Front Rear Side I Side II

3 Setbacks (m)
4 Site Area (m2)
5 Road affected area (m2)
6 Net Area(m2)
7 Tot-lot Area (m2)
8 Height (m)
9 No. of RWHPs
10 No. of Trees
11 Others
D DETAILS OF FEES PAID (RS.) TOTAL :
1 Building Permit Fee 7 Impact Fee
2 Development Charges 8 City Level Infra. Imp.
Fee
3 Betterment Charges: 9 Compounding Fee
4 Ext. Betterment 10
Charges
5 Sub-Division Charges 11
6 Open space Charges 12
E OTHER DETAILS :
1 Contractor’s all Risk Policy No. Dt d d m m y y Valid Up to d d m m y y
Floor Level
Notarised Area
2 Dt: handed
Affidavit No (m2)
over
Entered in
prohibitory
property
3 Dt: S.R.O.
watch
register
Sl.No.
F Construction to be Completed Before d d m m y y y y
The Building Permission Revalidation is sanctioned subject to following conditions:

Commissioner
 FORM 11 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 295

FORM 11 : BUILDING COMMENCEMENT NOTICE

…………………………… (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
TOWN PLANNING SECTION

BUILDING COMMENCEMENT NOTICE

(To be submitted by Owner/Builder/Developer)

To Date d d m m y y
The Commissioner,

……………………….(ULB)
FILE No.
Ref: Building Permit /
Date d d m m y y
Proceedings No.
Sir / Madam,
I/We hereby give notice that the work of the construction will be commenced on (Date)
.………………… as per the details of the Sanctioned Plan as given below. (Due date for
commencement of work is given in Building Permit Order)
NAME OF THE
A
APPLICANT
B LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1 Plot No.
2 Sanctioned Layout No. / LRS No.
3 Survey No. Village
4 Premises / Door No.
5 Ward No. Block No.
6 Road/ Street
7 Locality
8 Circle Division
9 City/ Town District
C DETAILS OF THE SANCTIONED PLAN
Building Permit /
1 Date d d mmy y y y
Proceedings No
As per As per submitted Road Widening
Net Area
2 2
Site Area (m ) Documents Plan Area

Floors as per
3 Cellar Stilt Ground Upper Floors
Sanctioned Plan
4 Number

5 Use

6 Floor Area (m2)

 FORM 11 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 296

7 Parking Area (m2)

Front Rear Side I Side II
8 Setbacks (m)

9 Height (m)
D DETAILS OF OWNER/DEVELOPER/LICENCED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
Sl.
No Name Licence No. Signature
.
………………………………………………
1 Owner / Owners / Lessee / Authorised
Agent
2 ………………………………………………
Builder / Developer /Firm
3 ……………………………….......................
Architect
4 ………………………………………………
Engineer
5 ………………………………………………
Structural Engineer
6 ………………………………………………
Surveyor
7 ………………………………………………
Town Planner
 FORM 12 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 297

FORM 12 : BUILDING COMPLETION NOTICE

…………………………… (Emblem & Name of the ULB)

BUILDING COMPLETION NOTICE

(To be submitted along with other relevant documents)
DT d d m m y y y y
FILE No.
REF Building Permit
DT d d m m y y y y
/Proceedings No.
Building Commencement Notice submitted by the Applicant DT d d m m y y y y

To
The Commissioner,
……………………….(ULB)
I/ We hereby give notice that the erection of the building / erection of works have been completed as
per Sanctioned Building Plan. The work has been completed to my/our best satisfaction. The
workmanship and all the materials (type and grade) have been used strictly in accordance with general
and detailed specifications. No provisions of the Building Bye-Laws/Rules, conditions prescribed or
orders issued thereunder have been transgressed in the course of the work. I/We hereby enclose the
plan of the building completed in all aspects. The land is fit for which it has been developed or
redeveloped and the building is fit for use for which it has been erected, re-erected or altered,
constructed and enlarged. The necessary occupancy certificate may be issued. Any subsequent changes
from Completion Drawings will be the responsibility of the owner(s).
(Use CAPITAL LETTERS only)
NAME OF THE OWNER /
A /BUILDER/DEVELOPER/FIR
M
B LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1 Plot No.
Sanctioned Layout No. /
2
LRS No.
3 Survey No. Village
4 Premises / Door No.
5 Road/ Street
6 Ward No. Block No.
7 Locality
8 Circle Division
9 City/ Town District
C DETAILS OF THE COMPLETED BUILDING
Building Permit
1 DT d d m m y y y y
/Proceedings No.
a Due date for Completion of the Building DT d d m m y y y y
b Date on which Completion Notice Submitted DT d d m m y y y y
2 Whether the Building is completed within the stipulated
c YES NO
time
d If No, the Fine to be paid Rs.
 FORM 12 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 298

As per As per submitted Road Widening

Net Area
Documents Plan Area
3 Site Area (m2)

No. of Floors Cellar Stilt Ground Upper floors

a As per Sanctioned Plan
4
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Use of the Building
a As per Sanctioned Plan
5
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Floor Area (m2)

6 a As per Sanctioned Plan

As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Parking Area (m2)

7 a As per Sanctioned Plan

As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Setbacks(m) Front Rear Side I Side II
a As per Sanctioned Plan
As per Completed
8 b
Building Plan
c Extent of deviation in %

d Fine to be Paid (Rs)

As per Sanctioned Plan As per Completed Building Plan
9 Height (m)
Rain Water Harvesting
10
Pits
11 Solar Roof Top System
12 Recycle of Waste Water
Provisin of In-Building
13 Solutions (Digital
Infrastructure)1

D DETAILS OF OWNER / DEVELOPER / LICENCED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL

Sl.
No Name Licence No. Signature
.
……………………………………………………
1
…………….

1
Row 13 inserted vide GO.Ms.No.175 MAUD Dept Dt: 10-11-2022
 FORM 12 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 299

Owner / Owners / Lessee / Authorised Agent

……………………………………………………
2 …………….
Builder / Developer
……………………………………………………
3 …………….
Architect
……………………………………………………
4 …………….
Engineer
……………………………………………………
5 …………….
Structural Engineer
……………………………………………………
6 …………….
Surveyor
……………………………………………………
7 …………….
Town Planner

Enclosures:
1. Copy of the Sanctioned Plan
2. Copy of the Building Permit Order
3. Copy of the Completed Building Plan showing the changes if any to Approved Building Plan
along with a statement of deviations.
4. Photographs of constructed building showing setbacks on four sides, elevation and roof level
5. Land value certificate issued by Registration Department (If deviations are made to
Sanctioned Plan)
 FORM 13 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 300

FORM 13 : BUILDING OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

…………………………… (Emblem & name of the ULB)

BUILDING OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE

To
Sri / Smt……………………………….
Commissioner,
……………………………….
Building Permit /
Date dd mm yyyy
Proceedings No
Ref: Building Commencement Notice submitted by the Applicant Date dd mm yyyy
Building Completion Notice submitted by the Applicant Date dd mm yyyy
FILE No.

The Owners/Builder/Developer /Licensed Architect/Engineer / Structural Engineer have given the

Building Completion Notice that the building has been completed as per the specifications of
Sanctioned Plans and it is declared that the building conforms in all respects to the requirements of the
building regulations contained under the statutory provisions in the respective Municipal Act and
Building Bye Laws/Rules issued by the Govt.
This is to certify that the building has been inspected and is declared fit for occupation.
(Use CAPITAL LETTERS only)
NAME OF THE OWNER /
A
DEVELOPER
B LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1 Plot No.
Sanctioned Layout No. / LRS
2
No.
3 Survey No. Village
4 Premises / Door No.
5 Road/ Street
6 Ward No. Block No.
7 Locality
8 Circle Division
9 City/ Town District
C DETAILS OF THE COMPLETED BUILDING
Building Permit
Dat
1 / Proceedings dd mm yyyy
e
No.
Dat
a Due date for completion of the building dd mm yyyy
e
Dat
2 b Date on which completion notice submitted e
dd mm yyyy
c Whether it is completed within the stipulated time Yes No
d If No, the Fine collected (Rs)
3 Site Area (m2) As per As per submitted Road Widening Net Area
 FORM 13 : AP Building Rules 2017 Page. 301

Documents Plan Area

No. of Floors Cellar Stilt Ground Upper floors

a As per Sanctioned Plan
4
As per Completed Building
b
Plan
Use of the Building
a As per Sanctioned Plan
5
As per Completed Building
b
Plan
Floor Area (m2)
a As per Sanctioned Plan
6
As per Completed Building
b
Plan
Parking Area (m2)
a As per Sanctioned Plan
7
As per Completed Building
b
Plan
Setbacks (m) Front Rear Side I Side II
a As per Sanctioned Plan
As per Completed Building
8 b
Plan
c Extent of deviation in %
d Fine Paid (Rs)

As per Sanctioned Plan As per Completed Building Plan

9 Height (m)